WorldWideScience

Sample records for preparation techniques based

  1. Membrane-based sample preparation for ion chromatography-Techniques, instrumental configurations and applications.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Frenzel, Wolfgang; Markeviciute, Inga

    2017-01-06

    Sample preparation is the bottleneck of many analytical methods, including ion chromatography (IC). Procedures based on the application of membranes are important, yet not well appreciated means for clean-up and analyte preconcentration of liquid samples. Filtration, ultrafiltration, the variety of dialysis techniques, i.e. passive dialysis, Donnan dialysis and electrodialysis, as well as gas-diffusion are being reviewed here with respect to their application in combination with IC. Instrumental aspects including hardware requirements, configuration of membrane separation units and membrane characteristics are presented. Operation in batch and flow-through mode is described with emphasis on the latter to in-line coupling with IC, permitting fully automated operation. Attention is also drawn to dialysis probes and microdialysis both providing options for in-situ measurements with inherent selective sampling of analytes and sample preparation. The respective features of the various techniques are outlined with respect to the possibilities of matrix removal and selectivity enhancement. In this article, we provide examples of application of the diverse membrane separation techniques and discuss the benefits and limitations thereof.

  2. Chalcogenide-based thin film sensors prepared by pulsed laser deposition technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schubert, J.; Schöning, M. J.; Schmidt, C.; Siegert, M.; Mesters, St.; Zander, W.; Kordos, P.; Lüth, H.; Legin, A.; Mourzina, Yu. G.; Seleznev, B.; Vlasov, Yu. G.

    One advantage of the pulsed laser deposition (PLD) method is the stoichiometric transfer of multi-component target material to a given substrate. This advantage of the PLD determined the choice to prepare chalco-genide-based thin films with an off-axis geometry PLD. Ag-As-S and Cu-Ag-As-Se-Tetargets were used to deposit thin films on Si substrates for an application as a heavy metal sensing device. The films were characterized by means of Rutherford backscattering spectrometry (RBS), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), and electrochemical measurements. The same stoichiometry of the films and the targets was confirmed by RBS measurements. We observed a good long-term stability of more than 60 days and a nearly Nernstian sensitivity towards Pb and Cu, which is comparable to bulk sensors.

  3. A novel colloid probe preparation method based on chemical etching technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    Several fundamental problems in hydrophobic force measurements using atomic force microscope (AFM) are discussed in this paper. A novel method for colloid probe preparation based on chemical etching technology is proposed, which is specially fit for the unique demands of hydrophobic force measurements by AFM. The features of three different approaches for determining spring constants of rectangular cantilevers, including geometric dimension, Cleveland and Sader methods are compared. The influences of the sizes of the colloids on the measurements of the hydrophobic force curves are investigated. Our experimental results showed that by selecting colloid probe with proper spring constant and tip size, the hydrophobic force and the complete hydrophobic interaction force curve can be measured by using AFM.

  4. Sugar nanowires based on cyclodextrin prepared by single particle nanofabrication technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Watanabe, Shogo; Asano, Atsushi [Division of Applied Chemistry, Graduate School of Engineering, Osaka University, 2-1 Yamadaoka, Suita, Osaka 565-0871 (Japan); Seki, Shu [Division of Applied Chemistry, Graduate School of Engineering, Osaka University, 2-1 Yamadaoka, Suita, Osaka 565-0871 (Japan)], E-mail: seki@chem.eng.osaka-u.ac.jp; Sugimoto, Masaki; Yoshikawa, Masahito [Japan Atomic Energy Agency, Takasaki Advanced Radiation Research Institute, 1233 Watanuki-machi, Takasaki, Gunma 370-1292 (Japan); Seiichi, Tagawa [The Institute of Scientific and Industrial Research, Osaka University, 8-1, Mihogaoka, Ibaraki, Osaka 567-0047 (Japan); Tsukuda, Satoshi; Tanaka, Shun-Ichiro [Institute of Multidisciplinary Research for Advanced Materials, Tohoku University, 2-1-1, Katahira, Aoba-ku, Sendai 980-8577 (Japan)

    2009-12-15

    The direct formation of nanowires consisting of cyclodextrins by single particle nanofabrication technique (SPNT) is investigated in the present paper. Substittuted cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives and their composite with poly(4-bromostyrene) caused efficient cross-linking reaction upon irradiation, and gave nanostructures by SPNT. Successful visualization of the nanostructures by atomic force microscopy suggested drastic increase in the surface area of the materials based on CDs, leading to considerable increase in the selective adsorption efficiency of the molecules fit to the size of the hydrophobic holes of CDs.

  5. Sugar nanowires based on cyclodextrin prepared by single particle nanofabrication technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Watanabe, Shogo; Asano, Atsushi; Seki, Shu; Sugimoto, Masaki; Yoshikawa, Masahito; Seiichi, Tagawa; Tsukuda, Satoshi; Tanaka, Shun-Ichiro

    2009-12-01

    The direct formation of nanowires consisting of cyclodextrins by single particle nanofabrication technique (SPNT) is investigated in the present paper. Substittuted cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives and their composite with poly(4-bromostyrene) caused efficient cross-linking reaction upon irradiation, and gave nanostructures by SPNT. Successful visualization of the nanostructures by atomic force microscopy suggested drastic increase in the surface area of the materials based on CDs, leading to considerable increase in the selective adsorption efficiency of the molecules fit to the size of the hydrophobic holes of CDs.

  6. Investigation of the coercivity mechanism for Nd-Fe-B based magnets prepared by a new technique of strip casting

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI Bo; HU Jifan; WANG Dongling; GUO Binglin; WANG Xinlin

    2004-01-01

    The coercivity mechanism of Nd-Fe-B based magnets prepared by a new technique of strip casting was investigated. Different from the traditional magnets, α-Fe phases are difficult to be found in Nd-Fe-B magnets prepared by strip casting. Meanwhile, the rich-Nd phases occur not only near the grain boundaries of main phases, but also within the main-phase grains. Investigation on the magnetizing field dependence of the coercivity for the (Nd0.935Dy0.065)14.5Fe79.4B6.1magnet and the temperature dependence of the coercivity for the Nd14.5Fe79.4B6.1magnet have been done. Results show that coercivities for strip casting magnets are controlled by the nucleation mechanism.

  7. Solvent-free melting techniques for the preparation of lipid-based solid oral formulations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Becker, Karin; Salar-Behzadi, Sharareh; Zimmer, Andreas

    2015-05-01

    Lipid excipients are applied for numerous purposes such as taste masking, controlled release, improvement of swallowability and moisture protection. Several melting techniques have evolved in the last decades. Common examples are melt coating, melt granulation and melt extrusion. The required equipment ranges from ordinary glass beakers for lab scale up to large machines such as fluid bed coaters, spray dryers or extruders. This allows for upscaling to pilot or production scale. Solvent free melt processing provides a cost-effective, time-saving and eco-friendly method for the food and pharmaceutical industries. This review intends to give a critical overview of the published literature on experiences, formulations and challenges and to show possibilities for future developments in this promising field. Moreover, it should serve as a guide for selecting the best excipients and manufacturing techniques for the development of a product with specific properties using solvent free melt processing.

  8. In vitro biomechanical study of pedicle screw pull-out strength based on different screw path preparation techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mark Moldavsky

    2016-01-01

    Conclusions: The ST technique resulted in the highest pull-out strength while the SQT technique resulted in the lowest. However, there was no significant difference in the pull-out strength for the various preparation techniques and there was no correlation between insertion torque and pull-out strength. This suggests that other factors such as bone density may have a greater influence on pull-out strength.

  9. Progress involving new techniques for liposome preparation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhenjun Huang

    2014-08-01

    Full Text Available The article presents a review of new techniques being used for the preparation of liposomes. A total of 28 publications were examined. In addition to the theories, characteristics and problems associated with traditional methods, the advantages and drawbacks of the latest techniques were reviewed. In the light of developments in many relevant areas, a variety of new techniques are being used for liposome preparation and each of these new technique has particular advantages over conventional preparation methods. However, there are still some problems associated with these new techniques that could hinder their applications and further improvements are needed. Generally speaking, due to the introduction of these latest techniques, liposome preparation is now an improved procedure. These applications promote not only advances in liposome research but also the methods for their production on an industrial scale.

  10. Semen preparation techniques for intrauterine insemination

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Boomsma, Carolien M.; Heineman, M. J.; Cohlen, B. J.; Farquhar, C.

    2007-01-01

    Background Semen preparation techniques for assisted reproduction, including intrauterine insemination (IUI), were developed to separate the motile morphological normal spermatozoa. Leucocytes, bacteria and dead spermatozoa produce oxygen radicals that negatively influence the ability to fertilize

  11. Semen preparation techniques for intrauterine insemination

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Boomsma, C. M.; Heineman, M. J.; Cohlen, B. J.; Farquhar, C.

    2007-01-01

    Background Semen preparation techniques for assisted reproduction, including intrauterine insemination (IUI), were developed to separate the motile morphological normal spermatozoa. Leucocytes, bacteria and dead spermatozoa produce oxygen radicals that negatively influence the ability to fertilize t

  12. Polymer structure and antimicrobial activity of polyvinylpyrrolidone-based iodine nanofibers prepared with high-speed rotary spinning technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sebe, István; Szabó, Barnabás; Nagy, Zsombor K; Szabó, Dóra; Zsidai, László; Kocsis, Béla; Zelkó, Romána

    2013-12-15

    Poly(vinylpyrrolidone)/poly(vinylpyrrolidone-vinylacetate)/iodine nanofibers of different polymer ratios were successfully prepared by a high-speed rotary spinning technique. The obtained fiber mats were subjected to detailed morphological analysis using an optical and scanning electron microscope (SEM), while the supramolecular structure of the samples was analyzed by positron annihilation lifetime spectroscopy (PALS). The maximum dissolved iodine of the fiber samples was determined, and microbiological assay was carried out to test their effect on the bacterial growth. SEM images showed that the polymer fibers were linear, homogenous, and contained no beads. The PALS results, both the o-positronium (o-Ps) lifetime values and distributions, revealed the changes of the free volume holes of fibers as a function of their composition and the presence of iodine. The micro- and macrostructural characterisation of polymer fiber mats enabled the selection of the required composition from the point of their applicability as a wound dressing.

  13. High Throughput Sample Preparation and Analysis for DNA Sequencing, PCR and Combinatorial Screening of Catalysis Based on Capillary Array Technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhang, Yonghua [Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA (United States)

    2000-01-01

    Sample preparation has been one of the major bottlenecks for many high throughput analyses. The purpose of this research was to develop new sample preparation and integration approach for DNA sequencing, PCR based DNA analysis and combinatorial screening of homogeneous catalysis based on multiplexed capillary electrophoresis with laser induced fluorescence or imaging UV absorption detection. The author first introduced a method to integrate the front-end tasks to DNA capillary-array sequencers. protocols for directly sequencing the plasmids from a single bacterial colony in fused-silica capillaries were developed. After the colony was picked, lysis was accomplished in situ in the plastic sample tube using either a thermocycler or heating block. Upon heating, the plasmids were released while chromsomal DNA and membrane proteins were denatured and precipitated to the bottom of the tube. After adding enzyme and Sanger reagents, the resulting solution was aspirated into the reaction capillaries by a syringe pump, and cycle sequencing was initiated. No deleterious effect upon the reaction efficiency, the on-line purification system, or the capillary electrophoresis separation was observed, even though the crude lysate was used as the template. Multiplexed on-line DNA sequencing data from 8 parallel channels allowed base calling up to 620 bp with an accuracy of 98%. The entire system can be automatically regenerated for repeated operation. For PCR based DNA analysis, they demonstrated that capillary electrophoresis with UV detection can be used for DNA analysis starting from clinical sample without purification. After PCR reaction using cheek cell, blood or HIV-1 gag DNA, the reaction mixtures was injected into the capillary either on-line or off-line by base stacking. The protocol was also applied to capillary array electrophoresis. The use of cheaper detection, and the elimination of purification of DNA sample before or after PCR reaction, will make this approach an

  14. High Throughput Sample Preparation and Analysis for DNA Sequencing, PCR and Combinatorial Screening of Catalysis Based on Capillary Array Technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yonghua Zhang

    2002-05-27

    Sample preparation has been one of the major bottlenecks for many high throughput analyses. The purpose of this research was to develop new sample preparation and integration approach for DNA sequencing, PCR based DNA analysis and combinatorial screening of homogeneous catalysis based on multiplexed capillary electrophoresis with laser induced fluorescence or imaging UV absorption detection. The author first introduced a method to integrate the front-end tasks to DNA capillary-array sequencers. protocols for directly sequencing the plasmids from a single bacterial colony in fused-silica capillaries were developed. After the colony was picked, lysis was accomplished in situ in the plastic sample tube using either a thermocycler or heating block. Upon heating, the plasmids were released while chromsomal DNA and membrane proteins were denatured and precipitated to the bottom of the tube. After adding enzyme and Sanger reagents, the resulting solution was aspirated into the reaction capillaries by a syringe pump, and cycle sequencing was initiated. No deleterious effect upon the reaction efficiency, the on-line purification system, or the capillary electrophoresis separation was observed, even though the crude lysate was used as the template. Multiplexed on-line DNA sequencing data from 8 parallel channels allowed base calling up to 620 bp with an accuracy of 98%. The entire system can be automatically regenerated for repeated operation. For PCR based DNA analysis, they demonstrated that capillary electrophoresis with UV detection can be used for DNA analysis starting from clinical sample without purification. After PCR reaction using cheek cell, blood or HIV-1 gag DNA, the reaction mixtures was injected into the capillary either on-line or off-line by base stacking. The protocol was also applied to capillary array electrophoresis. The use of cheaper detection, and the elimination of purification of DNA sample before or after PCR reaction, will make this approach an

  15. Preparation of poly(ether ether ketone)-based polymer electrolytes for fuel cell membranes using grafting technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hasegawa, Shin; Suzuki, Yasuyuki [Conducting Polymer Materials Group, Environment and Industrial Materials Research Division, Quantum Beam Science Directorate, Japan Atomic Energy Agency (JAEA), 1233 Watanuki, Takasaki, Gunma 370 1292 (Japan); Maekawa, Yasunari [Conducting Polymer Materials Group, Environment and Industrial Materials Research Division, Quantum Beam Science Directorate, Japan Atomic Energy Agency (JAEA), 1233 Watanuki, Takasaki, Gunma 370 1292 (Japan)], E-mail: maekawa.yasunari@jaea.go.jp

    2008-05-15

    Poly(ether ether ketone) (PEEK)-based polymer electrolyte membranes (PEMs) was successfully prepared by radiation grafting of a styrene monomer into PEEK films and the consequent selective sulfonation of the grafting chains in the film state. Using milder sulfonation, the sulfonation reactions proceeded at the grafted chains in preference to the phenylene rings of PEEK main chains; as a result, the grafted films could successfully transform to a PEM with conductivity of more than 0.1 S/cm. The ion exchange capacity (IEC) and conductivity of the grafted PEEK electrolyte membranes were controlled to the ranges of 1.2-2.9 mmol/g and 0.03-0.18 S/cm by changing the grafting degree. It should be noted that this is the first example of directly transforming super-engineering plastic films into a PEM using radiation grafting.

  16. On-chip preparation of calcium alginate particles based on droplet templates formed by using a centrifugal microfluidic technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Mei; Sun, Xiao-Ting; Yang, Chun-Guang; Xu, Zhang-Run

    2016-03-15

    A novel chip-based approach for the fabrication of oblate spheriodal calcium alginate particles was developed by combining the droplet template method and the centrifugal microfluidic strategy. Circular chips with multiple radial channels were designed. Sodium alginate solutions in radial channels were flung into CaCl2 solutions in the form of droplets under centrifugal force, and the droplets transformed into particles through cross-linking reaction. The size and morphology of particles could be controlled by regulating the centrifugal force, the channel geometry and the distance between the channel outlet and the CaCl2 solution. The throughput of particle production was evidently enhanced by increasing the number of radial channels to 48 and 64. The coefficients of variation of particle sizes were in the range of 5.2-5.6%, which indicated the monodisperse particles could be prepared by using the present method. With the chip configuration readily modified, the same platform could be used to produce Janus particles. The Janus particles showed clear interfaces owing to the high flight speed and the rapid gelling process of the droplets. This method would be capable of generating particles with complicated morphology and multifunction from diverse polymeric materials.

  17. Multiclass pesticide analysis in fruit-based baby food: A comparative study of sample preparation techniques previous to gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Petrarca, Mateus H; Fernandes, José O; Godoy, Helena T; Cunha, Sara C

    2016-12-01

    With the aim to develop a new gas chromatography-mass spectrometry method to analyze 24 pesticide residues in baby foods at the level imposed by established regulation two simple, rapid and environmental-friendly sample preparation techniques based on QuEChERS (quick, easy, cheap, effective, robust and safe) were compared - QuEChERS with dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction (DLLME) and QuEChERS with dispersive solid-phase extraction (d-SPE). Both sample preparation techniques achieved suitable performance criteria, including selectivity, linearity, acceptable recovery (70-120%) and precision (⩽20%). A higher enrichment factor was observed for DLLME and consequently better limits of detection and quantification were obtained. Nevertheless, d-SPE provided a more effective removal of matrix co-extractives from extracts than DLLME, which contributed to lower matrix effects. Twenty-two commercial fruit-based baby food samples were analyzed by the developed method, being procymidone detected in one sample at a level above the legal limit established by EU.

  18. Preparing polymeric biomaterials using "click" chemistry techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lin, Fei

    Significant efforts have been focused on preparing degradable polymeric biomaterials with controllable properties, which have the potential to stimulate specific cellular responses at the molecular level. Click reactions provide a universal tool box to achieve that goal through molecular level design and modification. This dissertation demonstrates multiple methodologies and techniques to develop advanced biomaterials through combining degradable polymers and click chemistry. In my initial work, a novel class of amino acid-based poly(ester urea)s (PEU) materials was designed and prepared for potential applications in bone defect treatment. PEUs were synthesized via interfacial polycondensation, and showed degradability in vivo and possessed mechanical strength superior to conventionally used polyesters. Further mechanical enhancement was achieved after covalent crosslinking with a short peptide crosslinker derived from osteogenic growth peptide (OGP). The in vitro and in an in vivo subcutaneous rat model demonstrated that the OGP-based crosslinkers promoted proliferative activity of cells and accelerated degradation properties of PEUs. As a continuous study, extra efforts were focused on the development of PEUs with functional pendant groups, including alkyne, azide, alkene, tyrosine phenol, and ketone groups. PEUs with Mw exceeding to 100K Da were obtained via interfacial polycondensation, and the concentration of pendent groups was varied using a copolymerization strategy. Electrospinning was used to fabricate PEU nanofiber matrices with mechanical strengths suitable for tissue engineering. A series of biomolecules were conjugated to nanofiber surface following electrospinning using click reactions in aqueous media. The ability to derivatize PEUs with biological motifs using high efficient chemical reactions will significantly expand their use in vitro and in vivo. Based on similar principles, a series of mono- and multifunctionalized polycaprolactone (PCL

  19. 微乳法制备阿昔洛韦固体脂质纳米粒%Preparation of aciclovir solid lipid nanoparticles based on the microemulsion technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    杜丽娜; 李淼; 李欣; 屈国乐; 金义光

    2011-01-01

    目的:用微乳法制备眼用阿昔洛韦(aciclovir,ACV)固体脂质纳米粒(SLN).方法:分别以硬脂酸、单硬脂酸甘油酯为油相,以大豆磷脂和吐温80、吐温20为乳化剂,以乙醇、甘油、胆酸钠、十二烷基硫酸钠(SLS)为助乳化剂制备微乳,微乳分散于水中形成SLN.分别考察处方组成和制备工艺对SLN混浊度和稳定性的影响.用微乳法制备的ACV-SLN经冷冻干燥后,观察其重建效果.用原子力显微镜观察ACV-SLN表面的精细结构.结果:使用注射器滴入法和优选处方可以快速制得粒径<150 nm的含1.0%脂质的ACV-SLN混悬液,10 d内保持稳定.ACV-SLN混悬液经冷冻干燥后可重建.结论:微乳法制备ACV-SLN,简单快捷,不需使用有机溶剂(如二氯甲烷、氯仿等)和复杂设备,适合SLN的研究和小规模制备.%Objective: To prepare the aciclovir (ACV) solid lipid nanoparticles (SLN) for eye use based on the microemulsion technique. Methods: Stearic acid, glycerol monostearate were selected as oil phase, tween 80, tween 20 and soy lecithin as emulsifier,and ethanol, glycerol, sodium cholate, sodium lauric sulfate as co-emulsifier respectively to prepare the oil-in-water microemulsions.Microemulsions dispersed into water and then SLNs were generated. Influences of formulation components and preparation procedures on turbidity and stability of SLN were investigated to optimize the best formula and preparation methods. ACV-SLNs prepared by the microemulsion methods were lyophilized, and its reconstruction effect was evaluated. The fine structure ofACV-SLN surface was observed by atomic force microscope (AFM). Results: ACV-SLN suspensions containing 1.0% lipid with the diameter less than 150 nm were rapidly prepared by dropping method with an injector and the optimal formula, which were stable within 10 d. ACV-SLN suspensions could be reconstituted with water after lyophilized. Conclusion: The preparation of ACV-SLN with microemulsion technique is

  20. Preparation and characterization of fouling-resistant composite membranes based on layer-by-layer self-assembly technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Duan, J L; Zhang, H M; Wang, C C; Li, H Y; Yang, F L

    2011-01-01

    This paper introduces a versatile approach for surface modification of 621-terylene filtration fabric (FF) self-assembled by a dynamic layer-by-layer technique. The hexadecyl trimethyl ammonium bromide (HTAB) and cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol microspheres (PVA-MS) were alternatively deposited on support membrane under a pressure of 0.01 MPa to modify FF. Morphological changes and hydrophilicity of the modified FF were characterized in detail by scanning electron micrograph and water contact angle measurements. Results revealed that PVA-MS could be adsorbed mainly on the surface of FF and water contact angle decreased with the increase of HTAB/PVA-MS bilayer numbers indicating an enhanced hydrophilicity for the modified FF. Backwash experiments of the modified FF exhibited much higher stability of PVA-MS. Protein adsorption experiments were conducted to evaluate the antifouling property of the modified FF. Results indicated that protein adsorption of the membrane surface could be obviously improved by modification, which exhibited superior antifouling property of the modified FF.

  1. Dye-sensitized solar cell based on optically transparent TiO{sub 2} nanocrystalline electrode prepared by atomized spray pyrolysis technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bandara, H.M.N., E-mail: hmnb@pdn.ac.l [Department of Chemistry, University of Peradeniya, Peradeniya (Sri Lanka); Research Institute of Electronics, Shizuoka University, 3-5-1 Johoku, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu 432-8011 (Japan); Rajapakse, R.M.G. [Department of Chemistry, University of Peradeniya, Peradeniya (Sri Lanka); Murakami, K. [Research Institute of Electronics, Shizuoka University, 3-5-1 Johoku, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu 432-8011 (Japan); Kumara, G.R.R.A.; Anuradha Sepalage, G. [Department of Chemistry, University of Peradeniya, Peradeniya (Sri Lanka)

    2011-10-30

    Highlights: > Transparent TiO{sub 2} films were prepared by the atomized spray pyrolysis method. > These films contain 3-5 nm discrete particles, interconnected to give a crack-free thin film structure. > Dye-absorption of the TiO{sub 2} film is 2.16 times higher than those used in conventional DSCs. > Conversion efficiency of 8.2% can be achieved with 1000 W m{sup -2} irradiation. - Abstract: Preparation of crack-free thin films of interconnected and non-agglomerated TiO{sub 2} nanoparticles on electronically conducting fluorine doped tin oxide surfaces is instrumental in designing and developing transparent dye-sensitized solar cells (DSCs). A novel technique called 'Atomized Spray Pyrolysis' (ASP) has been designed and developed to achieve such perfectly transparent thin films. Optical transmittance of TiO{sub 2} films produced on FTO surface by this ASP method has been compared with those obtained by doctor-blading and by hand spray methods and found that the atomized spray pyrolysis technique give films with high transparency. Dye adsorption per gram of TiO{sub 2} is 2.16 times higher in the sample produced by the ASP method when compared to the film produced by the hand spray method and is 1.60 times higher than that produced by the doctor-blading method using a commercially available TiO{sub 2} nanocrystalline paste. SEM studies show the presence of interconnected discrete particles in the film produced by the ASP method. The fill factor (ff) remains almost constant for the cells with thickness from 6 {mu}m to 13 {mu}m but the highest photovoltage and photocurrent were found in {approx}10 {mu}m film based DSC which gave 8.2% conversion efficiency at AM 1.5 irradiation for cells of 0.25 cm{sup 2} active area.

  2. Preparation Techniques and Syntactical Strategies for Simultaneous Interpreting

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    夏晶晶

    2013-01-01

    This essay is a case study of an interpreting exam recording about a speech by President Bush on the topic of energy security and climate change, this paper discussed preparation techniques and syntactical strategies for simultaneous interpreting. The research shows that interpreting excellency is based on a sound preparation. Anticipating and waiting strategies enable a natural output. Waiting could cause overloaded memory. Integrating can benefit interpreting by saving time and energy, especially in information-intensive ST. A mix of stalling and chunking can be used to deal with long and complex sentences but interpreters should be cautious on adding linking words, which may undermine the preciseness of the ST.

  3. Review on preparation techniques of particle reinforced metal matrix composites

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    HAO Bin

    2006-02-01

    Full Text Available This paper reviews the investigation status of the techniques for preparation of metal matrix composites and the research outcomes achieved recently. The mechanisms, characteristics, application ranges and levels of development of these preparation techniques are analyzed. The advantages and the disadvantages of each technique are synthetically evaluated. Lastly, the future directions of research and the prospects for the preparation techniques of metal matrix composites are forecasted.

  4. Techniques for the Preparation of Porous Metals

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2002-01-01

    Porous metals have been developed greatly and swiftly in recent years. In this paper, main types of these materials are described briefly, and their preparation methods are related primarily, with the purpose offering some clues for optimizing the producing technology.

  5. Review on preparation techniques of particle reinforced metal matrix composites

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    This paper reviews the investigation status of the techniques for preparation of metal matrix composites and the research outcomes achieved recently. The mechanisms, characteristics, application ranges and levels of development of these preparatior techniques are analyzed. The advantages and the disadvantages of each technique are synthetically evaluated. Lastly, the future directions of research and the prospects for the preparation techniques of metal matrix composites are forecasted.

  6. Individualization of technique preparation of skilled karate sportsmen.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ashsanin V.S.

    2011-02-01

    Full Text Available In the article is considered individualization of sporting preparation in single combats. Materials of research of competition activity are presented in karate allowing to individualize technique preparation of skilled karate sportsmen to the effective actions in moments of the sharp intensifying of competition fight. The generic and individual models of shock technique of skilled karate sportsmen are worked out.

  7. An aspiration material preparation system: application of a new liquid-based cytology technique for fine-needle aspiration of the breast.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sakakibara, Eiichi; Kimachi, Setsuo; Hashimoto, Katsunori; Inagaki, Hiroshi; Nagasaka, Tetsuro; Wakusawa, Shinya; Yokoi, Toyoharu

    2011-01-01

    To evaluate the usefulness of our original liquid-based cell preparation system AMAPS (aspiration material preparation system) and to compare it with the AutoSmear system in breast aspiration cytology. A total of 487 specimens of fine-needle aspiration cytology of the breast were retrieved, of which 250 were processed with AMAPS and 237 with the AutoSmear method (before the introduction of AMAPS). A final histological diagnosis was obtained by an excisional biopsy or a surgical resection in 148 cases. Cell recovery rates were significantly improved with AMAPS (96.8 and 99.1% in Papanicolaou and Diff-Quik, respectively) compared with the AutoSmear method (40.9 and 42.3%, respectively; pcytology, the unsatisfactory rate decreased significantly (from 16.0 to 8.8%; pliquid-based cytology systems. Copyright © 2010 S. Karger AG, Basel.

  8. METHODOLOGY OF TECHNIQUE PREPARATION FOR LOW VISION JAVELIN THROWERS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Milan Matić

    2013-07-01

    Full Text Available Javelin throwing discipline for disabled people has been expanding couple of years back. In addition, world’s records have been improving year after year. The esential part in preparation of low vision javelin throwers is mastering the technique elements, crucial for acquiring better results. Method of theoretical analysis, decriptive and comparative methods of survey were applied. Relevant knowledge in the area of low vision javelin throwers was analyzed and systematized, and then interpretated theoretically and applied on the top javelin thrower, which served as a base for the inovative apporoach in methodology and praxis with disabled people. Due to visual impairment, the coordination and balance are challenged. This limitation practically makes the difference in methodology, explained in this article. Apart from the goals focused on improving the condition and results on competitions, more specialized goals should be considered, e.g. improving of orientation, balance and socialization process for the people who have low vision. Special approach used in the technique preparation brought the significant improvement in techique of our famous Paralympian Grlica Miloš. In addition to the technique improvement he acquired better results on the big competitions and a few worldwide valuable prizes were won. The area of ’sport for disabled people’ is not enough present in the praxis of sport’s workers. More articles and scientific surveys on this topic are needed for further work and results improvement with these kind of sportsmen.

  9. Loading technique for preparing radionuclide containing nanoparticles

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2011-01-01

    Source: US2012213698A The present invention relates to a novel composition and method for loading delivery systems such as liposome compositions with radionuclides useful in targeted diagnostic and/or therapy of target site, such as cancerous tissue and, in general, pathological conditions associ...... of positron emission tomography (PET) imaging technique. One specific aspect of the invention is directed to a method of producing nanoparticles with desired targeting properties for diagnostic and/or radio-therapeutic applications....

  10. An automatic tooth preparation technique: A preliminary study

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yuan, Fusong; Wang, Yong; Zhang, Yaopeng; Sun, Yuchun; Wang, Dangxiao; Lyu, Peijun

    2016-04-01

    The aim of this study is to validate the feasibility and accuracy of a new automatic tooth preparation technique in dental healthcare. An automatic tooth preparation robotic device with three-dimensional motion planning software was developed, which controlled an ultra-short pulse laser (USPL) beam (wavelength 1,064 nm, pulse width 15 ps, output power 30 W, and repeat frequency rate 100 kHz) to complete the tooth preparation process. A total of 15 freshly extracted human intact first molars were collected and fixed into a phantom head, and the target preparation shapes of these molars were designed using customised computer-aided design (CAD) software. The accuracy of tooth preparation was evaluated using the Geomagic Studio and Imageware software, and the preparing time of each tooth was recorded. Compared with the target preparation shape, the average shape error of the 15 prepared molars was 0.05–0.17 mm, the preparation depth error of the occlusal surface was approximately 0.097 mm, and the error of the convergence angle was approximately 1.0°. The average preparation time was 17 minutes. These results validated the accuracy and feasibility of the automatic tooth preparation technique.

  11. Techniques for preparing of guide planes: in vitro comparative study

    OpenAIRE

    Uemura, Eduardo Shigueyuki; Assistant Professor of the Dental Materials and Prosthesis Department of the São José dos Campos School of Dentistry of the São Paulo State University.; Silva, João Maurício; Faculdade de Odontologia de São José dos Campos - UNESP; Borges, Alexandre Luiz Souto; Assistant Professor of the Dental Materials and Prosthesis Department of the São José dos Campos School of Dentistry of the São Paulo State University.; Yamamoto, Eron Toshio Colauto; Clinical Professor of the Dental Materials and Prosthesis Department of the School of Dentistry of the 9th of July University.

    2014-01-01

    The correct parallelism of guiding planes when constructing a Removable Partial Denture not only defines the axis of insertion and removal of the prosthesis, but also limits the possible axes of movement during functioning. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to compare some techniques and the use of an intra-oral device for those preparations. Dummies were performed in a direct manner, simulating the absence of teeth 15, 45, 12 and 42. The four preparation techniques chosen were: Group 1...

  12. A technique to determine a desired preparation axial inclination.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Parker, M Harry; Ivanhoe, John R; Blalock, John S; Frazier, Kevin B; Plummer, Kevin D

    2003-10-01

    The guidelines recommended in the literature for the convergence angle of a crown preparation vary from 3 to 24 degrees. There is a lack of guidelines on techniques to achieve a specific axial inclination. The purpose of this article was to present a practical technique, with a diamond rotary cutting instrument of known axial inclination, to determine the diamond rotary cutting instrument angulations required to achieve the desired axial inclination of a preparation.

  13. PREPARATION OF CARBON NANOFIBERS BY POLYMER BLEND TECHNIQUE

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    The polymer blend technique is a novel method to produced carbon nanofibers. In this paper, we have prepared fine carbon fibers and porous carbon materials by this technique, and we will discuss the experiment results by means of SEM, TGA, Element Analysis, etc.

  14. Recent advances in sample preparation techniques for effective bioanalytical methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kole, Prashant Laxman; Venkatesh, Gantala; Kotecha, Jignesh; Sheshala, Ravi

    2011-01-01

    This paper reviews the recent developments in bioanalysis sample preparation techniques and gives an update on basic principles, theory, applications and possibilities for automation, and a comparative discussion on the advantages and limitation of each technique. Conventional liquid-liquid extraction (LLE), protein precipitation (PP) and solid-phase extraction (SPE) techniques are now been considered as methods of the past. The last decade has witnessed a rapid development of novel sample preparation techniques in bioanalysis. Developments in SPE techniques such as selective sorbents and in the overall approach to SPE, such as hybrid SPE and molecularly imprinted polymer SPE, have been addressed. Considerable literature has been published in the area of solid-phase micro-extraction and its different versions, e.g. stir bar sorptive extraction, and their application in the development of selective and sensitive bioanalytical methods. Techniques such as dispersive solid-phase extraction, disposable pipette extraction and micro-extraction by packed sorbent offer a variety of extraction phases and provide unique advantages to bioanalytical methods. On-line SPE utilizing column-switching techniques is rapidly gaining acceptance in bioanalytical applications. PP sample preparation techniques such as PP filter plates/tubes offer many advantages like removal of phospholipids and proteins in plasma/serum. Newer approaches to conventional LLE techniques (salting-out LLE) are also covered in this review article.

  15. Technique for preparation of anaerobic microbes: Rodshaped cellulolytic bacteria

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Amlius Thalib

    2001-10-01

    Full Text Available Preparation of anaerobic-rod cellulolytic bacteria with coating technique has been conducted. Steps of the processes involved were cultivation, coating, evaporation, and drying. Coating agent used was Gum Arabic, and drying techniquesconducted were freeze drying and sun drying. pH of culture media was firstly optimized to obtain the maximal population ofbacteria. Both coated and uncoated preparates were subjected to drying. Morphological and Gram type identifications showed that uncoated preparate dried with freeze drying is not contaminated (ie. all bacteria are rod shape with Gram-negative type while the one dried with sun drying is not morphologically pure (ie. containing of both rod and coccus shapes with Gram negative and positive. The coated preparates dried by both freeze and sun drying, were not contaminated (ie. all are rods with Gram-negative. The coating and drying processes decreased viability of preparates significantly. However, the decreasing of viability of coated preparate are lower than uncoated preparate (ie. 89 vs. 97%. Total count of bacteria in sun-drying coated preparate are higher (P<0.05 than the uncoated preparate (ie. 3.38 x 1010 vs. 1.97 x 1010 colony/g DM. Activity of sun-drying coated preparate to digest elephant grass and rice straw was higher (P<0.01 than the sun-drying uncoated preparate with the in vitro DMD values were 42.7 vs. 35.5% for elephant grass substrate and 29.3 vs. 24.6% for rice straw substrate. Therefore, it is concluded that coating technique has a positive effects on the preparation of rumen bacteria.

  16. Preparation and Gas Permeability of ZIF-7 Membranes Prepared via Two-step Crystallization Technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Li, Fang; Li, Qiming; Bao, Xinxia; Gui, Jianzhou; Yu, Xiaofei [Liaoning Shihua University, Fushun (China)

    2014-06-15

    Continuous and dense ZIF-7 membranes were successfully synthesized on α-Al{sub 2}O{sub 3} porous substrate via two-step crystallization technique. ZIF-7 seeding layer was first deposited on porous α-Al{sub 2}O{sub 3} substrate by in-situ low temperature crystallization, and then ZIF-7 membrane layer can be grown through the secondary high-temperature crystallization. Two synthesis solutions with different concentration were used to prepare ZIF-7 seeding layer and membrane layer on porous α-Al{sub 2}O{sub 3} substrate, respectively. As a result, a continuous and defect-free ZIF-7 membrane layer can be prepared on porous α-Al{sub 2}O{sub 3} substrate, as confirmed by scanning electron microscope. XRD characterization shows that the resulting membrane layer is composed of pure ZIF-7 phase without any impurity. A single gas permeation test of H{sub 2}, O{sub 2}, CH{sub 4} or CO{sub 2} was conducted based on our prepared ZIF-7 membrane. The ZIF-7 membrane exhibited excellent H{sub 2} molecular sieving properties due to its suitable pore aperture and defect-free membrane layer.

  17. Novel method for preparation of PEMFC electrodes by the electrospray technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Benitez, R.; Soler, J.; Daza, L. [Dpto. Combustibles Fosiles, CIEMAT Av. Complutense 22, 28040 Madrid (Spain)

    2005-10-10

    A novel method based on the electrospray technique has been developed for the preparation of electrodes for proton exchange membrane fuel cells (PEMFC). The material obtained was characterized by different techniques, which showed both morphological and structural improvements that contribute to a better catalyst utilization compared to conventional methods. These facts were corroborated after manufacturing several membrane electrode assemblies (MEAs) with electrodes prepared by three different methods. MEAs obtained by means of the electrospray technique exhibited three times higher power density than those prepared by the impregnation method ones and eight times higher than MEAs made with electrodes prepared by the spray technique with platinum loadings of 0.5mgcm{sup -2}. Moreover, the power density obtained was twice better than a commercial E-TEK. This technique can be scaled up and becomes a volume production method using a low-cost process. (author)

  18. Preparation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M.M. Dardir

    2014-03-01

    Full Text Available Some hexanamide-mono and di-linoleniate esters were prepared by the reaction of linolenic acid and hexanamide (derived from the reaction of hexanoic acid and diethanolamine. The chemical structure for the newly prepared hexanamide-mono and di-linoleniate esters were elucidated using elemental analysis, (FTIR, H 1NMR and chemical ionization mass spectra (CI/Ms spectroscopic techniques. The results of the spectroscopic analysis indicated that they were prepared through the right method and they have high purity. The new prepared esters have high biodegradability and lower toxicity (environmentally friendly so they were evaluated as a synthetic-based mud (ester-based mud for oil-well drilling fluids. The evaluation included study of the rheological properties, filtration and thermal properties of the ester based-muds formulated with the newly prepared esters compared to the reference commercial synthetic-based mud.

  19. Euromembrane 2000 highlights membrane physical characterisation and preparation techniques

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Sivertsen, Edvard; Yaroshchuk, A.; Ovcharenko, F.D.; Sutzkover, Iris; Hasson, David; Semiat, Raphael; Paul, D.; Krause, B.H.

    2001-01-01

    Here we present the final instalment of our Euromembrane 2000 round-up. This is the third in a series of summaries covering the event, which was held in Israel during September last year. It considers the physical characterisation of membranes, and preparation techniques which are used to produce th

  20. Preparation of Risedronate Nanoparticles by Solvent Evaporation Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Eliska Vaculikova

    2014-11-01

    Full Text Available One approach for the enhancement of oral drug bioavailability is the technique of nanoparticle preparation. Risedronate sodium (Biopharmaceutical Classification System Class III was chosen as a model compound with high water solubility and low intestinal permeability. Eighteen samples of risedronate sodium were prepared by the solvent evaporation technique with sodium dodecyl sulfate, polysorbate, macrogol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl dextran as nanoparticle stabilizers applied in three concentrations. The prepared samples were characterized by dynamic light scattering and scanning electron microscopy. Fourier transform mid-infrared spectroscopy was used for verification of the composition of the samples. The particle size of sixteen samples was less than 200 nm. Polysorbate, sodium carboxymethyl dextran and macrogol were determined as the most favourable excipients; the particle size of the samples of risedronate with these excipients ranged from 2.8 to 10.5 nm.

  1. Impact of pig insemination technique and semen preparation on profitability.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gonzalez-Peña, D; Knox, R V; Pettigrew, J; Rodriguez-Zas, S L

    2014-01-01

    Artificial insemination technique and semen preparation impact boar utilization efficiency, genetic dissemination, and biosecurity. Intrauterine (IUI) and deep intrauterine (DUI) AI techniques require lower number of spermatozoa per dose compared to conventional (CON) AI. Frozen semen (FRO) has been associated with lower reproductive performance compared to fresh semen (FRE) preparation. The combined effects of 3 AI techniques (CON, IUI, and DUI) and 2 semen preparations (FRE and FRO) on the financial indicators of a pig crossbreeding system were studied. A 3-tier system was simulated in ZPLAN and the genetic improvement in a representative scenario was characterized. The cross of nucleus lines B and A generated 200,000 BA sows at the multiplier level. The BA sows were inseminated (CON, IUI, or DUI) with FRE or FRO from line C boars at the commercial level. Semen preparation and AI technique were represented by distinct sow:boar ratios in the C × BA cross. A range of farrowing rates (60 to 90%) and litter sizes (8 to 14 liveborn pigs) were tested. Genetic improvement per year for number born alive, adjusted 21-d litter weight, days to 113.5 kg, backfat, and ADG were 0.01 pigs per litter, 0.06 kg, -0.09 d, -0.29 mm, and 0.88 g, respectively. On average, the net profit for FRE (FRO) increased (P-value FRE and FRO were lower than -5%. The difference in variable costs between FRE and FRO ranged from -5.3 (CON) to -24.7% (DUI). Overall, insemination technique and semen preparation had a nonlinear effect on profit. The average relative difference in profit between FRE and FRO was less than 3% for the scenarios studied.

  2. New materials for sample preparation techniques in bioanalysis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nazario, Carlos Eduardo Domingues; Fumes, Bruno Henrique; da Silva, Meire Ribeiro; Lanças, Fernando Mauro

    2017-02-01

    The analysis of biological samples is a complex and difficult task owing to two basic and complementary issues: the high complexity of most biological matrices and the need to determine minute quantities of active substances and contaminants in such complex sample. To succeed in this endeavor samples are usually subject to three steps of a comprehensive analytical methodological approach: sample preparation, analytes isolation (usually utilizing a chromatographic technique) and qualitative/quantitative analysis (usually with the aid of mass spectrometric tools). Owing to the complex nature of bio-samples, and the very low concentration of the target analytes to be determined, selective sample preparation techniques is mandatory in order to overcome the difficulties imposed by these two constraints. During the last decade new chemical synthesis approaches has been developed and optimized, such as sol-gel and molecularly imprinting technologies, allowing the preparation of novel materials for sample preparation including graphene and derivatives, magnetic materials, ionic liquids, molecularly imprinted polymers, and much more. In this contribution we will review these novel techniques and materials, as well as their application to the bioanalysis niche. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. Gas solid techniques for preparation of pure lanthanum hexaboride

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Mukherjee; A.; Gulnar; A.K.; Sahoo; D.K.; Krishnamurthy; N.

    2012-01-01

    The processes reported for the preparation of lanthanum hexaboride (LaB6) from lanthanum oxide involve the use of carbon either elemental or in the form of boron carbide or elemental boron itself as reducing agents, fused salts at high temperatures or reactions which require the product boride to be leached out. Each of these techniques either increases the process costs and/or increases chances of contamination in fi-nal product. Pure LaB6 can best be prepared by a reaction which produces a gaseous byprodu...

  4. Preparation technique of SiCp reinforced Al matrix composite

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HAO Bin; CUI Hua; YU Zhi-yong; TAO Kai; YANG Bin; ZHANG Ji-shan

    2006-01-01

    A new preparation technique-"block dispersal and cast" method is introduced, and three kinds of powd.er mixing methods, vertical, horizontal and inclining styles, are compared. The results demonstrate that the inclining style is the best way to mix powders. The Al and nano SiC powders are pressed into blocks, dipped into molten Al, stirred into mold so that SiC/Al matrix composites can be obtained at last. The microstructure of SiC particle reinforced Al matrix composite prepared by "block dispersal and cast" method have been studied using scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Phase analysis has also been conducted by means of X-ray diffraction (XRD). The results show that nano SiC particles can be dispersed uniformly in Al matrix. Thus, it is feasible to prepare SiC particle reinforced Al matrix composites by this method.

  5. Barium titanate thick films prepared by screen printing technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mirjana M. Vijatović

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available The barium titanate (BaTiO3 thick films were prepared by screen printing technique using powders obtained by soft chemical route, modified Pechini process. Three different barium titanate powders were prepared: i pure, ii doped with lanthanum and iii doped with antimony. Pastes for screen printing were prepared using previously obtained powders. The thick films were deposited onto Al2O3 substrates and fired at 850°C together with electrode material (silver/palladium in the moving belt furnace in the air atmosphere. Measurements of thickness and roughness of barium titanate thick films were performed. The electrical properties of thick films such as dielectric constant, dielectric losses, Curie temperature, hysteresis loop were reported. The influence of different factors on electrical properties values was analyzed.

  6. Molecular Imprinting Techniques Used for the Preparation of Biosensors

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gizem Ertürk

    2017-02-01

    Full Text Available Molecular imprinting is the technology of creating artificial recognition sites in polymeric matrices which are complementary to the template in their size, shape and spatial arrangement of the functional groups. Molecularly imprinted polymers (MIPs and their incorporation with various transducer platforms are among the most promising approaches for detection of several analytes. There are a variety of molecular imprinting techniques used for the preparation of biomimetic sensors including bulk imprinting, surface imprinting (soft lithography, template immobilization, grafting, emulsion polymerization and epitope imprinting. This chapter presents an overview of all of these techniques with examples from particular publications.

  7. Optimization of fast dissolving etoricoxib tablets prepared by sublimation technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Patel D

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of this investigation was to develop fast dissolving tablets of etoricoxib. Granules containing etoricoxib, menthol, crospovidone, aspartame and mannitol were prepared by wet granulation technique. Menthol was sublimed from the granules by exposing the granules to vacuum. The porous granules were then compressed in to tablets. Alternatively, tablets were first prepared and later exposed to vacuum. The tablets were evaluated for percentage friability and disintegration time. A 3 2 full factorial design was applied to investigate the combined effect of 2 formulation variables: amount of menthol and crospovidone. The results of multiple regression analysis indicated that for obtaining fast dissolving tablets; optimum amount of menthol and higher percentage of crospovidone should be used. A surface response plots are also presented to graphically represent the effect of the independent variables on the percentage friability and disintegration time. The validity of a generated mathematical model was tested by preparing a checkpoint batch. Sublimation of menthol from tablets resulted in rapid disintegration as compared with the tablets prepared from granules that were exposed to vacuum. The optimized tablet formulation was compared with conventional marketed tablets for percentage drug dissolved in 30 min (Q 30 and dissolution efficiency after 30 min (DE 30 . From the results, it was concluded that fast dissolving tablets with improved etoricoxib dissolution could be prepared by sublimation of tablets containing suitable subliming agent.

  8. Optimization of fast dissolving etoricoxib tablets prepared by sublimation technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Patel, D M; Patel, M M

    2008-01-01

    The purpose of this investigation was to develop fast dissolving tablets of etoricoxib. Granules containing etoricoxib, menthol, crospovidone, aspartame and mannitol were prepared by wet granulation technique. Menthol was sublimed from the granules by exposing the granules to vacuum. The porous granules were then compressed in to tablets. Alternatively, tablets were first prepared and later exposed to vacuum. The tablets were evaluated for percentage friability and disintegration time. A 3(2) full factorial design was applied to investigate the combined effect of 2 formulation variables: amount of menthol and crospovidone. The results of multiple regression analysis indicated that for obtaining fast dissolving tablets; optimum amount of menthol and higher percentage of crospovidone should be used. A surface response plots are also presented to graphically represent the effect of the independent variables on the percentage friability and disintegration time. The validity of a generated mathematical model was tested by preparing a checkpoint batch. Sublimation of menthol from tablets resulted in rapid disintegration as compared with the tablets prepared from granules that were exposed to vacuum. The optimized tablet formulation was compared with conventional marketed tablets for percentage drug dissolved in 30 min (Q(30)) and dissolution efficiency after 30 min (DE(30)). From the results, it was concluded that fast dissolving tablets with improved etoricoxib dissolution could be prepared by sublimation of tablets containing suitable subliming agent.

  9. Novel polyamide-based nanofibers prepared by electrospinning technique for headspace solid-phase microextraction of phenol and chlorophenols from environmental samples.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bagheri, Habib; Aghakhani, Ali; Baghernejad, Masoud; Akbarinejad, Alireza

    2012-02-24

    A novel solid phase microextraction (SPME) fiber was fabricated by electrospinning method in which a polymeric solution was converted to nanofibers using high voltages. A thin stainless steel wire was coated by the network of polymeric nanofibers. The polymeric nanofiber coating on the wire was mechanically stable due to the fine and continuous nanofibers formation around the wire with a three dimensional structure. Polyamide (nylon 6), due to its suitable characteristics was used to prepare the unbreakable SPME nanofiber. The scanning electron microscopy (SEM) images of this new coating showed a diameter range of 100-200 nm for polyamide nanofibers with a homogeneous and porous surface structure. The extraction efficiency of new coating was investigated for headspace solid-phase microextraction (HS-SPME) of some environmentally important chlorophenols from aqueous samples followed by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) analysis. Effect of different parameters influencing the extraction efficiency including extraction temperature, extraction time, ionic strength and polyamide amount were investigated and optimized. In order to improve the chromatographic behavior of phenolic compounds, all the analytes were derivatized prior to the extraction process using basic acetic anhydride. The detection limits of the method under optimized conditions were in the range of 2-10 ng L(-1). The relative standard deviations (RSD) (n=3) at the concentration level of 1.7-6.7 ng mL(-1) were obtained between 1 and 7.4%. The calibration curves of chlorophenols showed linearity in the range of 27-1330 ng L(-1) for phenol and monochlorophenols and 7-1000 ng L(-1) for dichloro and trichlorophenols. Also, the proposed method was successfully applied to the extraction of phenol and chlorophenols from real water samples and relative recoveries were between 84 and 98% for all the selected analytes except for 2,4,6 tricholophenol which was between 72 and 74%. Copyright © 2011

  10. Novel polyamide-based nanofibers prepared by electrospinning technique for headspace solid-phase microextraction of phenol and chlorophenols from environmental samples

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bagheri, Habib, E-mail: bagheri@sharif.edu [Environmental and Bio-Analytical Laboratories, Department of Chemistry, Sharif University of Technology, Azadi Av., P.O. Box 11365-9516, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Aghakhani, Ali; Baghernejad, Masoud; Akbarinejad, Alireza [Environmental and Bio-Analytical Laboratories, Department of Chemistry, Sharif University of Technology, Azadi Av., P.O. Box 11365-9516, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2012-02-24

    A novel solid phase microextraction (SPME) fiber was fabricated by electrospinning method in which a polymeric solution was converted to nanofibers using high voltages. A thin stainless steel wire was coated by the network of polymeric nanofibers. The polymeric nanofiber coating on the wire was mechanically stable due to the fine and continuous nanofibers formation around the wire with a three dimensional structure. Polyamide (nylon 6), due to its suitable characteristics was used to prepare the unbreakable SPME nanofiber. The scanning electron microscopy (SEM) images of this new coating showed a diameter range of 100-200 nm for polyamide nanofibers with a homogeneous and porous surface structure. The extraction efficiency of new coating was investigated for headspace solid-phase microextraction (HS-SPME) of some environmentally important chlorophenols from aqueous samples followed by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) analysis. Effect of different parameters influencing the extraction efficiency including extraction temperature, extraction time, ionic strength and polyamide amount were investigated and optimized. In order to improve the chromatographic behavior of phenolic compounds, all the analytes were derivatized prior to the extraction process using basic acetic anhydride. The detection limits of the method under optimized conditions were in the range of 2-10 ng L{sup -1}. The relative standard deviations (RSD) (n = 3) at the concentration level of 1.7-6.7 ng mL{sup -1} were obtained between 1 and 7.4%. The calibration curves of chlorophenols showed linearity in the range of 27-1330 ng L{sup -1} for phenol and monochlorophenols and 7-1000 ng L{sup -1} for dichloro and trichlorophenols. Also, the proposed method was successfully applied to the extraction of phenol and chlorophenols from real water samples and relative recoveries were between 84 and 98% for all the selected analytes except for 2,4,6 tricholophenol which was between 72 and 74%.

  11. Preparation of Sufonated Poly (ethylene-co-tetrafluoroethylene-graft-styrene Based Polymer Electrolyte Membranes for Fuel Cell by using Gamma Irradiation Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A. Suliwarno

    2012-04-01

    Full Text Available Poly (ethylene-co-tetrafluoroethylene-graft-styrene-sulfonate was successfully prepared by irradiation grafting of a styrene monomer into ethylenetetrafluoro-ethylene (ETFE films and followed by sulfonation of the graft chains. Five film sheets of ETFE which having a size of 3 cm  8 cm, thickness of 25 µm were packed in vacuum using a Y type tube filled with argon gas. The samples were irradiated using γ-rays with a dose of 15 kGy at 15 kGy/h. The iradiated samples were grafted by using styrene monomer at 60o C for 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9 h, respectively. The grafted samples (ETFE-g-St were washed with xylene to remove homopolymer of polystyrene, and then its degree of grafting (DG was determined. Sulfonation was carried out by using 0.2 M chlorosulfonic acid in dichloroethane solution at a water bath of 60oC for 6 h. Sulfonated samples (ETFE-g-St-SO3H were washed with water to neutralize its acidity, and dried in a vacuum drier at 40oC for 15 h. The dried sample was weighed as sulfonated sample in order to determine the degree of sulfonation (%DS. Membrane properties of EFTE-g-St-SO3H sample such as ion exchange capacity (IEC, proton conductivity in cross direction (σ1, and in-plane direction (σ11 were determined by using a HIOKI-3522 LCR HI tester. Durability test of samples were conducted in hot water and 3% H2O2 respectively.. The proton conductivity measurement and durability of the membrane were compared to Nafion 112® as standard. The experimental results showed that the degree of grafting was increased with time of reaction for copolymerization, while %DS gave excellent results with an average of 92.7%. The IEC value was more affected by the %DG as compared to that of %DS effect. The average of σl value of the sample was 0.055 S/cm, compared to σl of Nafion112® that was 0.066 S/cm. The average of ll of the sample was 0.18 S/cm, while the ll of Nafion 112® was = 0.36 S/cm. The sample of SA004 with 53.49% DG was more stable than

  12. Aluminium-12wt% silicon coating prepared by thermal spraying technique: Part 1 optimization of spray condition based on a design of experiment

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jiansirisomboon, S.

    2006-03-01

    Full Text Available At present, thermal spray technology is used for maintenance parts of various machines in many industries. This technology can be used to improve the surface wear resistance. Therefore, this technology can significantly reduce cost of manufacturing. Al-12wt%Si alloy is an interesting and popular material used in the automotive industry. This research studies the suitable condition for spraying of Al-12wt%Si powder. This powder was sprayed by a flame spray technique onto low carbon steel substrates. The suitable conditions for spraying can be achieved by a design of experiment (DOE principle, which provided statistical data defined at 90% confidence. This research used control factors, which were oxygen flow rate, acetylene flow rate and spray distance. The satisfaction levels of these factors were set at 3 levels, i.e. low, medium and high, in order to determine suitable responses, which were hardness, thickness, wear rate and percentage volume fraction of porosity. It was found that the optimized condition for spraying Al-12wt%Si powder consisted of 38 ft3/hr (1.026 m3/hr of oxygen flow rate, 27 ft3/hr (0.729 m3/hr of acetylene flow rate and 58 mm of spray distance.

  13. The use of solid phase microextraction as sample preparation technique for determination of n-nitrosodimethylamine in water polluted by hydrazine-based rocket fuel

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bulat Kenessov

    2009-05-01

    Full Text Available A paper describes a method for determination of N-nitrosodimethylamine in water, polluted by spills of 1,1-dimethylhydrazine, based on solid phase microextraction coupled to gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. A method detection limit was determined to be 1 ug/kg, relative error was below 20%. A method is very sensitive and selective as well as quite simple, relatively cheap and fully automated.

  14. Peptide-Loaded Solid Lipid Nanoparticles Prepared through Coacervation Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marina Gallarate

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Stearic acid solid lipid nanoparticles were prepared according to a new technique, called coacervation. The main goal of this experimental work was the entrapment of peptide drugs into SLN, which is a difficult task, since their chemical characteristics (molecular weight, hydrophilicity, and stability hamper peptide-containing formulations. Insulin and leuprolide, chosen as model peptide drugs, were encapsulated within nanoparticles after hydrophobic ion pairing with anionic surfactants. Peptide integrity was maintained after encapsulation, and nanoparticles can act in vitro as a sustained release system for peptide.

  15. The OPPIuM technique: office hysteroscopic technique for the preparation of partially intramural leiomyomas.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cicinelli, Ettore; Mitsopoulos, Vasileios; Fascilla, Fabiana D; Sioutis, Dimos; Bettocchi, Stefano

    2016-06-01

    Uterine fibroids, also known as leiomyomas, represent the most common benign tumors of the female genital tract. Submucosal leiomyomas are classified into three grades: G0, GI, GII according to the degree of their intramural proportion. A recently developed technique enables the preparation of G1 and G2 leiomyomas for their subsequent successful resection in a second step. The OPPIuM (office preparation of partially intramural leiomyomas) technique aims to downgrade type I and II leiomyomas, in order to facilitate a subsequent easier and safer resectoscopy. Hysteroscopic resection of large GI or GII submucosal fibroids is a complex procedure. OPPIuM technique has been invented and seems to achieve the downgrading of these types of leiomyomas in approximately 93% of cases, without any significant surgical complications or the need of hormonal agents' administration. In this way, the safer and quicker subsequent complete myomectomy is facilitated.

  16. Preparation and application of new fluorescein-labeled fumonisins B1 in fluorescence polarization analysis technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Objective: To prepare a new fluorescent tracer against common mycotoxins such as fumonisin B1 in order to replace 6-(4,6-Dichlorotriazinyl) aminofluorescein (6-DTAF), an expensive marker, and to develop a technique for quick detection of fumonisin B1 based on the principle of fluorescence polarizati...

  17. Preparation of curcumin nanoparticle by using reinforcement ionic gelation technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Suryani, Halid, Nur Hatidjah Awaliyah; Akib, Nur Illiyyin; Rahmanpiu, Mutmainnah, Nina

    2017-05-01

    Curcumin, a polyphenolic compound present in curcuma longa has a wide range of activities including anti-inflammatory properties. The potency of curcumin is limited by its poor oral bioavailability because of its poor solubility in aqueous. Various methods have been tried to solve the problem including its encapsulation into nanoparticle. The aim of this study is to develop curcumin nanoparticle by using reinforcement ionic gelation technique and to evaluate the stability of curcumin nanoparticles in gastrointestinal fluid. Curcumin nanoparticles were prepared by using reinforcement ionic gelation technique with different concentrations of chitosan, trypolyphosphate, natrium alginate and calcium chloride. Curcumin nanoparticles were then characterized including particle size and zeta potential by using particle size analyzer and morphology using a transmission electron microscope, entrapment efficiency using UV-Vis Spectrophotometer and chemical structure analysis by Infra Red Spectrophotometer (FTIR). Furthermore, the stability of curcumin nanoparticles were evaluated on artificial gastric fluid and artificial intestinal fluids by measuring the amount of curcumin released in the medium at a time interval. The result revealed that curcumin nanoparticles can be prepared by reinforcement ionic gelation technique, the entrapment efficiency of curcumin nanoparticles were from 86.08 to 91.41%. The average of particle size was 272.9 nm and zeta potential was 12.05 mV. The morphology examination showed that the curcumin nanoparticles have spherical shape. The stability evaluation of curcumin nanoparticles showed that the nanoparticles were stable on artificial gastric fluid and artificial intestinal fluid. This result indicates that curcumin nanoparticles have the potential to be developed for oral delivery.

  18. Preparation of polystyrene–clay nanocomposite by solution intercalation technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    P K Paul; S A Hussain; D Bhattacharjee; M Pal

    2013-06-01

    Polymer–clay nanocomposites of commercial polystyrene (PS) and clay laponite were prepared via solution intercalation technique. Laponite was modified suitably with the well known cationic surfactant cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide by ion-exchange reaction to render laponite miscible with hydrophobic PS. X-ray diffraction analysis in combination with scanning electron microscopy gives an idea of structural and morphological information of PS–laponite nanocomposite for different varying organo-laponite contents. Intercalation of PS chain occurs into the interlayer spacings of laponite for low organo-laponite concentration in the PS–O-laponite mixture. However, aggregation and agglomeration occur at higher clay concentration. The molecular bond vibrational profile of laponite as well as PS–laponite nanocomposite have been explored by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. Thermogravimetric analysis along with differential scanning calorimetry results reveal the enhancement of both thermal stability and glass transition temperature of PS due to the incorporation of clay platelets.

  19. Wavelet Based Image Denoising Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sachin D Ruikar

    2011-03-01

    Full Text Available This paper proposes different approaches of wavelet based image denoising methods. The search for efficient image denoising methods is still a valid challenge at the crossing of functional analysis and statistics. In spite of the sophistication of the recently proposed methods, most algorithms have not yet attained a desirable level of applicability. Wavelet algorithms are useful tool for signal processing such as image compression and denoising. Multi wavelets can be considered as an extension of scalar wavelets. The main aim is to modify the wavelet coefficients in the new basis, the noise can be removed from the data. In this paper, we extend the existing technique and providing a comprehensive evaluation of the proposed method. Results based on different noise, such as Gaussian, Poisson’s, Salt and Pepper, and Speckle performed in this paper. A signal to noise ratio as a measure of the quality of denoising was preferred.

  20. Lyophilization monophase solution technique for preparation of amorphous flutamide dispersions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Elgindy, Nazik; Elkhodairy, Kadria; Molokhia, Abdallah; Elzoghby, Ahmed

    2011-07-01

    Flutamide (FLT) is a poorly soluble anticancer drug. Therefore, lyophilized dispersions (LDs) of FLT with polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) K30, polyethylene glycol (PEG) 6000, and pluronic F127 were prepared via lyophilization monophase solution technique with the aim of increasing its dissolution rate. FLT showed an A(L)-type phase solubility diagrams with PVP and PEG, whereas A(N)-type diagram was obtained with pluronic. The amount of residual tertiary butyl alcohol, determined by gas chromatography, was 0.015-0.021% w/w. Differential scanning calorimetry and X-ray diffractometry revealed that FLT-polymer 1:1 LDs were partially amorphous, whereas the 1:3 and 1:5 LDs were completely amorphous. After 6 months storage, polymers under study inhibited FLT recrystallization maintaining its amorphous form. The particle size of FLT-polymer LDs was between 0.81 and 2.13 μm, with a high surface area (268.43-510.82 m²/g) and porosity (354.01-676.23 e⁻³ mL/g). Also, the poor flow properties of FLT could be improved but to a limited extent. FLT dissolution was significantly enhanced with the fastest dissolution that was achieved using pluronic. After 30 min, about 66.52%, 78.23%, and 81.64% of FLT was dissolved from 1:5 FLT-PVP, PEG, and pluronic LDs, respectively, compared with only 13.45% of FLT. These data suggest that these polymers might be useful adjuncts in preparation and stabilization of amorphous immediate-release FLT LDs.

  1. Comparison of two tooth-saving preparation techniques for one-surface cavities.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rahimtoola, Salim; van Amerongen, Evert

    2002-01-01

    The atraumatic restorative treatment technique (ART) is based on removing infected tooth material using only hand instruments and filling the subsequently cleaned cavity with adhesive material such as glass ionomer. As its name suggests, the ART technique should be atraumatic during treatment, as well as for the tooth itself as for the patient. It was primarily developed for treating people living in underserved areas of the world where resources and facilities such as electricity and trained manpower are limited. Many studies have evaluated the ART technique and the results have supported its application. However, a very limited number of studies have compared ART with more conventional techniques. For that reason, a study was conducted in Pakistan, to compare the ART technique with another more conventional treatment technique. The results of this study show that the preparations with hand instruments resulted in smaller sized cavities and therefore may be less traumatic to the tooth. It was also associated with less pain reactions compared to the more conventional technique. Although preparations with hand instruments required more time, this did not seem to affect the survival of restorations. The survival of glass ionomer cement restorations made with hand instruments was comparable with single surface amalgam restorations made with a more conventional technique. Recurrent caries was not associated with any glass ionomer cement restorations made with hand instruments. The retention rate of glass ionomer sealants was low, however one dentist had a sealant retention rate of 81.5 percent that suggests that this procedure can be performed satisfactorily in conjunction with a glass ionomer cement restoration. Operator variances did seem to affect the restorations. Survival of glass ionomer restorations made with both hand and rotary instruments varied for different operators. Similarly, the retention of fissure sealant also varied amongst operators. Operator

  2. Advances in Poly(4-aminodiphenylaniline) Nanofibers Preparation by Electrospinning Technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Della Pina, C; Busacca, C; Frontera, P; Antonucci, P L; Scarpino, L A; Sironi, A; Falletta, E

    2016-05-01

    Polyaniline (PANI) nanofibers are drawing a great deal of interest from academia and industry due to their multiple applications, especially in biomedical field. PANI nanofibers were successfully electrospun for the first time by MacDiarmid and co-workers at the beginning of the millennium and since then many efforts have been addressed to improve their quality. However, traditional PANI prepared from aniline monomer shows some drawbacks, such as presence of toxic (i.e., benzidine) and inorganic (salts and metals) co-products, that complicate polymer post-treatment, and low solubility in common organic solvents, making hard its processing by electrospinning technique. Some industrial sectors, such as medical and biomedical, need to employ materials free from toxic and polluting species. In this regard, the oxidative polymerization of N-(4-aminophenyl)aniline, aniline dimer, to produce poly(4-aminodiphenylaniline), P4ADA, a kind of PANI, represents an innovative alternative to the traditional synthesis because the obtained polymer results free from carcinogenic and/or polluting co-products, and, moreover, more soluble than traditional PANI. This latter feature can be exploited to obtain P4ADA nanofibers by electrospinning technique. In this paper we report the advances obtained in the P4ADA nanofibers electrospinnig. A comparison among polyethylene oxide (PEO), polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) and polystyrene (PS), as the second polymer to facilitate the electrospinning process, is shown. In order to increase the conductivity of P4ADA nanofibers, two strategies were adopted and compared: selective insulating binder removal from electrospun nanofibers by a rinsing tratment, afterwards optimizing the minimum amount of binder necessary for the electrospinning process. Moreover, the effect of PEO/P4ADA weight ratio on the fibers morphology and conductivity was highlighted.

  3. Magnetic properties of iron nanoparticles prepared by exploding wire technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Alqudami, Abdullah; Annapoorni, S; Lamba, Subhalakshmi; Kothari, P C; Kotnala, R K

    2007-06-01

    Nanoparticles of iron were prepared in distilled water using very thin iron wires and sheets, by the electro-exploding wire technique. Transmission electron microscopy reveals the size of the nanoparticles to be in the range 10 to 50 nm. However, particles of different sizes can be segregated by using ultrahigh centrifuge. X-ray diffraction studies confirm the presence of the cubic phase of iron. These iron nanoparticles were found to exhibit fluorescence in the visible region in contrast to the normal bulk material. The room temperature hysteresis measurements upto a field of 1.0 tesla were performed on a suspension of iron particles in the solution as well as in the powders obtained by filtration. The hysteresis loops indicate that the particles are superparamagnetic in nature. The saturation magnetizations was approximately 60 emu/gm. As these iron particles are very sensitive to oxygen a coating of non-magnetic iron oxide tends to form around the particles giving it a core-shell structure. The core particle size is estimated theoretically from the magnetization measurements. Suspensions of iron nanoparticles in water have been proposed to be used as an effective decontaminant for ground water.

  4. Preparation and comparison of a-C:H coatings using reactive sputter techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Keunecke, M., E-mail: martin.keunecke@ist.fraunhofer.d [Fraunhofer Institute for Surface Engineering and Thin Films (IST), Braunschweig (Germany); Weigel, K.; Bewilogua, K. [Fraunhofer Institute for Surface Engineering and Thin Films (IST), Braunschweig (Germany); Cremer, R.; Fuss, H.-G. [CemeCon AG, Wuerselen (Germany)

    2009-12-31

    Amorphous hydrogenated carbon (a-C:H) coatings are widely used in several industrial applications. These coatings commonly will be prepared by plasma activated chemical vapor deposition (PACVD). The main method used to prepare a-C:H coating in industrial scale is based on a glow discharge in a hydrocarbon gas like acetylene or methane using a substrate electrode powered with medium frequency (m.f. - some 10 to 300 kHz). Some aims of further development are adhesion improvement, increase of hardness and high coating quality on complex geometries. A relatively new and promising technique to fulfil these requirements is the deposition of a-C:H coatings by a reactive d.c. magnetron sputter deposition from a graphite target with acetylene as reactive gas. An advancement of this technique is the deposition in a pulsed magnetron sputter process. Using these three mentioned techniques a-C:H coatings were prepared in the same deposition machine. For adhesion improvement different interlayer systems were applied. The effect of different substrate bias voltages (d.c. and d.c. pulse) was investigated. By applying the magnetron sputter technique in the d.c. pulse mode, plastic hardness values up to 40 GPa could be reached. Besides hardness other mechanical properties like resistance against abrasive wear were measured and compared. Cross sectional SEM images showed the growth structure of the coatings.

  5. Comparison of preparative HPLC/MS and preparative SFC techniques for the high-throughput purification of compound libraries.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Searle, Philip A; Glass, Keithney A; Hochlowski, Jill E

    2004-01-01

    A diverse set of 16 high-throughput organic synthesis libraries, consisting of 48 samples per library, has been purified by both preparative supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) and preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). This paper details the relative effectiveness of these two purification techniques in terms of success, yield, and purity of final product.

  6. PREPARATION OF LEUCITE-BASED COMPOSITES

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Alexandra Kloužková

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available The aim of this study was to prepare leucite dental composites from two separately synthesized components - tetragonal leucite and glassy matrix. The newly developed procedure is based on the preparation of crystalline tetragonal leucite powder by relatively low temperature synthesis under hydrothermal conditions. Matrix powder was prepared by a classical melting process and subsequent milling of the quenched glass. The dental composites were prepared by mixing of 10 wt. %, 20 wt. % and 30 wt. % of synthesized tetragonal leucite with glass powder followed by pressing and firing. The sintering process was observed by optical microscope and the optimal firing temperature for each composite was determined. Optical and electron microscopy was used to characterise the microstructure of the composites, especially the distribution of the leucite particles in the matrix. Dilatometric measurements proved that the coefficient of thermal expansion of the composites increased up to 44 % in comparison with the basic matrix.

  7. A Preparation Technique of Aromatic Type Direct Vat Set

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LIU Ying; GAO Xuejun; PENG Yahui; YUAN Xiaohan

    2009-01-01

    To prepare a kind of good direct vat set for yogurt, three species of lactic acid bacteria were applied to do sugar fermentation and RAPD experiments, ratio of strains, and experiments of fermentation. It was succeeded in preparing the excellent DVS including three strains. Through organoleptic investigation and metabolism determination during fermentation and changes during 4℃ storage of the yogurt fermented by this DVS, it was evaluated that the acidity of yoghurt fermented by the DVS was suited,milk curd was uniformity, and aroma was thick.

  8. Nontraditional manufacturing technique-Nano machining technique based on SPM

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    DONG; Shen; YAN; Yongda; SUN; Tao; LIANG; Yingchun; CHENG

    2004-01-01

    Nano machining based on SPM is a novel, nontraditional advanced manufacturing technique. There are three main machining methods based on SPM, i.e.single atom manipulation, surface modification using physical or chemical actions and mechanical scratching. The current development of this technique is summarized. Based on the analysis of mechanical scratching mechanism, a 5 μm micro inflation hole is fabricated on the surface of inertial confinement fusion (ICF) target. The processing technique is optimized. The machining properties of brittle material, single crystal Ge, are investigated. A micro machining system combining SPM and a high accuracy stage is developed. Some 2D and 3D microstructures are fabricated using the system. This method has broad applications in the field of nano machining.

  9. Basic tree-ring sample preparation techniques for aging aspen

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lance A. Asherin; Stephen A. Mata

    2001-01-01

    Aspen is notoriously difficult to age because of its light-colored wood and faint annual growth rings. Careful preparation and processing of aspen ring samples can overcome these problems, yield accurate age and growth estimates, and concisely date disturbance events present in the tree-ring record. Proper collection of aspen wood is essential in obtaining usable ring...

  10. Innovative green technique for preparing of flame retardant cotton

    Science.gov (United States)

    Due to its environmentally benign character, microwave-assisted or supercritical carbon dioxide high pressure reactors are considered in green chemistry as a substitute for organic solvents in chemical reactions. In this paper, an innovative approach for preparation of flame retardant cotton fabric ...

  11. Preparation and characterization of crosslinked chitosan-based nanofibers

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ying Shan Zhou; Dong Zhi Yang; Jun Nie

    2007-01-01

    Crosslinked chitosan-based nanofibers were successfully prepared via electrospinning technique with heat mediated chemical crosslinking followed. The structure, morphology and mechanical property of nanofibers were characterized by attenuated total reflection-Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ATR-FTIR), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), Instron machine, respectively. The results showed that, nanofibers exhibited a smooth surface and regular morphology, and tensile strength of nanofibers improved with increasing of triethylene glycol dimethacrylate (TEGDMA) content.

  12. Nanoprecipitation versus two step desolvation technique for the preparation of gelatin nanoparticles

    Science.gov (United States)

    Khan, Saeed Ahmad; Schneider, Marc

    2013-02-01

    Various techniques have been used for preparation of gelatin nanoparticles, such as coacervation, emulsion/solvent evaporation, reverse phase preparation, inverse miniemulsion and two step desolvation. Both methods are based on different mechanisms of nanoparticle formation. The main goal of this study was to systematically compare the performance of nanoprecipitation and the most widely utilized two step desolvation methods with respect to effect of gelatin concentration on nanoparticle size and polydispersity index. Particles size was determined by dynamic light scattering, and the morphology by atomic force microscopy. It was observed that gelatin concentration 20 mg/ml yielded nanoparticles of around 60 nm size by two step desolvation, on the other hand nanoprecipitation produced 210 nm particles with the same gelatin concentration.

  13. Freeze-drying as a preserving preparation technique for in vitro testing of human skin.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Franzen, Lutz; Vidlářová, Lucie; Kostka, Karl-Heinz; Schaefer, Ulrich F; Windbergs, Maike

    2013-01-01

    In vitro testing of drugs with excised human skin is a valuable prerequisite for clinical studies. However, the analysis of excised human skin presents several obstacles. Ongoing drug diffusion, microbial growth and changes in hydration state influence the results of drug penetration studies. In this work, we evaluate freeze-drying as a preserving preparation method for skin samples to overcome these obstacles. We analyse excised human skin before and after freeze-drying and compare these results with human skin in vivo. Based on comprehensive thermal and spectroscopic analysis, we demonstrate comparability to in vivo conditions and exclude significant changes within the skin samples due to freeze-drying. Furthermore, we show that freeze-drying after skin incubation with drugs prevents growth of drug crystals on the skin surface due to drying effects. In conclusion, we introduce freeze-drying as a preserving preparation technique for in vitro testing of human skin.

  14. PREPARATION OF BISPHENOL A EPOXY RESIN WATERBORNE DISPERSIONS BY THE PHASE INVERSION EMULSIFICATION TECHNIQUE

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhen-zhong Yang; De-lu Zhao

    2000-01-01

    The phase inversion emulsification technique (PIET) is an effective physical method for preparing waterborne dispersions of polymer resins. Some results concerning the preparation of bisphenol A epoxy resin waterborne dispersions by PIET in our laboratory were summarized. Electrical properties, rheological behavior and morphological evolution during phase inversion progress were systematically characterized. The effects of the emulsifier concentration and emulsification temperature on phase inversion progress and the structural features of the waterborne particles were studied as well. The deformation and break up of water drops in a shear field were analyzed in terms of micro-rheology, while the interaction and coalescence dynamics of water drops were discussed in terms of DLVO theory and Smoluchowski effective collision theory,respectively. Based on the experimental results and theoretical analysis, a physical model of phase inversion progress was suggested, by which the effects of the parameters on phase inversion progress and the structural features of the waterborne particles were interpreted and predicted.

  15. 层层组装技术制备牙科硅藻土基纳米复相陶瓷粉体%Preparation of diatomite based nano-composite dental ceramic powders by layer-by-layer technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陆小丽; 钱蕴珠; 刘梅; 周雪锋; 章非敏; 顾宁

    2011-01-01

    Objective To prepare a novel bioactive and degradable scaffold with mineralized collagenpolyose based composite by biomimetic synthesis for bone tissue engineering and explore the compatibility of osteoblast culturing on the scaffold. Methods Two kinds of polyelectrolyte were assembled on the surface of diatomite particles in order to adsorbe on nano-zirconia through opposite charges. Zeta potential,particle size and size distribution were compared before and after the modification of diatomite; IR was used to analysis molecular structure of functional group changes on the surface of diatomite particles, nano-composite powder morphology was observed by SEM. Results Two kinds of the polyelectrolyte were successfully assembled on the surface of diatomite powders. Particle size and size distribution were significantly reduced, d (0.5) reduce from 16.421 μm to 0.420 μm. SEM showed the dispersion of the modified diatomite was improved and had a good adsorption with nano-zirconia. Conclusion Layer-by-layer technique could enhance the dispersion of diatomite-based dental ceramic powders as well as a good adsorption of nano-composite ceramic powder.%目的 探讨层层组装技术对硅藻土基牙科陶瓷粉体的改性效果及其与纳米氧化锆的吸附能力的影响,减小硅藻土及纳米氧化锆粉体的团聚现象,制备出分散均匀的纳米复相陶瓷粉体.方法 采用层层组装将2种聚电解质分别组装到硅藻土颗粒表面,再将硅藻土与纳米氧化锆通过异种电荷进行吸附.比较改性前后硅藻土Zeta电位、粒径及粒径分布的变化、红外谱图(IR)分析硅藻土颗粒表面官能团和分子结构特征的变化,扫描电子显微镜(SEM)观察纳米复相陶瓷粉体的形貌.结果 聚电解质在硅藻土表面成功组装,且硅藻土粒径和粒径分布明显减小,d(0.5)从16.421μm减小到0.420μm;SEM显示改性后硅藻土的分散性得到提高且与纳米氧化锆吸附良好.结论 层层组装

  16. Preparation of Poly Acrylic Acid-Poly Acrylamide Composite Nanogels by Radiation Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Parisa Ghorbaniazar

    2015-06-01

    Full Text Available Purpose: Nanogel, a nanoparticle prepared from a cross-linked hydrophilic polymer network, has many biomedical applications. A radiation technique has recently been introduced as one of the appropriate methods for the preparation of polymeric nanogels due to its additive-free initiation and easy control procedure. Methods: We have investigated the formation of nano-sized polymeric gels, based on the radiation-induced inter- and intra-molecular cross-linking of the inter-polymer complex (IPC of polyacrylamide (PAAm and polyacrylic acide (PAAc. Results: The results indicated that the prepared polymeric complex composed of PAAm and PAAc was converted into nanogel by irradiation under different doses (1, 3, 5 and 7 kGy. This was due to inter- and intra-molecular cross-linking at the range of 446-930 nm as characterized by the photon correlation spectroscopy method. Increasing the irradiation dose reduced the size of nanoparticles to 3 kGy; however, the higher doses increased the size and size distribution. Scanning electron microscopy images indicated the nanogel formation in the reported size by particle size and showed the microcapsule structure of the prepared nanogels. Biocompatibility of nanogels were assessed and proved by MTT assay. Conclusion: It was concluded that low dose irradiation can be successfully applied for nanometre-ranged hydrogel.

  17. Preparation and characterization of mesh membranes using electrospinning technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Russo, Giuseppina; Peters, Gerrit W. M.; Solberg, Ramon H. M.

    2012-07-01

    This paper is focused on the formulation and characterization of membranes that can act as biomedical devices with a mesh sample structure to reduce local inflammation and improve the tissue regeneration. These systems were realized homogenously dispersing lamellar Hydrotalcite loaded with Diclofenac Sodium (HTLc-DIK) in a polymeric matrix of Poly-caprolactone (PCL). Membranes were obtained through the electrospinning technique that has shown many advantages with respect to other techniques. Experiments carried out on the manufactured samples highlight the no- toxicity of the samples and very good interactions between cells and device.

  18. Membrane-based microextraction techniques in analytical chemistry: A review.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Carasek, Eduardo; Merib, Josias

    2015-06-23

    The use of membrane-based sample preparation techniques in analytical chemistry has gained growing attention from the scientific community since the development of miniaturized sample preparation procedures in the 1990s. The use of membranes makes the microextraction procedures more stable, allowing the determination of analytes in complex and "dirty" samples. This review describes some characteristics of classical membrane-based microextraction techniques (membrane-protected solid-phase microextraction, hollow-fiber liquid-phase microextraction and hollow-fiber renewal liquid membrane) as well as some alternative configurations (thin film and electromembrane extraction) used successfully for the determination of different analytes in a large variety of matrices, some critical points regarding each technique are highlighted.

  19. Bases en technique du vide

    CERN Document Server

    Rouviere, Nelly

    2017-01-01

    Cette seconde édition, 20 ans après la première, devrait continuer à aider les techniciens pour la réalisation de leur système de vide. La technologie du vide est utilisée, à présent, dans de nombreux domaines très différents les uns des autres et avec des matériels très fiables. Or, elle est souvent bien peu étudiée, de plus, c'est une discipline où le savoir-faire prend tout son sens. Malheureusement la transmission par des ingénieurs et techniciens expérimentés ne se fait plus ou trop rapidement. La technologie du vide fait appel à la physique, à la chimie, à la mécanique, à la métallurgie, au dessin industriel, à l'électronique, à la thermique, etc. Cette discipline demande donc de maîtriser des techniques de domaines très divers, et ce n'est pas chose facile. Chaque installation est en soi un cas particulier avec ses besoins, sa façon de traiter les matériaux et celle d'utiliser les matériels. Les systèmes de vide sont parfois copiés d'un laboratoire à un autre et le...

  20. Effect of semen preparation technique and its incubation on sperm quality in the Moroccan population.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aboulmaouahib, S; Madkour, A; Kaarouch, I; Saadani, B; Sefrioui, O; Louanjli, N; Copin, H; Cadi, R; Benkhalifa, M

    2016-09-05

    In in vitro fertilisation (IVF), sperm preparation as critical part and influencing the sperm quality is especially dependent on the chosen technique itself and incubation parameters including temperature and CO2. In this study, we compared firstly density-gradient centrifugation technique (DGC) to the adapted DGC using the sperm pellet of 80% fraction (DGC/80P) in order to improve the sperm yield. Secondly, this study led to evaluate different sperm incubation conditions based on temperature effect (room temperature (RT = 23°C) versus 35°C) and in the other hand, with or without 5% CO2 during 24 hrs. Based on evaluating sperm conventional parameters and the DNA damage using TUNEL assay, our result showed that DGC/80P increased sperm quality compared to DGC with 25% of improvement. For temperature incubation effect after 24 hrs, 35°C increased the DNA damage and decreased the sperm quality while RT could improve sperm motility by 38%. Moreover, the sperm incubation with 5% CO2 after 24 hrs realised a negative impact on sperm parameters and its DNA damage. Indeed, for current IVF practice, a good sperm quality can be maintained for several hours at room temperature, while the sperm preparation is processed using the DGC/80P without CO2.

  1. One-pot preparation of silica-supported hybrid immobilized metal affinity adsorbent with macroporous surface based on surface imprinting coating technique combined with polysaccharide incorporated sol--gel process.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Feng; Li, Xue-Mei; Zhang, Shu-Sheng

    2006-10-06

    A simple and reliable one-pot approach using surface imprinting coating technique combined with polysaccharide incorporated sol-gel process was established to synthesize a new organic-inorganic hybrid matrix possessing macroporous surface and functional ligand. Using mesoporous silica gel being a support, immobilized metal affinity adsorbent with a macroporous shell/mesoporous core structure was obtained after metal ion loading. In the prepared matrix, covalently bonded coating and morphology manipulation on silica gel was achieved by using one-pot sol-gel process starting from an inorganic precursor, -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysiloxane (GPTMS), and a functional biopolymer, chitosan (CS) at the atmosphere of imprinting polyethylene glycol (PEG). Self-hydrolysis of GPTMS, self-condensation, and co-condensation of silanol groups (Si-OH) from siloxane and silica gel surface, and in situ covalent cross-linking of CS created an orderly coating on silica gel surface. PEG extraction using hot ammonium hydroxide solution gave a chemically and mechanically stabilized pore structure and deactivated residual epoxy groups. The prepared matrix was characterized by using X-ray energy dispersion spectroscopy (EDX), scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and mercury intrusion porosimetry. The matrix possessed a high capacity for copper ion loading. Protein adsorption performance of the new immobilized metal affinity adsorbent was evaluated by batch adsorption and column chromatographic experiment using bovine serum albumin (BSA) as a simple model protein. Under the optimized coating conditions, the obtained macroporous surface resulted in a fast kinetics and high capability for protein adsorption, while the matrix non-charged with metal ions offered a low non-specific adsorption.

  2. Design and Fabrication of Edge Filter Using Absorbed ZnS Single Layer Prepared by Flash Evaporation Technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Habubi, Nadir F.; Mishjil, Khudheir A.; Rashid, Hayfa G.; Mansour, H. L.

    Long-wave pass edge filter of high transmittance and wide bandpass have been designed and fabricated using on a single weakly absorbed ZnS thin film material of thickness of about 300 nm which was prepared by using the flash evaporation technique. The design was based on characteristic matrix theory, taking into account the effect of dispersion phenomena for all spectral wavelength.

  3. Photocatalytic ability of TiO2 porous film prepared by modified spray pyrolysis deposition technique

    National Research Council Canada - National Science Library

    SUGIYAMA, Osamu; OKUYA, Masayuki; KANEKO, Shoji

    2009-01-01

    In a spray pyrolysis deposition (SPD) technique, deposition of film material and formation of surface structure are simultaneously occur, therefore, it is suitable for the preparation of microstructure-controlled thin films...

  4. Effect of Preparation Techniques of Y-Mo/HZSM-5 on Its Activity in Methane Aromatization

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Qiying Wang; Weiming Lin

    2004-01-01

    The production of benzene directly from methane aromatization under oxygen-free condition is currently a new focus in natural gas utilization. The influence of preparation techniques of the catalysts on their catalytic activities is studied in this paper. The influencing factors include the impregnating method, the calcination temperature, the promoter content and the acidity of the zeolite support. Optimum preparation techniques for the catalysts are obtained through this work.

  5. Preparation of a novel KCC-1/nylon 6 nanocomposite via electrospinning technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aghakhani, Ali [Material and Energy Research Center, Department of Semiconductors (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Kazemi, Ensiyeh; Kazemzad, Mahmood, E-mail: m-kazemzad@merc.ac.ir [Material and Energy Research Center, Department of Energy (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2015-10-15

    In this research, a novel nanofibrous composite of KCC-1/nylon 6 was prepared using electrospinning techniques. First, fibrous silica nanospheres (KCC-1) were synthesized via conventional polycondensation method with a new solvent system. The scanning electron microscopy (SEM) images showed a spongy spherical morphology with a uniform distribution of particle sizes and an average diameter of around 305 nm. Synthesized KCC-1 nanospheres are considered as mesoporous materials due to their high BET specific surface area of 576 m{sup 2} g{sup −1} and BJH average pore diameter of 3.28 nm. The KCC-1/nylon 6 composite was fabricated by preparing a dispersion of nanosilica (10–50 % w/w) in a solution of nylon 6 (15 % w/v) in formic acid. Upon applying a high voltage, the nonwoven electrospun KCC-1/nylon 6 composite nanofibers were obtained. The KCC-1 nanospheres were arranged in line along the nylon 6 fibers like rosary beads wrapped in the polymer. Based on the SEM images, we obtained a well-distributed nanocomposite even at higher silica content. The prepared KCC-1/nylon 6 composite showed 29–55 % higher BET specific surface area compared with pure nylon 6 nanofibers which makes it a good candidate to be used as a sorbent material for environmental or drug delivery applications.

  6. Polycaprolactone/Amino-β-Cyclodextrin Inclusion Complex Prepared by an Electrospinning Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Edgar Moyers-Montoya

    2016-11-01

    Full Text Available Electrospun scaffolds of neat poly-ε-caprolactone (PCL, poly-ε-caprolactone/β-cyclodextrin inclusion complex (PCL/β-CD and poly-ε-caprolactone amino derivative inclusion complex (PCL/β-CD-NH2 were prepared by the electrospinning technique. The obtained mats were analyzed by a theoretical model using the Hartree–Fock method with an STO-3G basis set, and characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD, field emission scanning electron microscopy (FESEM, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy-attenuated total reflectance (FTIR-ATR, differential scanning calorimetry (DSC, confocal-Raman spectroscopy, proton nuclear magnetic resonance (1HNMR and contact angle measure (CA. Different mixtures of solvents, such as dimethylformamide (DMF-tetrahydrofuran (THF, dichlormethane (DCM-dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO and 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanol (TFE, were tested in the fiber preparation. The results indicate that electrospun nanofibers have a pseudorotaxane structure and when it was prepared using a 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanol (TFE as solvent, the nanofibers were electrospun well and, with the other solvents, fibers present defects such as molten fibers and bead-like defects into the fiber structure. This work provides insights into the design of PCL/β-CD-NH2 based scaffolds that could have applications in the biomedical field.

  7. RECENT ADVANCES IN THE PREPARATION OF MOLECULARLY IMPRINTED POLYMERS VIA CONTROLLED RADICAL POLYMERIZATION TECHNIQUES

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2008-01-01

    Molecular imprinting technique is a simple and efficient method for the preparation of polymer materials (i.e., molecularly imprinted polymers, MIPs) with tailor-made recognition sites for certain target molecules. The resulting MIPs have proven to be versatile synthetic receptors due to their high specific recognition ability, favorable mechanical, thermal and chemical stability, and ease of preparation. Recent years have witnessed significant progress in the synthesis and applications of MIPs. This review focus on the recent developments and advances in the preparation of MIPs via various controlled radical polymerization techniques.

  8. RECENT ADVANCES IN THE PREPARATION OF MOLECULARLY IMPRINTED POLYMERS VIA CONTROLLED RADICAL POLYMERIZATION TECHNIQUES

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHANG Ying; ZHANG Huiqi

    2008-01-01

    Molecular imprinting technique is a simple and efficient method for the preparation of polymer materials (i.e., molecularly imprinted polymers, MIPs) with tailor-made recognition sites for certain target molecules.The resulting MIPs have proven to be versatile synthetic receptors due to their high specific recognition ability, favorable mechanical, thermal and chemical stability, and ease of preparation.Recent years have witnessed signifwant progress in the synthesis and applications of MIPs.This review focus on the recent developments and advances in the preparation of MIPs via various controlled radical polymerization techniques.

  9. Antimicrobial nanospheres thin coatings prepared by advanced pulsed laser technique

    OpenAIRE

    Alina Maria Holban; Valentina Grumezescu; Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu; Bogdan Ştefan Vasile; Roxana Truşcă; Rodica Cristescu; Gabriel Socol; Florin Iordache

    2014-01-01

    We report on the fabrication of thin coatings based on polylactic acid-chitosan-magnetite-eugenol (PLA-CS-Fe3O4@EUG) nanospheres by matrix assisted pulsed laser evaporation (MAPLE). Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) investigation proved that the homogenous Fe3O4@EUG nanoparticles have an average diameter of about 7 nm, while the PLA-CS-Fe3O4@EUG nanospheres diameter sizes range between 20 and 80 nm. These MAPLE-deposited coatings acted as bioactive ...

  10. Graph based techniques for tag cloud generation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Leginus, Martin; Dolog, Peter; Lage, Ricardo Gomes

    2013-01-01

    Tag cloud is one of the navigation aids for exploring documents. Tag cloud also link documents through the user defined terms. We explore various graph based techniques to improve the tag cloud generation. Moreover, we introduce relevance measures based on underlying data such as ratings or citat......Tag cloud is one of the navigation aids for exploring documents. Tag cloud also link documents through the user defined terms. We explore various graph based techniques to improve the tag cloud generation. Moreover, we introduce relevance measures based on underlying data such as ratings...

  11. Antimicrobial nanospheres thin coatings prepared by advanced pulsed laser technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Holban, Alina Maria; Grumezescu, Valentina; Grumezescu, Alexandru Mihai; Vasile, Bogdan Ştefan; Truşcă, Roxana; Cristescu, Rodica; Socol, Gabriel; Iordache, Florin

    2014-01-01

    We report on the fabrication of thin coatings based on polylactic acid-chitosan-magnetite-eugenol (PLA-CS-Fe3O4@EUG) nanospheres by matrix assisted pulsed laser evaporation (MAPLE). Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) investigation proved that the homogenous Fe3O4@EUG nanoparticles have an average diameter of about 7 nm, while the PLA-CS-Fe3O4@EUG nanospheres diameter sizes range between 20 and 80 nm. These MAPLE-deposited coatings acted as bioactive nanosystems and exhibited a great antimicrobial effect by impairing the adherence and biofilm formation of Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) and Pseudomonas aeruginosa (P. aeruginosa) bacteria strains. Moreover, the obtained nano-coatings showed a good biocompatibility and facilitated the normal development of human endothelial cells. These nanosystems may be used as efficient alternatives in treating and preventing bacterial infections.

  12. Antimicrobial nanospheres thin coatings prepared by advanced pulsed laser technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Alina Maria Holban

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available We report on the fabrication of thin coatings based on polylactic acid-chitosan-magnetite-eugenol (PLA-CS-Fe3O4@EUG nanospheres by matrix assisted pulsed laser evaporation (MAPLE. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM and scanning electron microscopy (SEM investigation proved that the homogenous Fe3O4@EUG nanoparticles have an average diameter of about 7 nm, while the PLA-CS-Fe3O4@EUG nanospheres diameter sizes range between 20 and 80 nm. These MAPLE-deposited coatings acted as bioactive nanosystems and exhibited a great antimicrobial effect by impairing the adherence and biofilm formation of Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa (P. aeruginosa bacteria strains. Moreover, the obtained nano-coatings showed a good biocompatibility and facilitated the normal development of human endothelial cells. These nanosystems may be used as efficient alternatives in treating and preventing bacterial infections.

  13. Knowledge based systems advanced concepts, techniques and applications

    CERN Document Server

    1997-01-01

    The field of knowledge-based systems (KBS) has expanded enormously during the last years, and many important techniques and tools are currently available. Applications of KBS range from medicine to engineering and aerospace.This book provides a selected set of state-of-the-art contributions that present advanced techniques, tools and applications. These contributions have been prepared by a group of eminent researchers and professionals in the field.The theoretical topics covered include: knowledge acquisition, machine learning, genetic algorithms, knowledge management and processing under unc

  14. Tooth preparation and fabrication of porcelain veneers using a double-layer technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chpindel, P; Cristou, M

    1994-09-01

    This article discusses proper tooth preparation when using the double-layered porcelain technique for constructing porcelain veneers designed to produce strength and translucency. Indications for this technique include color correction, restoration of lost tooth structure or improper tooth size, and overall smile design. A new indication--misalignment--has been added. The objective of this article is to review tooth preparation and double-layered laboratory techniques using hydrothermal ceramics in combination. Four cases are used to illustrate the procedure, concentrating on the correction of misaligned teeth.

  15. Chitosan-containing hydrogel wound dressings prepared by radiation technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mozalewska, Wiktoria; Czechowska-Biskup, Renata; Olejnik, Alicja K.; Wach, Radoslaw A.; Ulański, Piotr; Rosiak, Janusz M.

    2017-05-01

    The aim of the study was to develop an antimicrobial hydrogel wound dressing by means of radiation-initiated crosslinking of hydrophilic polymers, i.e. by well-established technology comprising gel manufacturing and its sterilization in one process. The approach included admixture of chitosan of relatively low molecular weight dissolved in lactic acid (LA) into the initial regular components of the conventional hydrogel dressing based on poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone) (PVP) and agar. Molecular weight of chitosan was regulated by radiation-initiated degradation in the range of 39-132 kg mol-1. Optimum total concentration of LA in the resultant hydrogel dressing was evaluated as 0.05 mol dm-3, that is ca. 0.5%. Presence of LA in the system influenced essential radiation and technological parameters of hydrogel manufacturing. The setting temperature of the pre-hydrogel mixture, resulting from agar ability to congeal, was reduced with LA concentration, yet remained significantly above the room temperature. 0.5% of chitosan was effectively dissolved in aqueous solution of lactic acid due to its pH (lower than 5.5). Radiation parameters of PVP crosslinking in the presence of LA, as determined with generalized Charlesby-Pinner equation, were reflected in slight reduction of the maximum gel fraction and increase in gelation dose and in the factor comparing yields of scission to crosslinking. Nevertheless, essentially physical characteristics of the hydrogel was not affected, except for somewhat increased water uptake capacity, what in turn improves functionality of the dressing as extensive exudate for the wound can be efficiently absorbed. Preliminary microbiological studies showed antimicrobial character of the chitosan-containing hydrogel towards Gram-positive bacterial strain.

  16. Stimulant Paste Preparation and Bark Streak Tapping Technique for Pine Oleoresin Extraction.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Füller, Thanise Nogueira; de Lima, Júlio César; de Costa, Fernanda; Rodrigues-Corrêa, Kelly C S; Fett-Neto, Arthur G

    2016-01-01

    Tapping technique comprises the extraction of pine oleoresin, a non-wood forest product consisting of a complex mixture of mono, sesqui, and diterpenes biosynthesized and exuded as a defense response to wounding. Oleoresin is used to produce gum rosin, turpentine, and their multiple derivatives. Oleoresin yield and quality are objects of interest in pine tree biotechnology, both in terms of environmental and genetic control. Monitoring these parameters in individual trees grown in the field provides a means to examine the control of terpene production in resin canals, as well as the identification of genetic-based differences in resinosis. A typical method of tapping involves the removal of bark and application of a chemical stimulant on the wounded area. Here we describe the methods for preparing the resin-stimulant paste with different adjuvants, as well as the bark streaking process in adult pine trees.

  17. The effect of root preparation technique and instrumentation length on the development of apical root cracks.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Adorno, Carlos G; Yoshioka, Takatomo; Suda, Hideaki

    2009-03-01

    The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of root canal preparation techniques and instrumentation length on the development of apical root cracks. Forty extracted mandibular premolars with straight roots were randomly selected and mounted on resin blocks with simulated periodontal ligaments, and the apex was exposed. The teeth were divided into four groups of 10 teeth each for different canal preparation techniques and instrumentation lengths: group A: step-back preparation (SB) with stainless steel files (SF) using root canal length (RCL) to guide instrumentation length; group B: SB using RCL - 1 mm; group C: crown-down preparation (CD) with Profile using RCL; and group D: CD with PF using RCL - 1 mm. Digital images of the instrumentation sequence were compared for each tooth. Statistical analysis revealed a significant effect of instrumentation length (p 0.05) on the development of apical cracks.

  18. A Shape Based Image Search Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Aratrika Sarkar

    2014-08-01

    Full Text Available This paper describes an interactive application we have developed based on shaped-based image retrieval technique. The key concepts described in the project are, imatching of images based on contour matching; iimatching of images based on edge matching; iiimatching of images based on pixel matching of colours. Further, the application facilitates the matching of images invariant of transformations like i translation ; ii rotation; iii scaling. The key factor of the system is, the system shows the percentage unmatched of the image uploaded with respect to the images already existing in the database graphically, whereas, the integrity of the system lies on the unique matching techniques used for optimum result. This increases the accuracy of the system. For example, when a user uploads an image say, an image of a mango leaf, then the application shows all mango leaves present in the database as well other leaves matching the colour and shape of the mango leaf uploaded.

  19. Textured surface structures formed using new techniques on transparent conducting Al-doped zinc oxide films prepared by magnetron sputtering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Minami, Tadatsugu [Optoelectronic Device System R& D Center, Kanazawa Institute of Technology, Nonoichi, Ishikawa 921-8501 (Japan); Miyata, Toshihiro, E-mail: tmiyata@neptune.kanazawa-it.ac.jp [Optoelectronic Device System R& D Center, Kanazawa Institute of Technology, Nonoichi, Ishikawa 921-8501 (Japan); Uozaki, Ryousuke [Optoelectronic Device System R& D Center, Kanazawa Institute of Technology, Nonoichi, Ishikawa 921-8501 (Japan); Sai, Hitoshi; Koida, Takashi [Research Center for Photovoltaics, National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology (AIST), Tsukuba, Ibaraki 305-8568 (Japan)

    2016-09-01

    Surface-textured Al-doped ZnO (AZO) films formed using two new techniques based on magnetron sputtering deposition were developed by optimizing the light scattering properties to be suitable for transparent electrode applications in thin-film silicon solar cells. Scrambled egg-like surface-textured AZO films were prepared using a new texture formation technique that post-etched pyramidal surface-textured AZO films prepared under deposition conditions suppressing c-axis orientation. In addition, double surface-textured AZO films were prepared using another new texture formation technique that completely removed, by post-etching, the pyramidal surface-textured AZO films previously prepared onto the initially deposited low resistivity AZO films; simultaneously, the surface of the low resistivity films was slightly etched. However, the obtained very high haze value in the range from the near ultraviolet to visible light in the scrambled egg-like surface-textured AZO films did not contribute significantly to the obtainable photovoltaic properties in the solar cells fabricated using the films. Significant light scattering properties as well as a low sheet resistance could be achieved in the double surface-textured AZO films. In addition, a significant improvement of external quantum efficiency in the range from the near ultraviolet to visible light was achieved in superstrate-type n-i-p μc-Si:H solar cells fabricated using a double surface-textured AZO film prepared under optimized conditions as the transparent electrode. - Highlights: • Double surface-textured AZO films prepared using a new texture formation technique • Extensive light scattering properties with low sheet resistance achieved in the double surface-textured AZO films • Improved external quantum efficiency of μc-Si:H solar cells using a double surface-textured AZO film.

  20. A technique for preparing polytene chromosomes from Aedes aegypti (Diptera, Culicinae

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jairo Campos

    2003-04-01

    Full Text Available Polytene chromosome preparations were obtained from larval, pupal and adult female Malpighian tubules of Aedes aegypti. The Malpighian tubules of the pupae (0-4 h old from larvae reared at 20ºC provided the best cytogenetic analysis. The interaction of nucleic acids and proteins that influence the spreading of the chromosomes could be reduced with the preparation technique of the sheets submitted to a stronger treatment starting with the hypotony of tissue and successive bathings with acetic acid. A simple technique should facilitate molecular cytogenetics used in the location of resistance and vector competence genes.

  1. New Technique for Successful Thermal Barrier Coating Specimen Preparation for Transmission Electron Microscopy.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Brickey; Lee

    2000-05-01

    Reliability of thermal barrier coatings (TBC) hinges on the adhesion of a thermally grown oxide scale to an insulative ceramic topcoat and an underlying metallic bondcoat. The width of the scale and its interfaces makes transmission electron microscopy (TEM) an appropriate tool for its analysis. However, specimen preparation has proven to be a challenging obstacle leading to a dearth of TEM research on TBCs. A new approach to cross-section TBC TEM specimen preparation is described. The principal advantages of this technique are reproducibility, reduced specimen damage, and time savings resulting from decreased ion milling. This technique has been successfully applied to numerous TBC specimens with various thermal histories.

  2. Chitosan-Based Matrices Prepared by Gamma Irradiation for Tissue Regeneration: Structural Properties vs. Preparation Method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Casimiro, Maria Helena; Lancastre, Joana J H; Rodrigues, Alexandra P; Gomes, Susana R; Rodrigues, Gabriela; Ferreira, Luís M

    2017-02-01

    In the last decade, new generations of biopolymer-based materials have attracted attention, aiming its application as scaffolds for tissue engineering. These engineered three-dimensional scaffolds are designed to improve or replace damaged, missing, or otherwise compromised tissues or organs. Despite the number of promising methods that can be used to generate 3D cell-instructive matrices, the innovative nature of the present work relies on the application of ionizing radiation technology to form and modify surfaces and matrices with advantage over more conventional technologies (room temperature reaction, absence of harmful initiators or solvents, high penetration through the bulk materials, etc.), and the possibility of preparation and sterilization in one single step. The current chapter summarizes the work done by the authors in the gamma radiation processing of biocompatible and biodegradable chitosan-based matrices for skin regeneration. Particular attention is given to the correlation between the different preparation conditions and the final polymeric matrices' properties. We therefore expect to demonstrate that instructive matrices produced and improved by radiation technology bring to the field of skin regenerative medicine a supplemental advantage over more conservative techniques.

  3. IMAGE ANALYSIS BASED ON EDGE DETECTION TECHNIQUES

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    纳瑟; 刘重庆

    2002-01-01

    A method that incorporates edge detection technique, Markov Random field (MRF), watershed segmentation and merging techniques was presented for performing image segmentation and edge detection tasks. It first applies edge detection technique to obtain a Difference In Strength (DIS) map. An initial segmented result is obtained based on K-means clustering technique and the minimum distance. Then the region process is modeled by MRF to obtain an image that contains different intensity regions. The gradient values are calculated and then the watershed technique is used. DIS calculation is used for each pixel to define all the edges (weak or strong) in the image. The DIS map is obtained. This help as priority knowledge to know the possibility of the region segmentation by the next step (MRF), which gives an image that has all the edges and regions information. In MRF model,gray level l, at pixel location i, in an image X, depends on the gray levels of neighboring pixels. The segmentation results are improved by using watershed algorithm. After all pixels of the segmented regions are processed, a map of primitive region with edges is generated. The edge map is obtained using a merge process based on averaged intensity mean values. A common edge detectors that work on (MRF) segmented image are used and the results are compared. The segmentation and edge detection result is one closed boundary per actual region in the image.

  4. Rapid Tooling Technique Based on Stereolithograph Prototype

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    丁浩; 狄平; 顾伟生; 朱世根

    2001-01-01

    Rapid tooling technique based on the sterelithograph prototype is investigated. The epoxy tooling technological process was elucidated. It is analyzed in detail that the epoxy resin formula is easy to cast, curing process, and release agents. The transitional plaster model is also proposed. The mold to encrust mutual.inductors with epoxy and mold to inject plastic soapboxes was made with the technique The tooling needs very little time and cost, for the process is only to achieve the nice replica of the prototype. It is benefit for the trial and small batch of production.

  5. Language Based Techniques for Systems Biology

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Pilegaard, Henrik

    on the π calculus fragment of BioAmbients. In both cases the analyses compute very precise estimates of the temporal structure of the underlying pathways; hence they are applicable across a family of widely used bio-ware languages that descend from Milner’s Calculus of Communicating Systems. The presented...... calculi have similarly been used for the study of bio-chemical reactive systems. In this dissertation it is argued that techniques rooted in the theory and practice of programming languages, language based techniques if you will, constitute a strong basis for the investigation of models of biological...

  6. Wavelet-based technique for target segmentation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sadjadi, Firooz A.

    1995-07-01

    Segmentation of targets embedded in clutter obtained by IR imaging sensors is one of the challenging problems in automatic target recognition (ATR). In this paper a new texture-based segmentation technique is presented that uses the statistics of 2D wavelet decomposition components of the lcoal sections of the image. A measure of statistical similarity is then used to segment the image and separate the target from the background. This technique is applied on a set of real sequential IR imagery and has shown to produce a high degree of segmentation accuracy across varying ranges.

  7. Preparation of Co3O4 Nanofibers via an Electrospinning Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Chang Lu SHAO; Hong Yu GUAN; Shang Bin WEN; Bin CHEN; Xing Hua YANG; Jian GONG; Yi Chun LIU

    2004-01-01

    Thin PVA/cobalt acetate composite fibers were prepared by using sol-gel processing and electrospinning technique.After calcination of the above precursor fibers, Co3O4 nanofibers with a diameter of 50-150 nm could be successfully obtained.The fibers were characterized by SEM, FT-IR,WAXD,respectively.

  8. PREPARATION OF WATERBORNE ULTRAFINE PARTICLES OF EPOXY RESIN BY PHASE INVERSION TECHNIQUE

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    YANG Zhengzhong; XU Yuanze; WANG Shengjie; YU Hao; CAI Weizhen

    1997-01-01

    Waterborne ultrafine particles of epoxy resin were prepared by phase inversion technique The results of SEM revealed that the particles diameter was in the range of 50 to l()am and the effects on amount of water required at phase inversion point were also dis()ed.

  9. Fast centrifugal partition chromatography as a preparative-scale separation technique for citrus flavones

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fast centrifugal partition chromatography (FCPC) is a preparative-scale separations methodology based on the principles of counter current chromatography. Separations by FCPC are typically achieved with higher recoveries and with lower solvent use compared to conventional column chromatography. HSCP...

  10. Development of atom probe specimen preparation techniques for specific regions in steel materials.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Takahashi, Jun; Kawakami, Kazuto; Yamaguchi, Yukiko; Sugiyama, Masaaki

    2007-09-01

    More elaborated specimen preparation techniques for atom probe analysis were developed using a focused ion beam with a sample lift-out system so as to expand the application field in steel materials. The techniques enable atom probe analysis of sample steel at site-specific regions of interest. The preferable form of the needle specimen was provided by electrostatic field calculation using a finite element method. The new techniques were applied to the observation of a bainite-ferrite interface in a low carbon steel, and atomic-scale partitioning and segregation of alloying elements at the phase interface were directly observed in three dimensions.

  11. MATRIX BASED INDEXING TECHNIQUE FOR VIDEO DATA

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Devarj Saravanan

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available Due to increasing the usage of media, the utilization of video play central role as it supports various applications. Video is the particular media which contains complex collection of objects like audio, motion, text, color and picture. Due to the rapid growth of this information video indexing process is mandatory for fast and effective retrieval. Many current indexing techniques fails to extract the needed image from the stored data set, based on the users query. Urgent attention in the field of video indexing and image retrieval is the need of the hour. Here a new matrix based indexing technique for image retrieval has been proposed. The proposed method provide better result, experimental results prove this.

  12. Interactive early warning technique based on SVDD

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    After reviewing current researches on early warning,it is found that"bad" data of some systems is not easy to obtain,which makes methods proposed by these researches unsuitable for monitored systems.An interactive early warning technique based on SVDD(support vector data description)is proposed to adopt"good" data as samples to overcome the difficulty in obtaining the"bad"data.The process consists of two parts:(1)A hypersphere is fitted on"good"data using SVDD.If the data object are outside the hypersphere,it would be taken as"suspicious";(2)A group of experts would decide whether the suspicious data is"bad"or"good",early warning messages would be issued according to the decisions.And the detailed process of implementation is proposed.At last,an experiment based on data of a macroeconomic system is conducted to verify the proposed technique.

  13. MATRIX BASED INDEXING TECHNIQUE FOR VIDEO DATA

    OpenAIRE

    2013-01-01

    Due to increasing the usage of media, the utilization of video play central role as it supports various applications. Video is the particular media which contains complex collection of objects like audio, motion, text, color and picture. Due to the rapid growth of this information video indexing process is mandatory for fast and effective retrieval. Many current indexing techniques fails to extract the needed image from the stored data set, based on the users query. Urgent attention in the fi...

  14. Multiview video codec based on KTA techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Seo, Jungdong; Kim, Donghyun; Ryu, Seungchul; Sohn, Kwanghoon

    2011-03-01

    Multi-view video coding (MVC) is a video coding standard developed by MPEG and VCEG for multi-view video. It showed average PSNR gain of 1.5dB compared with view-independent coding by H.264/AVC. However, because resolutions of multi-view video are getting higher for more realistic 3D effect, high performance video codec is needed. MVC adopted hierarchical B-picture structure and inter-view prediction as core techniques. The hierarchical B-picture structure removes the temporal redundancy, and the inter-view prediction reduces the inter-view redundancy by compensated prediction from the reconstructed neighboring views. Nevertheless, MVC has inherent limitation in coding efficiency, because it is based on H.264/AVC. To overcome the limit, an enhanced video codec for multi-view video based on Key Technology Area (KTA) is proposed. KTA is a high efficiency video codec by Video Coding Expert Group (VCEG), and it was carried out for coding efficiency beyond H.264/AVC. The KTA software showed better coding gain than H.264/AVC by using additional coding techniques. The techniques and the inter-view prediction are implemented into the proposed codec, which showed high coding gain compared with the view-independent coding result by KTA. The results presents that the inter-view prediction can achieve higher efficiency in a multi-view video codec based on a high performance video codec such as HEVC.

  15. A comparison of two techniques of preparing bone marrow aspirate slides.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aleem, Aamer; Alsaleh, Khalid; Aljabry, Mansour; Aziz, Shahid; Iqbal, Zafar; Almomen, Abdulkareem

    2016-05-01

    To compare direct smear technique with ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) preserved smear technique in terms of preparing bone marrow aspirate slides. This prospective study was carried out between September 2009 and July 2012 at the Haematology/Oncology Department, King Khalid University Hospital, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. With a standard gauge disposable bone marrow aspirate needle, 0.5 to 1.0 ml bone marrow was aspirated with a 10ml syringe. Half of the marrow was immediately transferred to an EDTA tube with gentle mixing, while slides were prepared directly from the rest of the sample in the syringe. The tube sample was used to prepare slides at the end of the procedure. A score of 1-4 was assigned to each slide depending on the quality and number of particles. A total of 245 bone marrow aspirate samples were evaluated related to 216 patients. Of the total, 238 (97%) samples were included in the study. The mean score for the direct smear group was 3.40±0.79 and for the EDTA smear group it was 3.34±0.75 (p=0.27), which was not statistically significant. An informal comparison of the morphological analysis of the samples did not reveal any differences. Bone marrow aspirate slides prepared at the end of the procedure from EDTA preserved samples were not inferior to slides prepared directly from the aspirated sample.

  16. A coprecipitation technique to prepare ZnNb2O6 powders

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    V V Deshpande; M M Patil; S C Navale; V Ravi

    2005-06-01

    A simple coprecipitation technique was successfully applied for the preparation of pure ultrafine single phase, ZnNb2O6 (ZN). Ammonium hydroxide was used to precipitate Zn2+ and Nb5+ cations as hydroxides simultaneously. This precursor on heating at 750°, produced ZN powders. For comparison, ZN powders were also prepared by the traditional solid state method. The phase contents and lattice parameters were studied by the powder X-ray diffraction (XRD). Particle size and morphology were studied by transmission electron spectroscopy (TEM).

  17. Preparation and evaluation of abietic acid microcapsules by a solvent evaporation technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Puranik, P K; Manekar, N C; Dorle, A K

    1992-01-01

    Abietic acid was isolated from rosin N Grade (ISI) by a simple process and the product was further standardized. Sulphadiazine microcapsules were prepared by the solvent evaporation technique, using abietic acid as a wall-forming material. Discrete, spherical and free-flowing microcapsules were obtained by phase separation induced by solvent evaporation using bentonite as a solid emulsifier. The prepared microcapsules were evaluated for drug content, wall thickness, flow properties, size distribution, density and in vitro dissolution studies in gastric fluid. The effect of various process variables such as agitation speed, coat-core ratio, etc., on the micromeritic and release characteristics has been described.

  18. Preparation of quercetin imprinted core-shell organosilicate microspheres using surface imprinting technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Peng Yang; Wen Dan Hou; Hong Deng Qiu; Xia Liu; Sheng Xiang Jiang

    2012-01-01

    In this work,the quercetin imprinted core-shell microspheres were prepared using silica surface imprinting technique.A simple sol-gel procedure was used for the synthesis of the imprinted materials with 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane as functional monomer and tetraethyl orthosilicate as crosslinker.The SEM images indicated that the MIPs shell was successfully grafted onto the silica surface.The characteristics of the molecularly imprinted polymers such as capacity,selectivity and absorption dynamic were investigated by rebinding experiments.The results showed that the prepared MIPs had good imprinting effect and adsorption amount of quercetin.

  19. Preparation of LiCoO2 nanofibers by electrospinning technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shao, Changlu; Yu, Na; Liu, Yichun; Mu, Rixiang

    2006-07-01

    Using a sol gel processing and electrospinning technique, extrathin fibers of PVA (polyvinyl alcohol)/lithium chloride/cobalt acetate composite were prepared. After calcinations of the above precursor fibers at 600°C, LiCoO2 nanofibers with a diameter of 100 150 nm, were successfully obtained. Measurements of TG/DTA, IR, XRD, Raman, SEM, EDS, respectively, were performed to characterize the properties of the as-prepared materials. We observed a strong correlation between crystalline phase and morphology of the fibers and calcinations temperature.

  20. Temperature variation on root surface with three root-end cavity preparation techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bodrumlu Emre

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available Introduction. Thermal changes can occur on the external root surface when root-end cavity preparation is performed, which may damage periodontal ligament cells and alveolar bone. Objective. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the temperature changes during preparation of the root-end cavities at 1 and 3 mm to the sectioned apical root surfaces when either tungsten carbide round bur, diamond round bur or ultrasonic diamond tip was used. Methods. Root-end resection was performed at 90° to the long axis of the root, 3 mm from the apex. Specimens were randomly divided into three groups of 12 teeth each for three different root-end cavity preparation techniques to be used, i.e. tungsten carbide bur, diamond bur and ultrasonic diamond retro tip. Thermocouples were used to measure temperature changes at 1 mm (T1 and 3 mm (T2 to the cutting plane during the preparations. Results. For T1, the lowest and the highest mean temperature increases of 3.53°C and 4.34°C were recorded for the carbide and diamond burs, respectively. For T2, the lowest and the highest mean temperature increases of 2.62°C and 4.39°C where recorded for the carbide and diamond burs, respectively. The mean temperatures with the ultrasonic tip were 3.68 and 3.04 ºC at T1 and T2 region, respectively. For root-end preparation, the ultrasonic preparation technique took the shortest preparation time (10.25 sec and the diamond bur took the longest time (28.17 sec. Conclusion. Ultrasonic retro tips and burs caused temperature to rise from 2.62° to 4.39°C, and these rises were within safety levels.

  1. Development of Inspection and Investigation Techniques to Prepare Debris Flow in Urban Areas

    Science.gov (United States)

    Seong, Joo-Hyun; Jung, Min-Hyeong; Park, Kyung-Han; An, Jai-Wook; Kim, Jiseong

    2017-04-01

    Due to the urban development, various facilities are located in mountainous areas near the city, and the damage to the occurrence of the debris flow is increasing in the urban area. However, quantitative inspection and investigation techniques are not sufficient for preparing debris flow in the urban area around the world. Therefore, in this study, we developed the debris flow inspection and investigation techniques, which are suitable for urban characteristics, regarding the soil hazard prevention and restoration in urban area. First, the inspection and investigation system is divided into the daily occurrence and the occurrence of the soil hazard event, and the inspection / investigation flow chart were developed based on the kind of inspection and correspondence required for each situation. The types of inspections applied in this study were determined as daily inspection, regular inspections, special emergency inspection, damage emergency inspection and In-depth safety inspection. The management agency, term of inspection, objects to be inspected, and contents of inspection work were presented according to type of each inspection. The daily inspection routinely checks for signs of collapse and conditions of facilities in urban areas which show vulnerability for soil hazard and that are conducted from the management agency. In the case of regular inspection, an expert for soil hazards regularly conducts detailed visual surveys on mountainous areas, steep slopes, prevention facilities and adjacent facilities in vulnerable areas. On the other hand, it was decided that the emergency inspection is carried out in the event of the occurrence of vulnerable element or soil hazards. Acknowledgement This study was conducted with the research iund support by the constructiontechnology research project of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport (project number 16SCIP-B069989-04)

  2. Humidity sensing properties of WO{sub 3} thick film resistor prepared by screen printing technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Garde, Arun S, E-mail: arungarde@yahoo.co.in

    2014-12-25

    Highlights: • Polycrystalline WO{sub 3} Thick films are fabricated by screen printing technique. • Monoclinic phases were the majority in formation of films. • The peak at 1643 cm{sup −1} shows stretching vibrations attributed to W-OH of adsorbed H{sub 2}O. • Absorption peaks in the range 879–650 cm{sup −1} are attributed to the stretching W-O-W bonds. • Increase in resistance with decrease in RH when exposed to 20–100% RH. - Abstract: Thick films of tungsten oxide based were prepared using standard screen printing technique. To study the effect of temperature on the thick films were fired at different temperature for 30 min in air atmosphere. The WO{sub 3} thick films were characterized with X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy and EDAX for elemental analysis. The formation of mixed phases of the film together with majority of monoclinic phase was observed. IR spectra confirm the peak at 1643 cm{sup −1} clearly shows stretching vibrations attributed to the W-OH bending vibration mode of the adsorbed water molecules. The absorption peaks in the range 879–650 cm{sup −1} are attributed to the stretching W-O-W bonds (i.e. ν [W-O{sub inter}-W]). The peak located at 983 cm{sup −1} belong to W=O terminal of cluster boundaries. A change in the resistance was observed with respect to the relative humidity when the WO{sub 3} thick films were exposed to a wide humidity range of 20–100%. An increasing firing temperature of WO{sub 3} film increases with the sensitivity. The parameters such as sensitivity and hysteresis of the WO{sub 3} film sensors have been evaluated.

  3. Sealing ability of retrofilling materials following various root-end cavity preparation techniques.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Koçak, Mustafa Murat; Koçak, Sibel; Aktuna, Serkan; Görücü, Jale; Yaman, Sis Darendeliler

    2011-07-01

    The aim of this study is to compare the sealing efficacy of the retrograde cavity preparations prepared and filled with different equipment and materials. In the study, low speed burs, ultrasonic or Er, Cr:YSGG laser devices were used for cavity preparations and ProRoot MTA and MTA-Angelus as filling materials. Seventy-eight single-rooted teeth were instrumented, root filled, and grouped. Root-end cavities were prepared and filled by using the following: Group 1: Low-speed carbide bur + ProRoot MTA; Group 2: Low-speed bur + MTA-Angelus; Group 3: Ultrasonic retrotips + ProRoot MTA; Group 4: Ultrasonic retrotips + MTA-Angelus; Group 5: Er, Cr:YSGG laser tips + ProRoot MTA; Group 6: Er, Cr:YSGG laser tips + MTA-Angelus. Microleakage was measured using a fluid filtration technique. Differences in the fluid movement among groups were analyzed with a two-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) and LSD test. The results showed a significant difference between the groups prepared with laser and carbide bur (p  0.05). According to the results of the study, the cavities prepared with Er, Cr:YSGG laser demonstrated significantly lower microleakage in all the filling materials considered.

  4. Ferroelectric-Like Properties of Amorphous Metal Oxide Thin Films Prepared by Sol-Gel Technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Yuhuan

    1995-01-01

    Advances in the field of both optical and electrical integrated circuit devices require new thin film materials. Ferroelectric materials have attractive properties such as hysteresis behavior, pyroelectricity, piezoelectricity and nonlinear optical properties. Many ferroelectric thin films have been successfully prepared from metal organic compounds via sol-gel processing. Thus far, research has concentrated upon polycrystalline or epitaxial ferroelectric films. For amorphous ferroelectric thin films, preliminary experimental results in our laboratory indicated that these amorphous films possessed good ferroelectric -like properties. The purpose of this research is (1) to fabricate amorphous metal oxide thin films by the sol-gel technique, (2) to determine whether these amorphous metal oxide thin films have ferroelectric-like properties and (3) to propose a theoretical model ("ferrons model") to explain the ferroelectric-like properties of amorphous thin films, which deals with a structure of permanent dipoles of "partially ordered clusters" (ferrons) in the amorphous films. The theoretical model is based on our experimental results of thin films of two amorphous materials (barium titanite and lead zirconate titanate). This research may provide a new functional material which could be useful for producing integrated electronic and electrooptic devices.

  5. Homogeneous nanoparticle dispersion prepared with impurity-free dispersant by the ball mill technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Lingyun Zhou; Hui Zhang; Hui Zhang; Zhong Zhang

    2013-01-01

    The homogeneous dispersion of nanoparticles in solvents or polymer matrices is essential tor prac tical application of nanocomposites.In this study,the planetary ball milling technique was used to de-agglomerate silica nanoparticles in butyl acetate.The size of the nanosilica aggregates was evaluated by TEM and SEM.With the addition of polyacrylate polymer to the organic solvent,the nanoparticle agglomerates were effectively broken up by planetary ball milling at the proper milling time; however,re-agglomeration occurred after a longer milling time.The results of TGA and FTIR indicated that the polyacrylate molecules could be adsorbed in situ onto the nanoparticles.Behaving similar to a dispersant,the adsorbed polyacrylate reduced the blend viscosity significantly and prevented re-agglomeration of the nanoparticles.Utilizing the polyacrylate polymer both as the dispersant and the polymer matrix,the polyacrylate-based nanocoatings were further prepared.The optical transmittance and haze value of the nanocoatings were found to be sensitive to the dispersion level of the nanoparticles,and the elastic modulus and hardness of the nanocoatings were improved in comparison with those of the neat polymer coating.

  6. Evaluation of supercritical fluid technology as preparative technique of benzocaine-cyclodextrin complexes--comparison with conventional methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Al-Marzouqi, Ali H; Jobe, Baboucarr; Dowaidar, Ali; Maestrelli, Francesca; Mura, Paola

    2007-01-17

    The objective of this study was to investigate the effect of the preparation method on the physico-chemical properties of complexes prepared between beta-cyclodextrin (beta-Cyd) and benzocaine (BZC). In particular, the effectiveness of a new technique based on supercritical carbon dioxide (SC CO(2)) for preparing solid drug-cyclodextrin complexes was investigated and compared to other more conventional methods such as kneading (KN), co-evaporation (COE), co-grinding (GR) and sealed-heating (S.H.). Effects of temperature, pressure and exposure time on the properties of complexes prepared by SC CO(2) technology were also studied. The different systems were characterized by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR), powder X-ray diffractometry (PXRD) and dissolution test according to the dispersed amount method. The co-grinding (GR) method resulted in amorphous products while other methods led to crystalline or partially amorphous products depending on both the method and its experimental conditions. SC CO(2) method revealed to be an effective technique for preparing solid systems between beta-cyclodextrin and benzocaine, avoiding the use of organic solvents (and problems of their complete removal) and allowing an easy scale-up of the process. As for the influence of the experimental conditions in promoting the solid-state drug-carrier interaction when using the SC CO(2) method, temperature seemed to play the major role, whereas pressure and exposure times had more limited effects. Dissolution tests confirmed a limited but favourable effect in increasing the exposure time, while indicated a possible interaction effect between temperature and pressure in influencing the dissolution performance of the final product. The best product obtained by the SC CO(2) method showed dissolution properties similar to those of the co-ground product and only slightly lower than the system obtained by sealed-heating, which was the most

  7. Bacteriophage-based Probiotic Preparation for Managing Shigella Infections

    Science.gov (United States)

    2015-04-16

    for a probiotic preparationbased on naturally occurring bacteriophages – as a way to condition the GI tract’s microflora gently and favorably...The preparation (designated “ShigActive”) is a bacteriophage cocktail that specifically targets Shigella spp. (significant diarrhea-causing pathogens...10-Apr-2013 Approved for Public Release; Distribution Unlimited Final Report: Bacteriophage -based Probiotic Preparation for Managing Shigella

  8. Preparation technique of Eichhornia crassipes-based composite packaging materials%凤眼莲生物质复合内包装材料的制备工艺

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    孙昊; 王万章; 李伟平; 张新昌

    2014-01-01

    oxygen in the seabed, and the destruction of scenery, as well as generate an awful smell. Moreover, with the development of a social economy, land resources are becoming increasingly scarce;therefore, much scientific research has focused on the world’s oceans and rivers in the search for new resources. In this study, a new method for producing biomass packaging material is proposed; using Eichhornia Crassipes based on the hot compression processing technology. The purpose of this study is to utilize the algae Eichhornia Crassipes to produce biodegradable biomass packaging material. Through structure and feature analysis of fiber, the refining technique of Eichhornia Crassipes is determined. The process of producing biodegradable biomass packaging material involves refining, adding additives, and compression molding and drying technologies. First, Eichhornia Crassipes is pulverized, and the long fibers are cut during refining. This changed the macromolecule fibers into microfibers, exposed more active hydroxy groups, and laid the foundation for physical adsorption. Second, the adhesives are added into pulverized Eichhornia Crassipes to increase performance of the biomass packaging material. Third, the materials are compressed with a hot presser. While preheating the mold and the materials, pressure is gradually applied. The hot press temperature and hot press pressure finally reach 160℃and 5 MPa, respectively, and the hot compression time is about 20 min. During the hot compression, another connection opportunity is obtained. Since the moist algae are primarily dehydrated, the water in the experimental material is pressed and the many exposed active hydroxyl groups in the cellulose are more active with the heat, which causes them to reunite with the hydroxy and hydro groups. Finally, Eichhornia Crassipes is dried in the hot presser, and the hot press temperature and hot press pressure have remained at 160℃and 5 MPa, respectively. In this study, three kinds of safety

  9. Knowledge-based techniques in software engineering

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Jairam, B.N.; Agarwal, A.; Emrich, M.L.

    1988-05-04

    Recent trends in software engineering research focus on the incorporation of AI techniques. The feasibility of an overlap between AI and software engineering is examined. The benefits of merging the two fields are highlighted. The long-term goal is to automate the software development process. Some projects being undertaken towards the attainment of this goal are presented as examples. Finally, research on the Oak Ridge Reservation aimed at developing a knowledge-based software project management aid is presented. 25 refs., 1 tab.

  10. Characterization of PE-g-HEMA films prepared by gamma irradiation through nuclear microprobe techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ferreira, L. M.; Leal, J. P.; Rodrigues, P. A.; Alves, L. C.; Falcão, A. N.; Gil, M. H.

    2012-09-01

    PE-g-HEMA films with different grafting yields prepared by mutual gamma irradiation method at a 60Co source were characterized with ion beam analytical techniques using a nuclear microprobe. Qualitative analysis showed a random and heterogeneous distribution of contaminant elements, independent of the grafting degree, suggesting the existence of several sources of contamination at different stages of their preparation. Results also suggest that this "phased" contamination occurs simultaneously with mechanisms of agglomeration/entrapment of impurities during the gamma induced copolymerization reaction. Moreover, quantitative data showed that all contaminants found in the copolymeric films are natural contaminants of their reagents of preparation, although at concentrations without toxicological hazard, which points to a low cytotoxic potential.

  11. Preparation of microcapsule-supported palladium catalyst using SPG (Shirasu Porous Glass) emulsification technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ying Liu; Xiu Juan Feng; De Cai Bao; Kai Xiao Li; Ming Bao

    2010-01-01

    A new method for the preparation of microcapsule-supported palladium catalyst was described.The highly monodisperse crosslinked polystyrene microcapsules containing phosphine ligand were synthesized by the self-assembling of phase separated polymer(SaPSeP)method using diphenyl(4-vinylphenyl)phosphine and divinylbenzene as a monomer and crosslinking agent,respectively,and 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile(AIBN)as an initiator within the droplets of oil-in-water(O/W)emulsions,which were prepared by using the Shirasu Porous Glass(SPG)membrane emulsification technique.The prepared microcapsule-supported palladium catalyst exhibited high catalytic activity for Heck reaction and can be reused several times without loss of activity.

  12. Recent advances in sample preparation techniques and methods of sulfonamides detection - A review.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dmitrienko, Stanislava G; Kochuk, Elena V; Apyari, Vladimir V; Tolmacheva, Veronika V; Zolotov, Yury A

    2014-11-19

    Sulfonamides (SAs) have been the most widely used antimicrobial drugs for more than 70 years, and their residues in foodstuffs and environmental samples pose serious health hazards. For this reason, sensitive and specific methods for the quantification of these compounds in numerous matrices have been developed. This review intends to provide an updated overview of the recent trends over the past five years in sample preparation techniques and methods for detecting SAs. Examples of the sample preparation techniques, including liquid-liquid and solid-phase extraction, dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction and QuEChERS, are given. Different methods of detecting the SAs present in food and feed and in environmental, pharmaceutical and biological samples are discussed.

  13. New technique for preparing cartilage for intracordal injection: the freezing and grinding method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Park, Young Min; Lee, Won Yong; Lim, Yun-Sung; Lee, Jin-Choon; Lee, Byung-Joo; Wang, Soo-Geun

    2014-07-01

    We developed a technique for preparing harvested cartilage that creates finer, more uniform pieces by freezing with liquid nitrogen and grinding with a mortar and pestle. Herein, we report the application of this new technique for intracordal cartilage injection. Experimental study. Human cartilage was obtained from surgical cases. In the standard method, harvested cartilage was prepared with scissors and a knife. In the experimental group, harvested cartilage was frozen with liquid nitrogen and ground with a mortar and pestle. It took an average of 60 minutes to manipulate cartilage using the standard technique, whereas it took an average of 10 minutes using the freezing and grinding method (P<0.001). The average size of cartilage flakes generated by the standard and new techniques were 727 and 48.6 μm, respectively. The cartilage flakes produced using scissors and a knife were able to pass through a 19-gauge needle, whereas those created using the freezing and grinding method were able to pass through a 24-gauge needle. Using the freezing and grinding method, cartilage was broken into fine, uniform pieces that could pass through a 24-gauge needle. This new technique will facilitate the production of commercial cartilage material for intracordal injection. Copyright © 2014 The Voice Foundation. All rights reserved.

  14. Efficacy of two sperm preparation techniques in reducing non-specific bacterial species from human semen

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Prabath K Abeysundara

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available Context: Artificial reproductive techniques using seminal preparations with bacteria may cause pelvic inflammatory disease and its sequalae. Aims: To assess efficacy of two sperm preparation techniques to clear bacteria and the effect of bacteriospermia on sperm recovery rates. Settings and Design: A descriptive cross-sectional study was carried out among males of subfertile couples. Subjects and Methods: Semen samples were randomly allocated into swim-up method (group S, n = 68 and density gradient method (group D, n = 50 for sperm preparation. Seminal fluid analysis and bacterial cultures were performed in each sample before and after sperm preparation. Statistical Analysis: McNemar′s chi-squared test and independent samples t-test in SPSS version 16.0 were used. Results: Organisms were found in 86 (72.88% out of 118 samples, before sperm preparation; Streptococcus species (n = 40, 46.51% of which 14 were Group D Streptococcus species, Coagulase negative Staphylococcus species (n = 17, 19.76%, Staphylococcus aureus (n = 13, 15.11%, Coliform species (n = 11, 12.79% of which 09 were Escherichia coli and Corynebacterium species (n = 5, 5.81%. There was a statistically significant reduction of culture positive samples in raw vs. processed samples; in group S, 49 (72.05% vs. 16 (23.52% and in group D, 37 (74% vs. 18 (36%. In group S and D, mean (SD recovery rates of culture positive vs. culture negative samples were 39.44% (SD-14.02 vs. 44.22% (SD-22.38, P = 0.39 and 52.50% (SD-37.16 vs. 49.58% (SD-40.32, P = 0.82 respectively. Conclusions: Both sperm preparation methods significantly reduced bacteria in semen, but total clearance was not achieved. Sperm recovery rate was not affected by bacteriospermia.

  15. Preparation of Mn3O4 Nanofibres via An Electrospinning Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Chang Lu SHAO; Hong Yu GUAN; Shang Bin WEN; Bin CHEN; Xing Hua YANG; Jian GONG

    2004-01-01

    Thin PVA/manganese acetate composite fibres were prepared by using sol-gel processing and electrospinning technique.After calcinations of the above precursor fibres, Mn3O4 nanofibres with a diameter of 50-200 nm could be successfully obtained.The fibres were characterized by SEM,FT-IR,XRD.The results showed that the crystalline phase and morphology of nanofibres were largely influenced by the calcination temperature.

  16. Effect of solvents on the characteristics of rosin walled microcapsules prepared by a solvent evaporation technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sheorey, D S; Dorle, A K

    1991-01-01

    Rosin microcapsules were prepared by a solvent evaporation technique using solvents with different rates of evaporation. Sulphadiazine was used as a model drug. The microcapsules were studied for their size, drug content, wall thickness, surface characteristics and in vitro release. The mean diameter increased and the drug content decreased as the rate of evaporation of the solvent increased. Fast evaporating solvents produced thick walled microcapsules with innumerable surface pores/cracks compared with slow evaporating solvents.

  17. Characterisation of Pb thin films prepared by the nanosecond pulsed laser deposition technique for photocathode application

    OpenAIRE

    Lorusso, Antonella; Gontad, F.; Broitman, Esteban; Chiadroni, E.; Perrone, Walter

    2015-01-01

    Pb thin films were prepared by the nanosecond pulsed laser deposition technique on Si (100) and polycrystalline Nb substrates for photocathode application. As the photoemission performances of a cathode are strongly affected by its surface characteristics, the Pb films were grown at different substrate temperatures with the aim of modifying the morphology and structure of thin films. An evident morphological modification in the deposited films with the formation of spherical grains at higher ...

  18. Preparation of Mn 2O 3 and Mn 3O 4 nanofibers via an electrospinning technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shao, Changlu; Guan, Hongyu; Liu, Yichun; Li, Xiliang; Yang, Xinghua

    2004-07-01

    Thin PVA/manganese acetate composite fibers were prepared by using sol-gel processing and electrospinning technique. After calcinations of the above precursor fibers, Mn 2O 3 and Mn 3O 4 nanofibers with a diameter of 50-200 nm could be successfully obtained. The fibers were characterized by TG-DTA, Scanning electron microscopy, FT-IR, WAXD, respectively. The results showed that the crystalline phase and morphology of nanofibers were largely influenced by the calcination temperature.

  19. Preparation and properties of pitch carbon based supercapacitor

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    Using the mesophase pitch as precursor, KOH and CO2 as activated agents, the activated carbon electrode material was fabricated by physical-chemical combined activated technique for supercapacitor. The influence of activated process on the pore structure of activated carbon was analyzed and 14 F supercapacitor with working voltage of 2.5 V was prepared. The charge and discharge behaviors, the properties of cyclic voltammetry, specific capacitance, equivalent serials resistance (ESR), cycle properties, and temperature properties of prepared supercapacitor were examined. The cyclic voltammetry curve results indicate that the carbon based supercapacitor using the self-made activated carbon as electrode materials shows the desired capacitance properties. In 1 mol/L Et4NBFVAN electrolyte, the capacitance and ESR of the supercapacitor are 14.7 F and 60 mΩ, respectively. The specific capacitance of activated carbon electrode materials is 99.6 F/g; its energy density can reach 2.96 W·h/kg under the large current discharge condition. There is no obvious capacitance decay that can be observed after 5000 cycles. The leakage current is below 0.2 mA after keeping the voltage at 2.5 V for 1 h. Meanwhile, the supercapacitor shows desired temperature property; it can be operated normally in the temperature ranging from -40 ℃ to 70 ℃.

  20. Artificial Intelligence based technique for BTS placement

    Science.gov (United States)

    Alenoghena, C. O.; Emagbetere, J. O.; Aibinu, A. M.

    2013-12-01

    The increase of the base transceiver station (BTS) in most urban areas can be traced to the drive by network providers to meet demand for coverage and capacity. In traditional network planning, the final decision of BTS placement is taken by a team of radio planners, this decision is not fool proof against regulatory requirements. In this paper, an intelligent based algorithm for optimal BTS site placement has been proposed. The proposed technique takes into consideration neighbour and regulation considerations objectively while determining cell site. The application will lead to a quantitatively unbiased evaluated decision making process in BTS placement. An experimental data of a 2km by 3km territory was simulated for testing the new algorithm, results obtained show a 100% performance of the neighbour constrained algorithm in BTS placement optimization. Results on the application of GA with neighbourhood constraint indicate that the choices of location can be unbiased and optimization of facility placement for network design can be carried out.

  1. Preparations, Characterizations and Applications of Chitosan-based Nanoparticles

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    Chitosan is a natural polysaccharide prepared by the N-deacetylation of chitin. In this paper we have reviewed the methods of preparation of chitosan-based nanoparticles and their pharmaceutical applications. There are five methods of their preparations: emulsion cross-linking, emulsion-droplet coalescence, ionic gelation, reverse micellar method and chemically modified chitosan method. Chitosan nanoparticles are used as carriers for low molecular weight drug, vaccines and DNA. Releasing characteristics, biodistribution and applications are also summarized.

  2. Preparations, characterizations and applications of chitosan-based nanoparticles

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Chenguang; Tan, Yulong; Liu, Chengsheng; Chen, Xiguang; Yu, Lejun

    2007-07-01

    Chitosan is a natural polysaccharide prepared by the N-deacetylation of chitin. In this paper we have reviewed the methods of preparation of chitosan-based nanoparticles and their pharmaceutical applications. There are five methods of their preparations: emulsion cross-linking, emulsion-droplet coalescence, ionic gelation, reverse micellar method and chemically modified chitosan method. Chitosan nanoparticles are used as carriers for low molecular weight drug, vaccines and DNA. Releasing characteristics, biodistribution and applications are also summarized.

  3. Application of restriction display PCR technique in the preparation of cDNA microarray probes

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhao-Hui Sun; Wen-Li Ma; Bao Zhang; Yi-Fei Peng; Wen-Ling Zheng

    2005-01-01

    AIM: To develop a simplified and efficient method for the preparation of hepatitis C virus (HCV) cDNA microarray probes.METHODS: With the technique of restriction display PCR (RD-PCR), restriction enzyme Sau3A I was chosen to digest the full-length HCV cDNAs. The products were classified and re-amplified by RD-PCR. We separated the differential genes by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and silver staining. Single bands cut out from the polyacrylamide gel were isolated. The third-round PCR was performed using the single bands as PCR template.The RD-PCR fragments were purified and cloned into the pMD18-T vector. The recombinant plasmids were extracted from positive clones, and the target gene fragments were sequenced. The cDNA microarray was prepared by spotting RD-PCR products to the surface of amino-modified glass slides using a robot. We validated the detection of microarray by hybridization and sequence analysis.RESULTS: A total of 24 different cDNA fragments ranging from 200 to 800 bp were isolated and sequenced,which were the specific gene fragments of HCV. These fragments could be further used as probes in microarray preparation. The diagnostic capability of the microarray was evaluated after the washing and scanning steps. The results of hybridization and sequence analysis showed that the specificity, sensitivity, accuracy, reproducibility,and linearity in detecting HCV RNA were satisfactory.CONCLUSION: The RD-PCR technique is of great value in obtaining a large number of size-comparable gene probes, which provides a speedy protocol in generating probes for the preparation of microarrays. Microarray prepared as such could be further optimized and applied in the clinical diagnosis of HCV.

  4. Comparison of the Sol-gel Method with the Coprecipitation Technique for Preparation of Hexagonal Barium Ferrite

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Jing-ping; LIU Ying; ZHANG Mi-lin; QIAO Ying-jie; XIA Tian

    2008-01-01

    Hexagonal barium ferrite BaFe12O19 particles were prepared by sol-gel and coprecipitation methods,respectively.The composition of the so-obtained materials was investigated by means of XRD.By the sol-gel method,non-anticipated intermediate crystalline phases,such as γ-Fe2O3,α-Fe2O3,BaCO3,and BaFe2O4 etc.,were formed with the delay of the formation of BaFe12O19.The formation of single phase BaFe12O19 required calcination at 850 ℃ for 4 h.On the other hand,using copreeipitation technique,amorphous hydroxide precursor was directly transferred into BaFe12O19 almost without the formation of intermediate crystalline phases.BaFe12O19 was prepared by calcining at 700 ℃ for 3 h.The results were confirmed by ESEM and VSM analyses.Based on the already reported results and the observed results in this study,it can be concluded that the coprecipitaion technique is easier to control than the sol-gel method for preparation of BaFe12O19 at a low temperature.

  5. New methods for preparing mercury-based ferrofluids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Linderoth, Søren; Rasmussen, L.H.; Mørup, Steen

    1991-01-01

    Metallic ferrofluids based on magnetic particles in mercury have been produced by two new methods. Alloy particles of Fe-B, Fe-Co-B, Fe-Ni-B, and Co-B were prepared by reduction of the transition metal ions in aqueous solutions by NaBH4 and subsequently suspended in mercury. In one preparation...

  6. Competency-Based Reading Preparation for Secondary Teachers.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Getz, Howard G.; Kennedy, Larry D.

    The reading preparation program at Illinois State University represents a fundamental shift in the instructional focus for preservice preparation of secondary level teachers. The competency-based program in reading is largely self-directed and self-paced. Large groups of students are assigned to an instructional team, and the faculty provides…

  7. UV-curable nanocasting technique to prepare bioinspired superhydrophobic organic-inorganic composite anticorrosion coatings

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    K. C. Chang

    2015-02-01

    Full Text Available A UV-curing technique was used to develop advanced anticorrosive coatings made of a poly(methyl methacrylate (PMMA/silica composite (PSC with bioinspired Xanthosoma sagittifolium leaf-like superhydrophobic surfaces. First of all, a transparent soft template with negative patterns of xanthosoma sagittifolium leaf can be fabricated by thermally curing the polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS pre-polymer in molds at 60°C for 4 h, followed by detaching PDMS template from the surface of natural leaf. PSC coatings with biomimetic structures can be prepared by performing the UV-radiation process upon casting UV-curable precursor with photo-initiator onto cold-rolled steel (CRS electrode under PDMS template. Subsequently, UV-radiation process was carried out by using light source with light intensity of 100 mW/cm2 with exposing wavelength of 365 nm. Surface morphologies of the as-synthesized hydrophobic PMMA (HP and superhydrophobic PSC (SPSC coatings showed a large number of micro-scaled mastoids, each decorated with many nano-scaled wrinkles that were systematically investigated by using scanning electron microscopy (SEM. The contact angles of water droplets on the sample surfaces can be increased from ~81 and 103° on PMMA and PSC surfaces to ~148 and 163° on HP and SPSC surfaces, respectively. The SPSC coating was found to provide an advanced corrosion protection effect on CRS electrodes compared to that of neat PMMA, PSC, and HP coatings based on a series of electrochemical corrosion measurements in 3.5 wt% NaCl electrolyte. Enhanced corrosion protection of SPSC coatings on CRS electrodes can be illustrated by that the silica nanoparticles on the small papillary hills of the bioinspired structure of the surface further increased the surface roughness, making the surface exhibit superior superhydrophobic, and thus leading to much better anticorrosion performance.

  8. Experimental improvements in sample preparation for the track registration technique from dry and solution media

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Suarez-Navarro, M.J. [Universidad Politecnica de Madrid (UPM), E.T.S.I de Caminos, Canales y Puertos, Profesor Aranguren s/n, 28040 Madrid (Spain)]. E-mail: he04@caminos.upm.es; Pujol, Ll. [Centro de Estudios y Experimentacion de Obras Publicas (CEDEX), Alfonso XII, 3, 28014 Madrid (Spain); Gonzalez-Gonzalez, J.A. [Universidad Politecnica de Madrid (UPM), E.T.S.I de Caminos, Canales y Puertos, Profesor Aranguren s/n, 28040 Madrid (Spain)

    2006-04-15

    This paper describes the sample preparation studies carried out to determine gross alpha activities in waste materials by means of alpha-particle track counting using CR-39 detector. Sample preparation for the track registration technique using evaporation or electroplating methods (also known as conventional 'dry methods') has a number of drawbacks. The distribution of tracks in different areas of the detector surface is non-uniform, so accurate quantitative determinations depend on tedious and time-consuming counting of tracks under an optical microscope. In this paper, we propose the use of tensioactives in sample preparation to achieve uniform track distribution over the entire detector surface, which enables track density to be evaluated by scanning a small representative area. Under our counting conditions, uniform distribution was achieved with 0.2 ml of Teg from a planchetted source. Furthermore, track registration techniques using solution media (also known as the 'wet methods') and conventional 'dry methods' were analysed and compared with the proposed method. The reproducibility of the procedure described in the study was tested by analysing gross alpha activity in two low-level nuclear waste samples at two different laboratories.

  9. In vitro study of microleakage of different techniques of surface preparation used in pits and fissures

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shahrzad Javadi Nejad

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Objective : The purpose of this in vitro study was to evaluate the effect of different techniques of surface preparation on the microleakage of a sealant applied with traditional acid etching and self-etched bonding agent. Study Design : A total of 60 extracted third molars were randomly assigned into six groups (n = 10/each. The occlusal surfaces were sealed with a sealant (Clinpro after one of the following pretreatments: (1 phosphoric acid etching; (2 Prompt L-Pop; (3 laser + etching; (4 laser + Prompt L-Pop; (5 air abrasion + etching; (6 air abrasion + Prompt L-Pop. The specimens were immersed in a 0.5% basic fuchsin solution. Buccolingual cuts parallel to the long axis of the tooth were made. The surfaces were scored 0--2 for extent of microleakage using a microscope and the data were analyzed statistically. Results : The poorest results were obtained with laser + Prompt L-Pop which showed a greater number of specimens with microleakage (80%. Air abrasion surface preparation + phosphoric acid etching showed less microleakage than the other groups (40%. Kruskal--Wallis and t-tests revealed no significant difference in microleakage between six groups. Conclusion : The self-etching adhesive studied seems an attractive alternative to the acid-etch technique for sealant application in young children where simplifications in the clinical procedure are warranted. No significant difference was noted between the different types of enamel preparation before fissure sealant.

  10. Microleakage Evaluation Around Retrograde Filling Materials Prepared Using Conventional and Ultrasonic Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bolla, Nagesh; Thumu, Jayaprakash; Vemuri, Sayesh; Chukka, Sunil

    2015-01-01

    Introduction: The importance of the retrograde cavity preparation and the material used to restore is of utmost importance to achieve successful surgical endodontics. Aim: The aim of the present study is to evaluate the apical micro-leakage of root end cavities filled with Mineral trioxide aggregate, Biodentine and light cure GIC using two different cavity preparation techniques that is conventional bur preparation and ultrasonic tip preparation. Materials and Methods: Eighty extracted single rooted human teeth (except mandibular incisors) with one canal, fully developed apices and without any major carious lesion are collected for the study. The teeth were sectioned at CEJ to standardize the length. Roots are instrumented upto master apical file 40 K size and obturated with gutta percha and AH plus sealer in lateral condensation technique. The teeth were then resected apically at 90° angle axis to the long axis of the root removing 3 mm of the apex. The teeth were divided in to four groups of 20 each- • Group I- samples restored with MTA. • Group II- samples restored with Biodentine. • Group III- (Positive control group)- samples restored with Light activated GIC. • Group IV - (negative control group)- no filling material. Each group is divided into two subgroups (a, b) of ten teeth each 1. Retropreparation done with ultrasonic retrotip. 2. Retropreparation done with conventional bur. The teeth were then immersed in 0.5% Rhodamine B dye for 48 h. The teeth were split longitudinally and the interface between the restored material and the canal wall is observed under Confocal laser scanning microscope. Depth of dye penetration was examined under stereomicroscope. Results: The statistical analysis was performed by One way ANOVA, t test. Pair wise comparision was done by Newman – Keuls multiple post hoc test. The mean values of Dye penetration for Group Ia (321.23), Group Ib (490.11), Group IIa (1065.14), Group IIb (1170.96), Group IIIa (1888.90), Group

  11. Preparation and in vitro evaluation of rosin microcapsules: solvent evaporation technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sheorey, D S; Dorle, A K

    1990-01-01

    Free flowing, spherical rosin microcapsules were prepared by a method based on phase separation by solvent evaporation. Bentonite was used to prevent the agglomeration and coalescence of the dispersed polymer droplets. The effect of varying the core to coat ratio on micrometric and dissolution properties has been described.

  12. Rational preparation of dibenzothiophene-imprinted polymers by surface imprinting technique combined with atom transfer radical polymerization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Wenming; Liu, Lukuan; Zhou, Zhiping; Liu, Hong; Xie, Binze; Xu, Wanzhen

    2013-10-01

    A computational simulation method is introduced to simulate the dibenzothiophene-monomer pre-assembly system of molecular imprinted polymers. The interaction type and intensity between dibenzothiophene and monomer are discussed from the binding energy and spatial position distribution. The simulation and analysis results indicate that the amount of the function monomer is not the more the better in preparing molecular imprinted polymers. Based on the above results, a novel dibenzothiophene-imprinted polymers with the favorable specific adsorption effect was prepared by surface imprinting technique combined with atom transfer radical polymerization. This combined technologies are used for preparing a desulfurization adsorbent for the first time. Various measures were selected to characterize the structure and morphology of the prepared adsorbent. The characterization results show that the adsorbent has suitable features for further adsorption process. A series of static adsorption experiments were conducted to analyze its adsorption performance. The adsorption process follows Elovich model by the kinetic analysis and Sips equation by the isothermal analysis. The approach we described will provide another opportunity in the deep desulfurization field.

  13. AlCu alloy films prepared by the thermal diffusion technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Oliva, A.I., E-mail: oliva@mda.cinvestav.mx [Centro de Investigacion y de Estudios Avanzados del IPN, Unidad Merida, Departamento de Fisica Aplicada, Km. 6 Antigua Carretera a Progreso, CP 97310, Merida Yucatan (Mexico); Corona, J.E.; Sosa, V. [Centro de Investigacion y de Estudios Avanzados del IPN, Unidad Merida, Departamento de Fisica Aplicada, Km. 6 Antigua Carretera a Progreso, CP 97310, Merida Yucatan (Mexico)

    2010-07-15

    100-nm thick films of Al{sub 1-x}Cu{sub x} alloys were prepared on glass substrates by thermal diffusion technique. The Cu atomic concentration was varied from 10% to 90%. Alloys were prepared at different temperatures into a vacuum oven with Argon atmosphere. Two thermal processes were used: i) heating the film at 400 deg. C in a single step, and ii) heating the films in sequential steps at 100, 200, 300 and 400 deg. C. Morphology, electrical resistivity, and crystalline orientation of the alloys were studied. The electrical resistivity and surface roughness of the alloys were found to depend strongly on the atomic composition and the diffusion temperature. However, we did not find differences between samples prepared under the two thermal processes. Alloys prepared with x = 0.6 and x = 0.1-0.3 as Cu at concentration exhibited values on electrical resistivity and surface roughness lower than pure Al. Different phases of the Al{sub 1} {sub -} {sub x}Cu{sub x} films were observed as a function of Cu concentration showing a good agreement with the AlCu phase diagram.

  14. Preparation and recognition performance of cytisine alkaloid-imprinted material prepared using novel surface molecular imprinting technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gao, Baojiao; Niu, Qinyuan; Du, Ruikui

    2010-05-01

    Methacrylic acid was first graft-polymerized on the surfaces of micron-sized silica gel particles in the manner of "grafting from" using 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane as an intermedia, obtaining the grafted particle polymethacrylic acid PMAA/SiO(2). By adopting the novel surface-molecular imprinting technique put forward by us, cytisine molecule-imprinted material MIP-PMAA/SiO(2) was prepared with ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether as crosslinking agent. The binding characteristics of MIP-PMAA/SiO(2) towards cytisine was investigated in depth with both batch and column methods and using matrine and oxymatrine as two contrast alkaloids, which with cytisine coexist in sophora alopecuroides and their chemical structure is similar to cytisine to a certain extent. The experimental results show that the surface-imprinted material MIP-PMAA/SiO(2) has excellent binding affinity for cytisine (20.1 g/100 g of binding capacity), and it is more important that MIP-PMAA/SiO(2) has very high recognition selectivity for cytisine in relation to the two contrast alkaloids. The selectivity coefficients of the grafted particles PMAA/SiO(2) (non-imprinted material) for cytosine in relation to matrine and oxymatrine are only 1.03 and 1.06, respectively, displaying no recognition selectivity for cytisine. However, after imprinting, the selectivity coefficient of MIP-PMAA/SiO(2) for cytisine in respect to matrine and oxymatrine are remarkably enhanced to 12.08 and 15.05, respectively.

  15. A coprecipitation technique to prepare NaNbO3 and NaTaO3

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    V Samuel; A B Gaikwad; V Ravi

    2006-04-01

    A simple coprecipitation technique has been used successfully for the preparation of pure, ultrafine, single phases of NaNbO3 (NN) and NaTaO3 (NT). An alcoholic solution of ammonium carbonate and ammonium hydroxide was used to precipitate Na+ and Nb5+ (or Ta5+) cations under basic conditions as carbonate and hydroxide, respectively. On heating at 700°C, these precursors produce respective products. For comparison, both NN and NT powders were also prepared by the traditional solid state method. The phase purity and lattice parameters were studied by powder X-ray diffraction (XRD). The particle size and morphology were studied by scanning electron microscopy (SEM).

  16. Preparation of A-type zeolite membranes on nonporous metal supports by using electrophoretic technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HUANG Aisheng; LIU Jie; LI Yanshuo; LIN Yuesheng; YANG Weishen

    2004-01-01

    A-type zeolite membranes were prepared onthe nonporous metal supports by using electrophoretic tech-nique. The as-synthesized membranes were characterized byXRD and SEM. The effect of the applied potential on theformation of the A-type zeolite membrane was investigated,and the formation mechanism of zeolite membrane in theelectric field was discussed. The results showed that thenegative charged zeolite particles could migrate to the anodemetal surface homogenously and rapidly under the action ofthe applied electric field, consequently formed uniform anddense membranes in short time. The applied potential hadgreat effect on the membrane formation, and more uniformand denser zeolite membranes were prepared on the non-porous metal supports with 1 V potential.

  17. Ceria/silicon carbide core–shell materials prepared by miniemulsion technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lars Borchardt

    2011-09-01

    Full Text Available For the first time we present the synthesis of CeO2/Si(OC core–shell particles prepared by the miniemulsion technique. The Si(OC core was obtained by means of a polycarbosilane precursor (SMP10, which was subsequently functionalized with ceria and pyrolyzed to the ceramic. The size of these particles could easily be adjusted by varying the surfactants and the surfactant concentration, or by the addition of comonomers. Hence particle sizes ranged from 100 to 1000 nm, tunable by the preparation conditions. All materials were characterized by photon cross correlation spectroscopy, scanning electron microscopy and elemental mapping investigations. Furthermore, first catalytic tests were carried out by temperature programmed oxidation (TPO of methane, and the activity of this material in lowering the onset temperature of methane combustion by 262 K was documented.

  18. Study of microstructure and electrical properties of bulk YBCO prepared by melt textured growth technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gonal, M. R.; Krishnan, Madangopal [Glass and Advanced Materials Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai, INDIA 400 085 (India); Tewari, R. [Materials Science Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai, INDIA 400 085 (India); Tyagi, A. K. [Chemistry Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai, INDIA 400 085 (India); Gyore, A.; Vajda, I. [Department of Electric Power Engineering, Budapest Univ. of Technology & Economics, Budapest (Hungary)

    2015-06-24

    Bulk YBCO components were prepared using Melt Texture Growth (MTG) technique. Components were fabricated using MTG by addition of Y{sub 2}BaCuO{sub 5} (Y211) and Ag to YBCO, which leads to improved grain size without affecting superconducting properties. Green compacts prepared by cold isostatic pressing were pre-sintered at 930°C before subjecting melt texturing. Cooling rates lower than 1 °C.h{sup −1} was used, in between (peritectic) temperature of about 995 and 1025°C, to obtain large grained components. Microstructure studies in details were carried out by Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM), Electron Probe Micro Analysis (EPMA), Orientation Imaging Microscope (OIM) and TEM correlated with electrical properties like Critical current density (J{sub c})

  19. Characterization of Polysulfone Membranes Prepared with Thermally Induced Phase Separation Technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tiron, L. G.; Pintilie, Ș C.; Vlad, M.; Birsan, I. G.; Baltă, Ș

    2017-06-01

    Abstract Membrane technology is one of the most used water treatment technology because of its high removal efficiency and cost effectiveness. Preparation techniques for polymer membranes show an important aspect of membrane properties. Generally, polysulfone (PSf) and polyethersulfone (PES) are used for the preparation of ultrafiltration (UF) membranes. Polysulfone (PSf) membranes have been widely used for separation and purification of different solutions because of their excellent chemical and thermal stability. Polymeric membranes were obtained by phase inversion method. The polymer solution introduced in the nonsolvent bath (distilled water) initiate the evaporation of the solvent from the solution, this phenomenon has a strong influence on the transport properties. The effect of the coagulation bath temperature on the membrane properties is of interest for this study. Membranes are characterized by pure water flux, permeability, porosity and retention of methylene blue. The low temperature of coagulation bath improve the membrane’s rejection and its influence was most notable.

  20. Comparative study on density gradients and swim-up preparation techniques utilizing neat and cryopreserved spermatozoa

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Shyam S.R. Allamaneni; Ashok Agarwal; Sreedhar Rama; Pavithra Ranganathan; Rakesh K. Sharma

    2005-01-01

    Aim: To 1) compare post-wash and post-thaw parameters of sperm processed with PureSperm density gradient technique and swim-up method; and 2) test the efficacy of two commonly available density gradient media PureSperm and Isolate. Methods: This prospective study used semen specimens from 22 patients. Specimens from nine patients were processed by both PureSperm density gradient and swim-up method. These specimens were then cryopreserved.Thirteen specimens were processed by both PureSperm (40 % and 80 %) and Isolate (50 % and 90 %) double density gradient techniques. The two fractions processed by both PureSperm and swim-up were analyzed for post-wash sperm characteristics. Post-thaw analysis was done after 24 hours. Sperm fractions obtained after processing with PureSperm and Isolate were compared for post-wash sperm characteristics and ROS levels. Results: Specimens prepared with PureSperm had significantly higher median total motile sperm counts (TMSC) (32.2 × 106 vs.17.6 × 106), recovery rates (69.2 % vs. 50.0 %), and longevity at 4 hours (83.0 % vs. 55.0 %) compared to specimen prepared by swim-up. Post-thaw specimens also had a higher recovery and longevity at 4 hours with PureSperm as compared to the swim-up. Semen specimens processed by PureSperm had significantly higher total sperm count,TMSC, and percentage recovery rates (30.0 % vs. 19.7 %) than Isolate. Conclusion: Semen quality is better preserved in fresh and cryopreserved semen prepared with PureSperm density gradient compared to swim-up. A significant enrichment of sperm is observed with PureSperm compared to Isolate. Higher recovery rates of mature motile sperm obtained after PureSperm sperm preparation may be beneficial for successful ART.

  1. Teacher Preparation: Assessing Teacher Quality, Administrative Support, Standards-Based Teacher Preparation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Poliakoff, Anne Rogers, Ed.

    2002-01-01

    This collection of papers focuses on the preparation of teachers by university-based education programs. The papers are: "The STEPS That Support P-12 Learning and Achievement" (Diana Rigden), which describes the Standards-based Teacher Education Project (STEP) for improving student learning; "The Responsibility for Assessing Beginning Teachers"…

  2. Study of photoconductivity in Ni doped CdS thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Patidar, Manju Mishra, E-mail: manjumishra.iuc@gmail.com; Gangrade, Mohan; Nath, R.; Ganesan, V. [UGC-DAE Consortium for Scientific Research, Khandawa Road, Indore 452001 (India); Ajay, Akhil [Physics Department, University of Delhi, Delhi-110007 (India); Wala, Arwa Dewas [Holkar Science College, Indore - 452001 (India); N, Kiran [Physics Department, University of Mysore, Mysore-570005 (India); Panda, Richa [AITR, Bhopal-462044 (India)

    2014-04-24

    Ni-doped cadmium sulphide [Cd{sub 1−x}Ni{sub x}S, (x=0, 0.03, 0.05 and 0.20)] thin films were investigated for photoconductive properties. The films were prepared by spray Pyrolysis technique (SPT). AFM and two probe resistivity measurements were carried out to analyze the morphological and electrical properties of the films. AFM shows the note worthy changes in the morphology where the nanorod structures in CdS is changed into nano particles with the Ni doping. The presence of persistence photo current is demonstrated and extensive photoconductivity analysis has been studied on these films.

  3. Evaluation of specimen preparation techniques for micro-PIXE localisation of elements in hyperaccumulating plants

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kachenko, Anthony G. [Faculty of Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources, University of Sydney, New South Wales 2006 (Australia)], E-mail: a.kachenko@usyd.edu.au; Siegele, Rainer; Bhatia, Naveen P. [Institute for Environmental Research, Australian Nuclear Science and Technology Organization, Lucas Heights, New South Wales 2234 (Australia); Singh, Balwant [Faculty of Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources, University of Sydney, New South Wales 2006 (Australia); Ionescu, Mihail [Institute for Environmental Research, Australian Nuclear Science and Technology Organization, Lucas Heights, New South Wales 2234 (Australia)

    2008-04-15

    Hybanthus floribundus subsp. floribundus, a rare Australian Ni-hyperaccumulating shrub and Pityrogramma calomelanos var. austroamericana, an Australian naturalized As-hyperaccumulating fern are promising species for use in phytoremediation of contaminated sites. Micro-proton-induced X-ray emission ({mu}-PIXE) spectroscopy was used to map the elemental distribution of the accumulated metal(loid)s, Ca and K in leaf or pinnule tissues of the two plant species. Samples were prepared by two contrasting specimen preparation techniques: freeze-substitution in tetrahydrofuran (THF) and freeze-drying. The specimens were analysed to compare the suitability of each technique in preserving (i) the spatial elemental distribution and (ii) the tissue structure of the specimens. Further, the {mu}-PIXE results were compared with concentration of elements in the bulk tissue obtained by ICP-AES analysis. In H. floribundus subsp. floribundus, {mu}-PIXE analysis revealed Ni, Ca and K concentrations in freeze-dried leaf tissues were at par with bulk tissue concentrations. Elemental distribution maps illustrated that Ni was preferentially localised in the adaxial epidermal tissues (1% DW) and least concentration was found in spongy mesophyll tissues (0.53% DW). Conversely, elemental distribution maps of THF freeze-substituted tissues indicated significantly lower Ni, Ca and K concentrations than freeze-dried specimens and bulk tissue concentrations. Moreover, Ni concentrations were uniform across the whole specimen and no localisation was observed. In P. calomelanos var. austroamericana freeze-dried pinnule tissues, {mu}-PIXE revealed statistically similar As, Ca and K concentrations as compared to bulk tissue concentrations. Elemental distribution maps showed that As localisation was relatively uniform across the whole specimen. Once again, THF freeze-substituted tissues revealed a significant loss of As compared to freeze-dried specimens and the concentrations obtained by bulk tissue

  4. Ultrasonically assisted intercalation of Ni in Al2O3 thin film prepared by SILAR technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dhanayat, Swapnali; Digraskar, Renuka; Gattu, Ketan; Upadhye, Deepak; Mahajan, Sandeep; Sharma, Ramphal; Ghule, Anil

    2013-06-01

    The Al2O3 thin film were prepared by successive ionic layer adsorption and reaction (SILAR) technique and annealed at 250 °C. Thereafter, Ni was ultrasonically intercalated in Al2O3 thin films for different sonication time period of 5 and 10s, and subsequently annealed at 250 °C to form NiO-Al2O3. The films were further characterized using scanning electron microscopy, energy dispersive X-ray analysis, UV-Vis spectrophotometer and I-V system, to study morphological, compositional, optical and electrical properties.

  5. Evaluation of specimen preparation techniques for micro-PIXE localisation of elements in hyperaccumulating plants

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kachenko, Anthony G.; Siegele, Rainer; Bhatia, Naveen P.; Singh, Balwant; Ionescu, Mihail

    2008-04-01

    Hybanthus floribundus subsp. floribundus, a rare Australian Ni-hyperaccumulating shrub and Pityrogramma calomelanos var. austroamericana, an Australian naturalized As-hyperaccumulating fern are promising species for use in phytoremediation of contaminated sites. Micro-proton-induced X-ray emission (μ-PIXE) spectroscopy was used to map the elemental distribution of the accumulated metal(loid)s, Ca and K in leaf or pinnule tissues of the two plant species. Samples were prepared by two contrasting specimen preparation techniques: freeze-substitution in tetrahydrofuran (THF) and freeze-drying. The specimens were analysed to compare the suitability of each technique in preserving (i) the spatial elemental distribution and (ii) the tissue structure of the specimens. Further, the μ-PIXE results were compared with concentration of elements in the bulk tissue obtained by ICP-AES analysis. In H. floribundus subsp. floribundus, μ-PIXE analysis revealed Ni, Ca and K concentrations in freeze-dried leaf tissues were at par with bulk tissue concentrations. Elemental distribution maps illustrated that Ni was preferentially localised in the adaxial epidermal tissues (1% DW) and least concentration was found in spongy mesophyll tissues (0.53% DW). Conversely, elemental distribution maps of THF freeze-substituted tissues indicated significantly lower Ni, Ca and K concentrations than freeze-dried specimens and bulk tissue concentrations. Moreover, Ni concentrations were uniform across the whole specimen and no localisation was observed. In P. calomelanos var. austroamericana freeze-dried pinnule tissues, μ-PIXE revealed statistically similar As, Ca and K concentrations as compared to bulk tissue concentrations. Elemental distribution maps showed that As localisation was relatively uniform across the whole specimen. Once again, THF freeze-substituted tissues revealed a significant loss of As compared to freeze-dried specimens and the concentrations obtained by bulk tissue analysis

  6. Release kinetics of drugs from rosin-glycerol ester microcapsules prepared by solvent evaporation technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sheorey, D S; Dorle, A K

    1991-01-01

    Rosin-glycerol ester microcapsules containing sulphadiazine were prepared by solvent evaporation technique. The goodness of fit of the release data was tested with first order, Higuchi matrix model and Hixon-Crowell cube root law. All these models were sufficiently linear. Application of the differential rate treatment showed that release from most of the microcapsules followed first order equation. Whereas up to 40-50 per cent of release, a zero order, membrane controlled kinetics was observed, the release is apparently first order under nonsteady, state conditions.

  7. Ultrasonic atomization for spray drying: a versatile technique for the preparation of protein loaded biodegradable microspheres.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bittner, B; Kissel, T

    1999-01-01

    Bovine serum albumin (BDA) loaded microspheres with a spherical shape and smooth surface structure were successfully prepared from poly(lactide-co-glycolide) using an ultrasonic nozzle installed in a Niro laboratory spray dryer. Process and formulation parameters were investigated with respect to their influence on microsphere characteristics, such as particle size, loading capacity, and release properties. Preparation of microspheres in yields of more than 50% was achieved using an ultrasonic atomizer connected to a stream of carrier air. Microsphere characteristics could be modified by changing several technological parameters. An increased polymer concentration of the feed generated larger particles with a significantly reduced initial release of the protein. Moreover, microspheres with a smooth surface structure were obtained from the organic polymer solution with the highest viscosity. Microparticles with a low BSA loading showed a large central cavity surrounded by a thin polymer layer in scanning electron microspheres. A high protein loading led to an enlargement of the shell layer, or even to dense particles without any cavities. A continuous in vitro release pattern of BSA was obtained from the particles with low protein loading. Glass transition temperatures (Tg) of the microspheres before and after lyophilization did not differ from those of the BSA loaded particles prepared by spray drying with a rotary atomizer. Analysis of the polymer by gel permeation chromatography indicated that ultrasonication had no effect on polymer molecular weight. Molecular weight and polydispersity of the pure polymer, placebo microspheres prepared by spray drying, and placebo microspheres prepared using the ultrasonic nozzle were in the same range. In conclusion, ultrasonic atomization represents a versatile and reliable technique for the production of protein loaded biodegradable microspheres without inducing a degradation of the polymer matrix. Particle characteristics

  8. Capillarity-based preparation system for optical colorimetric sensor arrays

    Science.gov (United States)

    Luo, Xiao-gang; Yi, Xin; Bu, Xiang-nan; Hou, Chang-jun; Huo, Dan-qun; Yang, Mei; Fa, Huan-bao; Lei, Jin-can

    2017-03-01

    In recent years, optical colorimetric sensor arrays have demonstrated beneficial features, including rapid response, high selectivity, and high specificity; as a result, it has been extensively applied in food inspection and chemical studies, among other fields. There are instruments in the current market available for the preparation of an optical colorimetric sensor array, but it lacks the corresponding research of the preparation mechanism. Therefore, in connection with the main features of this kind of sensor array such as consistency, based on the preparation method of contact spotting, combined with a capillary fluid model, Washburn equation, Laplace equation, etc., this paper develops a diffusion model of an optical colorimetric sensor array during its preparation and sets up an optical colorimetric sensor array preparation system based on this diffusion model. Finally, this paper compares and evaluates the sensor arrays prepared by the system and prepared manually in three aspects such as the quality of array point, response of array, and response result, and the results show that the performance index of the sensor array prepared by a system under this diffusion model is better than that of the sensor array of manual spotting, which meets the needs of the experiment.

  9. Capillarity-based preparation system for optical colorimetric sensor arrays.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Luo, Xiao-Gang; Yi, Xin; Bu, Xiang-Nan; Hou, Chang-Jun; Huo, Dan-Qun; Yang, Mei; Fa, Huan-Bao; Lei, Jin-Can

    2017-03-01

    In recent years, optical colorimetric sensor arrays have demonstrated beneficial features, including rapid response, high selectivity, and high specificity; as a result, it has been extensively applied in food inspection and chemical studies, among other fields. There are instruments in the current market available for the preparation of an optical colorimetric sensor array, but it lacks the corresponding research of the preparation mechanism. Therefore, in connection with the main features of this kind of sensor array such as consistency, based on the preparation method of contact spotting, combined with a capillary fluid model, Washburn equation, Laplace equation, etc., this paper develops a diffusion model of an optical colorimetric sensor array during its preparation and sets up an optical colorimetric sensor array preparation system based on this diffusion model. Finally, this paper compares and evaluates the sensor arrays prepared by the system and prepared manually in three aspects such as the quality of array point, response of array, and response result, and the results show that the performance index of the sensor array prepared by a system under this diffusion model is better than that of the sensor array of manual spotting, which meets the needs of the experiment.

  10. Gelatin microparticles containing propolis obtained by spray-drying technique: preparation and characterization.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bruschi, M L; Cardoso, M L C; Lucchesi, M B; Gremião, M P D

    2003-10-02

    Gelatin microparticles containing propolis extractive solution (PES) were prepared by spray-drying technique. The optimization of the spray-drying operating conditions and the proportions of gelatin and mannitol were investigated. Regular particle morphology was obtained when mannitol was used, whereas mannitol absence produced a substantial number of coalesced and agglomerated microparticles. Microparticles had a mean diameter of 2.70 microm without mannitol and 2.50 microm with mannitol. The entrapment efficiency for propolis of the microparticles was upto 41% without mannitol and 39% with mannitol. The microencapsulation by spray-drying technique maintained the activity of propolis against Staphylococcus aureus. These gelatin microparticles containing propolis would be useful for developing intermediary or eventual propolis dosage form without the PES' strong and unpleasant taste, aromatic odour, and presence of ethanol.

  11. Preparation of basalt-based glass ceramics

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    MIHOVIL LOGAR

    2003-06-01

    Full Text Available Local and conventional raw materials–massive basalt from the Vrelo locality on Kopaonik mountain–have been used as starting materials to test their suitability for the production of glass-ceramics. Crystallization phenomena of glasses of the fused basalt rocks were studied by X-ray phase analysis, optical microscopy and other techniques. Various heat treatments were used, and their influences, on controlling the microstructures and properties of the products were studied with the aim of developing high strength glass-ceramic materials. Diopside CaMg(SiO32 and hypersthene ((Mg,FeSiO3 were identifies as the crystalline phases. The final products contained considerable amounts of a glassy phase. The crystalline size was in range of 8–480 mm with plate or needle shape. Microhardness, crashing strength and wears resistence of the glass-ceramics ranged from 6.5–7.5, from 2000–6300 kg/cm2 and from 0.1–0.2 g/cm, respectively.

  12. Osteotome versus conventional drilling technique for implant site preparation: a comparative study in the rabbit.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nóbrega, Ana Rita; Norton, Ana; Silva, José Antonio; Silva, José Pedro Dias; Branco, Fernando Morais; Anitua, Eduardo

    2012-06-01

    The aim of this research was to study the influence of the osteotome technique on insertion torque and stability values when compared with conventional surgical drilling of the implant site. A total of 20 implants (4-mm diameter, 8.5-mm long) were placed in the distal femural condyle of 10 New Zealand White rabbits. The implant sites were prepared by using either the conventional drilling technique as a control group (group A) or the osteotome technique (group B). Cutting torque and resonance frequency analyses (RFAs) were conducted at and after implant placement. The resulting values were subjected to correlation and comparative analyses between groups. Insertion torque measurements were conducted at three different levels of implant insertion: crestal, middle, and apical. Group B showed higher mean insertion torque and RFA values (P .05). Bone condensation before implant insertion in low-density bone led to higher mean insertion torque and RFA values. Within the limits of this experimental study, a benefit in using the osteotome technique was observed when dealing with low-density bone. Bone condensation can improve primary stabilization of implants.

  13. Structural and topographic study of ceria nanoparticles prepared via different techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ahmed, M. A.; Bishay, Samiha T.; El-Masry, Mai M.

    2015-01-01

    Nano-crystalline ceria was synthesized using four different techniques. The oleic acid was used as a surfactant in the first technique while Polysorbate 80 (Tween 80) was used instead in the third. On the other hand, the other two techniques were carried out in the absence of any surfactant. The first technique produced samples characterized by the smallest crystallite size (2.8 nm (XRD)), and the lowest hydrodynamic diameter (DLS). Also, if the powder of these samples was dispersed in toluene, its nanoparticles would appear in high agglomerated form in (TEM) and (AFM) photographic images. Accordingly, these samples are suitable to be used as a catalytic agent. Moreover, the results revealed that, the samples prepared in the presence of Tween 80 as a surfactant are recommended to be applied in biological fields. These samples are characterized by small crystallite size 6 nm (XRD) and high surface area (BET). They further produced completely free particles without agglomeration when their powder was dispersed in water. The results confirmed also that, the particle size measurements using (UV-Vis) are greater by about 0.34% than the corresponding values calculated from XRD and BET data. This may be attributed to the significant role of the dispersive medium. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) spectrum confirmed the reverse linear proportionality between the percentage ratio of Ce3+/Ce4+ and the particle size of the investigated samples.

  14. CARBON NANOTUBES: A REVIEW ON PREPARATION TECHNIQUES AND APPLICATIONS IN VARIOUS FIELDS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    SaiSowjanya Palla

    2013-02-01

    Full Text Available Carbon nanotubes (CNTs are allotropes of carbon with a nanostructure that can have a length-to-diameter ratio greater than 1,000,000. Different types of carbon nanotubes can be produced by different methods: Arc discharge, laser ablation, chemical vapour deposition and flame synthesis. Purification of the tubes can be divided into a couple of main techniques: oxidation, acid treatment, annealing, sonication, filtering and functionalisation techniques. Economically feasible large-scale production and purification techniques still have to be developed. Fundamental and practical nanotube researches have shown possible applications in the fields of energy storage, molecular electronics, nanomechanic devices, composite materials and immobilization of enzymes. Various immobilization methods have been developed, and in particular, specific attachment of enzymes on carbon nanotubes has been an important focus of attention. With the growing attention paid to cascade enzymatic reaction, it is possible that multi enzyme co-immobilization would be one of the next goals in the future. In this paper, we focus on preparation techniques, various applications of CNTs and enzyme immobilization on carbon nanotubes.

  15. Application of green chemistry techniques to prepare electrocatalysts for direct methanol fuel cells.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shimizu, Kenichi; Wang, Joanna S; Wai, Chien M

    2010-03-25

    A series of green techniques for synthesizing carbon nanotube-supported platinum nanoparticles and their high electrocatalytic activity toward methanol fuel cell applications are reported. The techniques utilize either the supercritical fluid carbon dioxide or water as a medium for depositing platinum nanoparticles on surfaces of multiwalled or single-walled carbon nanotubes. The catalytic properties of the carbon nanotubes-supported Pt nanoparticle catalysts prepared by four different techniques are compared for anodic oxidation of methanol and cathodic reduction of oxygen using cyclic voltammetry. One technique using galvanic exchange of Pt(2+) in water with zerovalent iron present on the surfaces of as-grown single-walled carbon nanotubes produces a Pt catalyst that shows an unusually high catalytic activity for reduction of oxygen but a negligible activity for oxidation of methanol. This fuel-selective catalyst may have a unique application as a cathode catalyst in methanol fuel cells to alleviate the problems caused by crossover of methanol through the polymer electrolyte membrane.

  16. Different surface preparation techniques of porcelain repaired with composite resin and fracture resistance

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mohd Helmy Khalid Abd Wahab

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Background : Porcelain from prosthesis such as crown or bridge can be fractured if exposed to trauma; and, can be repaired at chairside using composite resin. Aim : To investigate the fracture resistance of few techniques of surface preparation in repairing fractured porcelain using composite resin. Materials and Methods : Eighty samples of porcelain blocks were divided into 4 groups for different surface preparations, such as, Cimara repairing kit; porcelain etch kit containing hydrofluoric acid; Panavia F resin cement; and, sandblasting using aluminium oxide, before composite resin (Filtek Z250, 3M ESPE was bonded to the prepared porcelain blocks. Twenty others samples in the control group comprised of pure porcelain blocks. The fracture resistance of each sample was tested using Instron machine (UK. Results : With the exception of the group repaired using hydrofluoric acid (3.04±1.04 Mpa, all the other groups showed significant difference in the fracture resistance values when compared to the control group (3.05 ± 1.42 MPa at P<0.05. Conclusions : Etching of the porcelain blocks with hydrofluoric acid holds promise in the repair of fractured porcelain with composite resin at chairside.

  17. Preparation and Properties of Tung Oil-Based Polyurethane

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    袁才登; 赵晓明; 邵丽英; 唐克华

    2014-01-01

    Tung oil-based polyols were synthesized by the esterification and transesterification between Tung oil-based anhydride and butanediol. The hydroxyl values of the polyols prepared were tested and discussed. Polyurethane was prepared by using Tung oil-based polyols and/or poly(propylene glycol) as polyols and by using isophorone diisocyanate as isocyanate. The effect of the ratio of Tung oil-based polyols to poly(propylene glycol) on the proper-ties of polyurethane prepared was investigated by the water resistance, alcohol resistance and hardness tests. The re-sults show that Tung oil-based polyols are effective to improve the hardness, water resistance and alcohol resistance of polyurethane.

  18. Nanostructured TiO2 thin films for DSSCs prepared by sol gel technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bakar, Siti Noraini Abu; Abdullah, Huda; Mahbor, Kamisah Mohamad

    2017-07-01

    In this research, nanostructured TiO2 thin films were prepared by sol-gel technique for dye-sensitized solar cells (DSSCs) were investigated. The nanostructured thin films were prepared using commercial Titania powder (Degussa P25) and titanium (IV) ethoxide (TEOT). The resulting solution were spin-coated on pieces of indium-doped tin oxide (InO2:Sn, ITO) transparent glass (8 Ω/sq, TEC GlassTM) with an area of 10 × 10 mm2 at a rate of 2000 rpm for 30 seconds. The films were annealed in furnace at 450 °C for 60 min. The working electrode was then immersed in the solution of N-719 (Ruthenium) dye at room temperature for 24 h. A thin film of platinum (Pt) was deposited on the ITO-glass substrate as the counter electrode using print-screen technique. The structures, morphological and optical properties of the films, were examined using X-Ray Diffraction (XRD), Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscopy (FESEM) and UV-VIS spectrometer respectively. The XRD results showed that the crystalline phase of the film was anatase. The micrograph obtained using FESEM demonstrated that the prepared TiO2 film has a nanosructured characteristic. The photovoltaic properties of DSSC was studied under an incident irradiation of 100 mW/cm2. The energy conversion efficiency (η) of the DSSC with nanostuctured TiO2 (P25) and TiO2 was 0.3% and 0.2 % respectively.

  19. Electromembrane extraction as a rapid and selective miniaturized sample preparation technique for biological fluids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Gjelstad, Astrid; Pedersen-Bjergaard, Stig; Seip, Knut Fredrik

    2015-01-01

    This special report discusses the sample preparation method electromembrane extraction, which was introduced in 2006 as a rapid and selective miniaturized extraction method. The extraction principle is based on isolation of charged analytes extracted from an aqueous sample, across a thin film....... Technical aspects of electromembrane extraction, important extraction parameters as well as a handful of examples of applications from different biological samples and bioanalytical areas are discussed in the paper....

  20. PREPARATION OF PHOTOFUNCTIONAL POLYMER THIN FILMS BY LANGMUIR-BLODGETT TECHNIQUE

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Tokuji Miyashita; Tatsuo Taniguchi; Yoshihito Fukasawa

    1999-01-01

    Polymer LB films containing photofuntional groups were prepared by the copolymerization of N-dodecylacrylamide (DDA), which has an excellent property to form a stable monolayer and LB multilayers with photofunctional monomers. Tris(2, 2'-bipyridine) ruthenium complex, Ru(bpy)32+, one of the most wellknown redox-active sensitizer, was incorporated into the DDA copolymer. The photogalvanic effect based on the photoinduced electron transfer using the ruthenium complex in the polymer LB monolayer was discussed.

  1. Dynamics-based Nondestructive Structural Monitoring Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-06-21

    in the practice of non- destructive evaluation ( NDE ) and structural health monitoring (SHM). Guided wave techniques have several advantages over...conventional bulk wave ultrasonic NDE /SHM techniques. Some of these advantages are outlined in Table I. However, in addition to the advantages of...PVDF transducers for SHM applications with controlled guided wave modes and frequencies [7]. Wilcox used EMATs with circular coils in a guided wave

  2. DCT-based cyber defense techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Amsalem, Yaron; Puzanov, Anton; Bedinerman, Anton; Kutcher, Maxim; Hadar, Ofer

    2015-09-01

    With the increasing popularity of video streaming services and multimedia sharing via social networks, there is a need to protect the multimedia from malicious use. An attacker may use steganography and watermarking techniques to embed malicious content, in order to attack the end user. Most of the attack algorithms are robust to basic image processing techniques such as filtering, compression, noise addition, etc. Hence, in this article two novel, real-time, defense techniques are proposed: Smart threshold and anomaly correction. Both techniques operate at the DCT domain, and are applicable for JPEG images and H.264 I-Frames. The defense performance was evaluated against a highly robust attack, and the perceptual quality degradation was measured by the well-known PSNR and SSIM quality assessment metrics. A set of defense techniques is suggested for improving the defense efficiency. For the most aggressive attack configuration, the combination of all the defense techniques results in 80% protection against cyber-attacks with PSNR of 25.74 db.

  3. Education of the impellent-plastic expressiveness at a stage of specialized base preparation in art gymnastics.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kravchuk T.N.

    2010-12-01

    Full Text Available In the given article is proved and opened the technique of education of the impellent-plastic expressiveness at a stage of specialized base preparation in art gymnastics. Criteria and modern requirements to the impellent-plastic expressiveness of gymnasts are analyzed. Its basic components are defined: musical-rhythmic preparation; mastering by skills of expressive movement; choreographic preparation; studying of elements of national and ball dances.

  4. Synthesis and Characterization of Nanofibrous Polyaniline Thin Film Prepared by Novel Atmospheric Pressure Plasma Polymerization Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Choon-Sang Park

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This work presents a study on the preparation of plasma-polymerized aniline (pPANI nanofibers and nanoparticles by an intense plasma cloud type atmospheric pressure plasma jets (iPC-APPJ device with a single bundle of three glass tubes. The nano size polymer was obtained at a sinusoidal wave with a peak value of 8 kV and a frequency of 26 kHz under ambient air. Discharge currents, photo-sensor amplifier, and optical emission spectrometer (OES techniques were used to analyze the plasma produced from the iPC-APPJ device. Field emission scanning electron microscopy (FE-SEM, transmission electron microscopy (TEM, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR, gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS, and gel permeation chromatography (GPC techniques were used to analyze the pPANI. FE-SEM and TEM results show that pPANI has nanofibers, nanoparticles morphology, and polycrystalline characteristics. The FT-IR and GC-MS analysis show the characteristic polyaniline peaks with evidence that some quinone and benzene rings are broken by the discharge energy. GPC results show that pPANI has high molecular weight (Mw, about 533 kDa with 1.9 polydispersity index (PDI. This study contributes to a better understanding on the novel growth process and synthesis of uniform polyaniline nanofibers and nanoparticles with high molecular weights using the simple atmospheric pressure plasma polymerization technique.

  5. Preparation techniques for all-inside ACL cortical button grafts: a biomechanical study.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mayr, Raul; Heinrichs, Christian Heinz; Eichinger, Martin; Smekal, Vinzenz; Schmoelz, Werner; Attal, René

    2016-09-01

    Performing all-inside anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using cortical button fixation, the tendon graft has to be secured in a closed loop with sutures. In the present study, the graft secured with four sutures was compared with two reduced-suture material graft preparation techniques. A bovine tendon graft folded over two adjustable-length loop cortical button devices was secured using the following techniques: 1, four buried-knot sutures; 2, two sutures on the tibial end only; and 3, two sutures on the tibial graft end with additional suspension on the tibial cortical button. Each group consisted of eight specimens and underwent cyclic loading followed by a load-to-failure test. The least graft elongation after cyclic loading was observed for the graft with four sutures (6.1 ± 0.6 mm), followed by the graft with two sutures and additional suspension (6.3 ± 0.8 mm) and the graft with two sutures (7.0 ± 0.7 mm). The difference in graft elongation between four sutures and only two sutures was significant (P button graft techniques showed considerable graft elongation indicating a risk of graft lengthening in the early postoperative period.

  6. Nasal base narrowing: the combined alar base excision technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Foda, Hossam M T

    2007-01-01

    To evaluate the role of the combined alar base excision technique in narrowing the nasal base and correcting excessive alar flare. The study included 60 cases presenting with a wide nasal base and excessive alar flaring. The surgical procedure combined an external alar wedge resection with an internal vestibular floor excision. All cases were followed up for a mean of 32 (range, 12-144) months. Nasal tip modification and correction of any preexisting caudal septal deformities were always completed before the nasal base narrowing. The mean width of the external alar wedge excised was 7.2 (range, 4-11) mm, whereas the mean width of the sill excision was 3.1 (range, 2-7) mm. Completing the internal excision first resulted in a more conservative external resection, thus avoiding any blunting of the alar-facial crease. No cases of postoperative bleeding, infection, or keloid formation were encountered, and the external alar wedge excision healed with an inconspicuous scar that was well hidden in the depth of the alar-facial crease. Finally, the risk of notching of the alar rim, which can occur at the junction of the external and internal excisions, was significantly reduced by adopting a 2-layered closure of the vestibular floor (P = .01). The combined alar base excision resulted in effective narrowing of the nasal base with elimination of excessive alar flare. Commonly feared complications, such as blunting of the alar-facial crease or notching of the alar rim, were avoided by using simple modifications in the technique of excision and closure.

  7. Preparation and Adsorption Properties of PAM Based Adsorbents for Plasma Lipoproteins

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Hai Tao LI; Zhi YUAN; Xin Fu CHEN; Bin LIU; Bin SHEN; Bing Lin HE

    2004-01-01

    Crosslinked macroporous polyacrylamide(PAM)was prepared with inverse phase suspension polymerization technique.After treatment with hydrazine,the polymer was functionalized with chloroacetic acid,trifluoroacetic acid diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DEPAA), and maleic acid, respectively,and PAM based adsorbents bearing carboxyl functional groups for low density lipoprotein(LDL)apheresis use were obtained.The blood compatibility and the adsorption properties for plasma lipoproteins of PAM based adsorbents were investigated.

  8. A Comparative Study of Three Vibration Based Damage Assessment Techniques

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kirkegaard, Poul Henning; Rytter, A.

    Three different vibration based damage assessment techniques have been compared. One of the techniques uses the ratios between changes in experimentally and theoretically estimated natural frequencies, respectively, to locate a damage. The second technique relies on updating of an FEM based...

  9. Study on the effect of electrostatic interaction on core-shell nanoparticles preparation with microemulsion technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HE Xiaoxiao; WANG Kemin; TAN Weihong; CHEN Jiyun; DUAN Jinghua; YUAN Yin; LIN Xia

    2005-01-01

    The routine method for preparation of silica core-shell nanoparticles (NPs) is to carry out nucleation and shell coating through the hydrolysis of silane in water in oil (W/O) microemulsion to form three-dimensional netted silica shell. We found that electrostatic interaction of the core materials with shell materials would determine whether the stable core-shell silica NPs formed or not. The traditional important factors such as molecular weight of core materials or the thickness of the shell have no obvious relationship with it. And the stability of the core-shell silica NPs can be improved after changing the electric charge polarity by regulating the experiment condition of relevant materials if some core materials cannot be doped inside to form the stable core-shell silica NPs based on the traditional method, which provided experimental and theoretic foundation for preparation and application of the core-shell silica NPs.

  10. Flood alert system based on bayesian techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gulliver, Z.; Herrero, J.; Viesca, C.; Polo, M. J.

    2012-04-01

    The problem of floods in the Mediterranean regions is closely linked to the occurrence of torrential storms in dry regions, where even the water supply relies on adequate water management. Like other Mediterranean basins in Southern Spain, the Guadalhorce River Basin is a medium sized watershed (3856 km2) where recurrent yearly floods occur , mainly in autumn and spring periods, driven by cold front phenomena. The torrential character of the precipitation in such small basins, with a concentration time of less than 12 hours, produces flash flood events with catastrophic effects over the city of Malaga (600000 inhabitants). From this fact arises the need for specific alert tools which can forecast these kinds of phenomena. Bayesian networks (BN) have been emerging in the last decade as a very useful and reliable computational tool for water resources and for the decision making process. The joint use of Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) and BN have served us to recognize and simulate the two different types of hydrological behaviour in the basin: natural and regulated. This led to the establishment of causal relationships between precipitation, discharge from upstream reservoirs, and water levels at a gauging station. It was seen that a recurrent ANN model working at an hourly scale, considering daily precipitation and the two previous hourly values of reservoir discharge and water level, could provide R2 values of 0.86. BN's results slightly improve this fit, but contribute with uncertainty to the prediction. In our current work to Design a Weather Warning Service based on Bayesian techniques the first steps were carried out through an analysis of the correlations between the water level and rainfall at certain representative points in the basin, along with the upstream reservoir discharge. The lower correlation found between precipitation and water level emphasizes the highly regulated condition of the stream. The autocorrelations of the variables were also

  11. Identifying content-based and relational techniques to change behaviour in motivational interviewing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hardcastle, Sarah J; Fortier, Michelle; Blake, Nicola; Hagger, Martin S

    2017-03-01

    Motivational interviewing (MI) is a complex intervention comprising multiple techniques aimed at changing health-related motivation and behaviour. However, MI techniques have not been systematically isolated and classified. This study aimed to identify the techniques unique to MI, classify them as content-related or relational, and evaluate the extent to which they overlap with techniques from the behaviour change technique taxonomy version 1 [BCTTv1; Michie, S., Richardson, M., Johnston, M., Abraham, C., Francis, J., Hardeman, W., … Wood, C. E. (2013). The behavior change technique taxonomy (v1) of 93 hierarchically clustered techniques: Building an international consensus for the reporting of behavior change interventions. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 46, 81-95]. Behaviour change experts (n = 3) content-analysed MI techniques based on Miller and Rollnick's [(2013). Motivational interviewing: Preparing people for change (3rd ed.). New York: Guildford Press] conceptualisation. Each technique was then coded for independence and uniqueness by independent experts (n = 10). The experts also compared each MI technique to those from the BCTTv1. Experts identified 38 distinct MI techniques with high agreement on clarity, uniqueness, preciseness, and distinctiveness ratings. Of the identified techniques, 16 were classified as relational techniques. The remaining 22 techniques were classified as content based. Sixteen of the MI techniques were identified as having substantial overlap with techniques from the BCTTv1. The isolation and classification of MI techniques will provide researchers with the necessary tools to clearly specify MI interventions and test the main and interactive effects of the techniques on health behaviour. The distinction between relational and content-based techniques within MI is also an important advance, recognising that changes in motivation and behaviour in MI is a function of both intervention content and the interpersonal style

  12. Sample preparation and separation techniques for bioanalysis of morphine and related substances.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hansen, Steen Honoré

    2009-03-01

    In present time the use or misuse of morphine and its derivatives are monitored by assaying the presence of the drug and its metabolites in biofluids. In the present review, focus is placed on the sample preparation and on the separation techniques used in the current best practices of bioanalysis of morphine and its major metabolites. However, as methods for testing the misuse of heroin, a morphine derivative, often involve bioanalytical methods that cover a number of other illicit drug substances, such methods are also included in the review. Furthermore, the review also includes bioanalysis in a broader perspective as analysis of plant materials, cell cultures and environmental samples. The review is not intended to cover all publications that include bioanalysis of morphine but is more to be considered a view into the current best practices of bioanalysis of morphine, its metabolites and other related substances.

  13. Mechanical, dielectric and optical assessment of glass composites prepared using milling technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Gurbinder Kaur; G Pickrell; V Kumar; O P Pandey; K Singh; S K Arya

    2015-08-01

    In the present investigation, mechanical and spectroscopic properties of glass composites have been investigated. The glass composites have been prepared by the milling technique instead of using any filler particle. Due to the presence of different alkaline earth modifiers in composites, marked difference in their strength and optical properties is observed. The band gap, Urbach energy and the extinction coefficient of the glass composites have been calculated using UV–visible spectroscopy. Moreover, the real and imaginary dielectric constants have also been calculated for all the composites in addition to the Weibull statistics and cumulative probability of failure. The results have been discussed in light of comparison between the glass composites and the individual glasses. The mechanical and optical properties indicate marked effect on the mechanical strength, band gap and Urbach energy for glass composites as compared with the individual glasses.

  14. Low Temperature Preparation and Cold Manufacturing Techniques for Femoral Head of Al2O3 Ceramic

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2005-01-01

    The hip joint femoral head prosthesis was prepared using the Al2O3 material, which was synthesized by high purity alumina micro-powder and Mg- Zr- Y composite additives, the cold manufacturing techniques of lathe turning, grade polishing and the matching size correction of the sintered femoral head were studied. The results showed, after being pressed under 200 MPa cold isostatic pressure and being pre-sintered at 1 150 ℃, the biscuit' s strength can meet the demands of lathe turning; After being grade polished by SiC micro-powder and diamond abrading agent and being size corrected by special instruments, the femoral head prosthesis of Al2O3 ceramic has good surface degree of finish and articulates tightly with femoral handle.

  15. One-step electro-spinning/netting technique for controllably preparing polyurethane nano-fiber/net.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Juanping; Wang, Xianfeng; Ding, Bin; Lin, Jinyou; Yu, Jianyong; Sun, Gang

    2011-11-01

    Electro-spinning/netting (ESN) as a cutting-edge technique evokes much interest because of its ability in the one-step preparation of versatile nano-fiber/net (NFN) membranes. Here, a controllable fabrication of polyurethane (PU) NFN membranes with attractive structures, consisting of common electrospun nanofibers and two-dimensional (2D) soap bubble-like structured nano-nets via an ESN process is reported. The unique nanoscaled NFN architecture can be finely controlled by regulating the solution properties and several ESN process parameters. The versatile PU nano-nets comprising interlinked nanowires with ultrathin diameters (5-40 nm) mean that the NFN structured membranes possess several excellent characteristics, such as an extremely large specific surface area, high porosity and large stacking density, which would be particularly useful for applications in ultrafiltration, special protective clothing, ultrasensitive sensors, catalyst support and so on.

  16. Preparation of hierarchically aligned carbon nanotube films using the Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Jae-Hyeok; Kang, Won-Seok; Nam, Gwang-Hyeon; Choi, Sung-Wook; Kim, Jae-Ho

    2009-12-01

    Hierarchically-aligned single-walled carbon nanotube (SWNT) films over large areas were fabricated by using Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) technique. Thiophenyl-modified SWNTs spreading solution in chloroform was prepared through amidation reaction of oxidized SWNTs. The resulting SWNTs were found to form stable colloidal suspensions in organic solvents, such as chloroform, which is a suitable solvent for the LB application. The compression of the thiophenyl-modified SWNTs spread onto the water surface of an LB trough leading to a uniform SWNT Langmuir monolayer, where SWNTs were aligned parallel to the trough barrier. Optical anisotropy of SWNTs LB films on quartz substrate was confirmed by polarized UV-Vis/NIR spectroscopic measurement. Moreover, the electrical conductivity of the resulting SWNT films, which were parallel to the tube axis, was found to be approximately 15 times higher than those that were perpendicular to the axis, reflecting anisotropic electrical properties due to the uniaxial alignment of individual SWNT bundles.

  17. A nano-frost array technique to prepare nanoporous PVDF membranes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Min Kyung; Lee, Jonghwi

    2014-07-01

    Frost, the solid deposition of water vapor from humid air, forms on the surface of a solid substrate when its temperature drops below the freezing point of water. In this study, we demonstrate how this natural phenomenon can be applied to develop novel nanoporous materials. The solvent annealing of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) infiltrated into nanopores induced template-directed dewetting thus preparing nanoembossing films. Then, water nanodroplets formed on the cold polymer nanopatterned surfaces following the embossing patterns, similar to dew formation on the ground. Subsequently, the nanodroplets were frozen and then removed by freeze-drying. This nano-frost array technique produced nanoporous PVDF membranes with an average thickness of 250 (+/-48) nm. It was revealed that the nanopatterned surface formed by solvent annealing played an important role in achieving a nano-frost array with an adjustable size. Additionally, the freezing process led to significant changes of the PVDF crystallinity and polymorphism. Our results prove that the nano-frost array technique can be broadly used to design ordered nanoporous structures and provide new prospects in nanomaterial fields.Frost, the solid deposition of water vapor from humid air, forms on the surface of a solid substrate when its temperature drops below the freezing point of water. In this study, we demonstrate how this natural phenomenon can be applied to develop novel nanoporous materials. The solvent annealing of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) infiltrated into nanopores induced template-directed dewetting thus preparing nanoembossing films. Then, water nanodroplets formed on the cold polymer nanopatterned surfaces following the embossing patterns, similar to dew formation on the ground. Subsequently, the nanodroplets were frozen and then removed by freeze-drying. This nano-frost array technique produced nanoporous PVDF membranes with an average thickness of 250 (+/-48) nm. It was revealed that the

  18. Preparation and Characterization of Some Nanometal Oxides Using Microwave Technique and Their Application to Cotton Fabrics

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Gouda

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The objective of this paper is the synthesis of some nanometal oxides via microwave irradiation technique and their application to augment multifunctional properties of cotton fabric. Cotton fabrics containing nanometal oxides were prepared via a thiol-modification of cotton fabric samples and then dipped into the metal salt solutions precursors and transferred to the microwave oven. The surface morphology and quantitative analysis of the obtained modified cotton fabrics containing nanometal oxides were studied by scanning electron microscopy coupled with high energy dispersive X-ray (SEM-EDX. The shape and distribution of nanometal oxide inside the fabric samples were analyzed by transmission electron microscopy of cross-section fabric samples. The iron oxide nanoparticles had a nanosphere with particle size diameter 15–20 nm, copper oxide nanoparticles had a nanosphere with particle size diameter 25–30 nm, and cobalt oxide nanoparticles had a nanotube-like shape with a length of 100–150 nanometer and a diameter of ~58 nanometer, whereas the manganese oxide nanoparticles had a linear structure forming nanorods with a diameter of 50–55 nanometer and a length of 70–80 nanometers. Antibacterial activity was evaluated quantitatively against gram-positive bacteria such as Staphylococcus aureus and gram-negative bacteria such as Escherichia coli, UV-protection activity was analyzed using UV-DRS spectroscopy, and flame retardation of prepared fabric samples was evaluated according to the limiting oxygen index (LOI. Results revealed that the prepared fabric sample containing nanometal oxide possesses improved antibacterial, LOI, and UV-absorbing efficiency. Moreover, the metal oxide nanoparticles did not leach out the fabrics by washing even after 30 laundering washing cycles.

  19. Preparation of Ibuprofen-loaded Eudragit S100 nanoparticles by Solvent evaporation technique.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    VINEELA CH

    2014-07-01

    Full Text Available Aim The aim of the present study is to prepare Ibuprofen loaded Eudragit-S100 nanoparticles by means of Solvent evaporation method. Span 80 is used as surfactant. The model drug, Ibuprofen is a non-steroidal antiinflammatory drug (NSAID commonly used for the relief of symptoms of arthritis, primary dysmenorrheal, alleviating fever and reducing inflammation. It also has an analgesic effect, anti-platelet effect and vasodilation effect. Ibuprofen is available in the form of extended release tablets, chewable tablets, sustained release capsules, liquid filled capsules, syrup and suspension. Methodology Solvent evaporation technique was adapted for the preparation of Ibuprofen loaded Eudragit S100 nanoparticles. Preformed polymeric and drug solution was used as internal phase and mineral oil with 1% span 80 is used as external phase and allowed for stirring resulting in the formation of nanoparticles. Parameters like stirring rate, polymer to drug concentration and organic solvent quantity were optimized. Results and Conclusion In order to optimize the concentration of drug, polymer and organic solvent, three formulations were prepared by varying the concentration of polymer and solvents. The results obtained were compared. On comparision formulation 3(1:2 was showing particles in nanorange (345nm, higher stability (-26.9mV and better entrapment efficiency (96.47. Invitro drug release studies were performed for a period of 10hrs and 46.02% of the drug has been released from the formulation. Conclusion It was observed that as the polymer ratio increases the release rate is sustained and encapsulation efficiency also increased.

  20. Effect of preparation technique on the properties and in vivo efficacy of benzocaine-loaded ethosomes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Maestrelli, Francesca; Capasso, Gaetano; González-Rodríguez, Maria L; Rabasco, Antonio M; Ghelardini, Carla; Mura, Paola

    2009-01-01

    This study aimed to investigate the influence of the preparation conditions on the performance of an ethosomal formulation for topical delivery of the local anesthetic agent, benzocaine (BZC). Ethosomes were prepared with different techniques, such as thin-layer evaporation, freezing and thawing, reverse-phase evaporation, extrusion and sonication, obtaining, respectively, multilayer vesicles (MLVs), frozen and thawed MLV (FATMLV), large unilamellar vesicles (LUVs), and small unilamellar vesicles (SUVs). The obtained vesicles were characterized for morphology, size, zeta potential, and entrapment efficiency (EE%), and their stability was monitored during storage at 4 degrees C. In vitro permeation properties from gels incorporating drug ethosomal dispersions were evaluated in vitro by using artificial lipophilic membranes, while their anesthetic effect was determined in vivo on rabbits. The results suggested that the vesicle preparation method plays an important role in affecting the properties and effectiveness of ethosomal formulations. MLVs and LUVs exhibited higher drug EE% and better stability than FATMLV and SUV vesicles. The In vitro drug permeation rate was directly related to the vesicle EE% and varied in the order MLV>LUV approximately FATMLV>SUV. The therapeutic efficacy of BZC ethosomal formulations was significantly improved with respect to the corresponding BZC solution. The best results, in terms of enhanced intensity of anesthetic effect, were given by formulations containing MLVs and LUVs, and the order of effectiveness was MLV approximately LUV>FATMLV approximately SUV, rather similar to that found in permeation studies. On the contrary, unexpectedly, the effectiveness order in increasing the duration of drug action was SUV> or =MLV>LUV approximately FATMLV. The highest efficacy of SUVs was probably due to the more intimate contact with the epithelium due to their greatest surface area, which allowed the longest extension of drug therapeutic

  1. Closer to the native state. Critical evaluation of cryo-techniques for Transmission Electron Microscopy: preparation of biological samples.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mielanczyk, Lukasz; Matysiak, Natalia; Michalski, Marek; Buldak, Rafal; Wojnicz, Romuald

    2014-01-01

    Over the years Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) has evolved into a powerful technique for the structural analysis of cells and tissues at various levels of resolution. However, optimal sample preservation is required to achieve results consistent with reality. During the last few decades, conventional preparation methods have provided most of the knowledge about the ultrastructure of organelles, cells and tissues. Nevertheless, some artefacts can be introduced at all stagesofstandard electron microscopy preparation technique. Instead, rapid freezing techniques preserve biological specimens as close as possible to the native state. Our review focuses on different cryo-preparation approaches, starting from vitrification methods dependent on sample size. Afterwards, we discuss Cryo-Electron Microscopy Of VItreous Sections (CEMOVIS) and the main difficulties associated with this technique. Cryo-Focused Ion Beam (cryo-FIB) is described as a potential alternative for CEMOVIS. Another post-processing route for vitrified samples is freeze substitution and embedding in resin for structural analysis or immunolocalization analysis. Cryo-sectioning according to Tokuyasu is a technique dedicated to high efficiency immunogold labelling. Finally, we introduce hybrid techniques, which combine advantages of primary techniques originally dedicated to different approaches. Hybrid approaches permit to perform the study of difficult-to-fix samples and antigens or help optimize the sample preparation protocol for the integrated Laser and Electron Microscopy (iLEM) technique.

  2. Preparation of monodisperse magnetic polymer microspheres by swelling and thermolysis technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Chengli; Shao, Qian; He, Jie; Jiang, Biwang

    2010-04-06

    A novel process for the preparation of monodisperse magnetic polymer microspheres by uniquely combining swelling and thermolysis technique was reported. The monodisperse polystyrene microspheres were first prepared by dispersion polymerization and swelled in chloroform. Then, ferric oleate was dispersed in chloroform as a precursor and impregnated into the swollen polymer microspheres. Subsequently, the iron oxide nanoparticles were formed within the polymer matrix by thermal decomposition of ferric oleate. The morphology, inner structure, and magnetic properties of the magnetic polymer microspheres were studied with a field emission scanning electron microscope (SEM), transmission electron microscope (TEM), and superconducting quantum interference device (SQUID) magnetometer. The results showed that the average diameter of the magnetic polymer microspheres was 5.1 microm with a standard deviation of 0.106, and the magnetic polymer microspheres with saturation magnetization of 12.6 emu/g exhibited distinct superparamagnetic characteristics at room temperature. More interestingly, the magnetite nanoparticles with a spinel structure are evenly distributed over the whole area of the polymer microspheres. These magnetic polymer microspheres have potential applications in biotechnology.

  3. Synthesis, microstructure and mechanical properties of ceria stabilized tetragonal zirconia prepared by spray drying technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    S C Sharma; N M Gokhale; Rajiv Dayal; Ramji Lal

    2002-02-01

    Ceria stabilized zirconia powders with ceria concentration varying from 6 to 16 mol% were synthesized using spray drying technique. Powders were characterized for their particle size distribution and specific surface area. The dense sintered ceramics fabricated using these powders were characterized for their microstructure, crystallite size and phase composition. The flexural strength, fracture toughness and microhardness of sintered ceramics were measured. High fracture toughness and flexural strength were obtained for sintered bodies with 12 mol% of CeO2. Flexural strength and fracture toughness were dependent on CeO2 concentration, crystallite size and phase composition of sintered bodies. Correlation of data has indicated that the transformable tetragonal phase is the key factor in controlling the fracture toughness and strength of ceramics. It has been demonstrated that the synthesis method is effective to prepare nanocrystalline tetragonal ceria stabilized zirconia powders with improved mechanical properties. Ce–ZrO2 with 20 wt% alumina was also prepared with flexural strength, 1200 MPa and fracture toughness, 9.2 MPa √m.

  4. Spray coating as a powerful technique in preparation of solid dispersions with enhanced desloratadine dissolution rate.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kolašinac, Nemanja; Kachrimanis, Kyriakos; Djuriš, Jelena; Homšek, Irena; Grujić, Branka; Ibrić, Svetlana

    2013-07-01

    Solid dispersion systems have been widely used to enhance dissolution rate and oral bioavailability of poorly water-soluble drugs. However, the formulation process development and scale-up present a number of difficulties which has greatly limited their commercial applications. In this study, solid dispersions (SDs) of desloratadine (DSL) with povidone (PVP) and crospovidone (cPVP) were prepared by spray coating technique. The process involved the spray application of 96% ethanol solution of DSL and PVP/cPVP, and subsequent deposition of the coprecipitates onto microcrystalline cellulose pellets during drying by air flow in a mini spray coater. The results from the present study demonstrated that the spray coating process is efficient in preparing SDs with enhanced drug dissolution rate and it is highly efficient in organic solvent removal. Both PVP and cPVP greatly improved drug dissolution rate by SDs, with PVP showing better solubilization capability. Very fast drug dissolution rate is achieved from SDs containing PVP regardless of differences in K grade. SD with smaller particles of cPVP have higher drug dissolution rate in comparison to the cPVP with larger particles. Results from physical state characterization indicate that DSL in SDs exist in the amorphous (high free-energy) state which is probably stabilized by PVP/cPVP. After 6-month accelerated stability study, DSL remains amorphous, while PVP and cPVP act as anti-plasticizing agents, offering efficient steric hindrance for nucleation and crystal growth.

  5. Carbon storage as affected by different site preparation techniques two years after mixed forest stand installation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fonseca, F.; Figueiredo, T. de; Martins, A.

    2014-06-01

    Aim of study: This study aims at evaluating the impact of site preparation techniques prior to plantation on carbon storage and distribution in a young mixed stand of Pseudotsuga menziesii (PM) and Castanea sativa (CS). Area of study: The experimental field was established near Macedo de Cavaleiros, Northern Portugal, at 700 m elevation, mean annual temperature 12 degree centigrade and mean annual rainfall 678 mm. Material and methods: The experimental layout includes three replicates, where the different treatments corresponding to different tillage intensities were randomly distributed (high, moderate and slight intensity), in plots with an area of 375 m{sup 2} each. Twenty six months after forest stand installation, samples of herbaceous vegetation (0.49 m{sup 2} quadrat), forest species (8 PM and 8 CS) and mineral soil (at 0-5, 5-15, 15-30 and 30-60 cm depth) were collected in 15 randomly selected points in each treatment, processed in laboratory and analyzed for carbon by elemental carbon analyzer. Main results: The results obtained showed that: (i) more than 90% of the total carbon stored in the system is located in the soil, increasing in depth with tillage intensity; (ii) the contribution of herbaceous vegetation and related roots to the carbon storage is very low; (iii) the amount of carbon per tree is higher in CS than in PM; (iv) the global carbon storage was affected by soil tillage generally decreasing with the increase of tillage intensity. Accordingly, carbon storage capacity as affected by the application of different site preparation techniques should be a decision support tool in afforestation schemes. (Author)

  6. Synthesis and characterization of nano-sized cobalt ferrite prepared via polyol method using conventional and microwave heating techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ibrahim, Amal M., E-mail: amozarei@yahoo.co [Surface Chemistry and Catalysis Laboratory, Physical Chemistry Department, National Research Center, Al Buhouth St., Cairo (Egypt); El-Latif, M.M. Abd; Mahmoud, Morsi M. [Fabrication Technology Department, Advanced Technology and New Materials Research Institute, Mubarak City for Scientific Research and Technology Applications, Alexandria (Egypt)

    2010-09-10

    Nano-sized single-phase cobalt ferrite samples were prepared via polyol method using ethylene glycol as a high boiling point solvent as well as a reducing agent. These samples were prepared by two different heating techniques; conventional heating technique and microwave assisting technique using a 2.45 GHz multimode microwave synthesis unit. The crystallite size of the obtained samples was found to be in the range from 10 nm to 12 nm. The obtained samples were characterized using transmission electron microscope (TEM) and X-ray diffraction (XRD). Quantum design SQUID magnetometer was used to study the magnetic measurement.

  7. A multiscale structural study of nanoparticle films prepared by the Langmuir-Blodgett technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dochter, Alexandre; Pichon, Benoit P.; Fleutot, Solenne; Medard, Nicolas; Begin-Colin, Sylvie

    2013-02-01

    Arrays of magnetic nanoparticles (NPs) represent a very interesting challenge toward the development of new devices for magnetic applications such as data storage and spintronic. The final properties of such assemblies depending essentially on the spatial arrangement of NPs, it is of first importance to investigate precisely their structure. Here, the structure of monolayer and multilayer films of magnetic iron oxide NPs assembled by the Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) technique has been studied by usual techniques such as SEM, AFM and ellipsometry and by a new and an easy to process enhanced optical technique: the Surface Enhancement Ellipsometry Contrast (SEEC) microscopy. This technique is based on the use of a new generation of microscope slides used as substrates which allow the strong enhancement of the sample contrast to a point where it becomes possible to visualize the structure of monolayer and multilayer films at the nanoscale with a conventional optical microscope. The SEEC microscopy is demonstrated to be complementary to usual characterization techniques to study the structure of NPs films, especially for films containing very small nanosized NPs which are more difficult to analyze by usual techniques. While the film structure is investigated with lateral resolution of microns, the layer thickness is analyzed at the nanoscale (with a precision of 0.3 nm) with a close fit to the experimental measurements on local (AFM) and on larger (ellipsometry) areas. This technique presents the advantage to visualize directly the topography of NPs assemblies on very large areas by extracting information such as the height profile, the film roughness and generating 3D images.

  8. Preparation and evaluation of mucoadhesive simvastatin microcapsules using orifice gelation technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Trishna Bal

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Preparation and characterization of Simvastatin/ Hydroxy propyl beta cyclodextrin (HPBCD (SV/HPBCD binary systems by co-grinding technique and formulating the binary system in oral mucoadhesive microcapsules by using hydrophilic sodium alginate (SA and another plant seed mucilage dillenia (obtained from Dillenia indica, Family, Dilleniaceae using orifice gelation technique and systematically evaluating in vitro by using scanning electron microscopy (SEM, fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR, differential scanning calorimetry (DSC, and X-ray diffractometer (XRD. The microcapsules were smooth and elegant in appearance showed no visible cracks as confirmed by SEM; and extended drug release of 72.682% upto 12 hours in phosphate buffer of pH 6.8; showing particle size within the range of 371.5-457 μm, and less angle of repose, Hausner′s ratio and Carr′s consolidation index; and showed encapsulation efficiency of 63.068 ± 0.002 to 99.083 ± 0.017%. The in vitro release data of optimized batch of microcapsules were plotted in various kinetic equations to understand the mechanisms and kinetics of drug release, which followed zero order kinetics and value of "n," is calculated to be 0.505 and drug release was diffusion controlled. The in vivo antihyperlipidemic activity of formulations in mice was carried out developing hyperlipidemia in mice and then administering the optimized formulations orally, and the formulation showed promising results.

  9. Actuation behaviour of polyaniline films and tubes prepared by phase inversion technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xi, Binbin; Truong, Van-Tan; Mottaghitalab, Vahid; Whitten, Philip; Spinks, Geoffrey M.; Wallace, Gordon G.

    2005-02-01

    The phase inversion technique was used to produce polyaniline (PAn) actuators with different geometries that cannot be obtained by PAn cast from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP) solution in a conventional way. PAn was cast and coagulated in a water bath forming films and tubes with or without a platinum (Pt) wire helix as an interconnect. PAn was doped with hydrochloric solution (HCl, 1 M) (PAn/HCl) or methanesulfonic acid (MSA, 1 M) (PAn/MSA). In nitric acid (HNO3, 1 M) aqueous electrolyte, the actuation strain of PAn/HCl was 0.9% which increased to 2.0% and 2.7% for the tubes without and with the Pt helix, respectively. The Pt helix helped prevent the IR drop along the actuator. Comparing with NaNO3 (1 M) aqueous electrolyte, the use of HNO3 aqueous electrolyte gave better actuation stability where at least 100 cycles were observed and the final actuation strain was determined by the size of dopant. Change of coagulation bath from water to NMP (30% w/w)/water resulted in subtle difference in the Young"s modulus of PAn/MSA in oxidized and reduced states. PAn prepared by phase inversion technique is porous by nature, consequently it is brittle and exhibits a low actuation stress (0.3 - 0.4 MPa).

  10. Actuation behaviour of polyaniline films and tubes prepared by the phase inversion technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xi, Binbin; Truong, Van-Tan; Mottaghitalab, Vahid; Whitten, Philip G.; Spinks, Geoffrey M.; Wallace, Gordon G.

    2007-10-01

    The phase inversion technique was used to produce polyaniline (PAn) actuators with film and tube geometries. PAn dissolved in N,N-dimethyl propylene urea was cast, and then coagulated in a water bath forming films and tubes with and without a platinum (Pt) wire helix as an interconnect. The solid PAn was doped with hydrochloric acid solution (1 M HCl) (PAn/HCl) or methanesulfonic acid (1 M MSA) (PAn/MSA). The actuation strain was observed in different electrolytes using constant current stimulation at a frequency of 1 pulse per minute. In nitric acid (1 M HNO3) electrolyte, the actuation strain produced by the PAn/HCl film was 0.9%. The strain increased to 2.0% and 2.7% when the actuator geometry was changed to tube, then to tube with a Pt helix, respectively. Compared to 1 M NaNO3 electrolyte, the use of 1 M HNO3 electrolyte gave better actuation stability, where more than 100 cycles were observed. Changing the coagulation bath from water to NMP (30% w/w)/water resulted in a subtle difference in the Young's modulus of PAn/MSA in the oxidized and reduced states. PAn prepared by the phase inversion technique was porous by nature; consequently it is brittle and exhibits a low actuation stress (400 kPa).

  11. Sample preparation and in situ hybridization techniques for automated molecular cytogenetic analysis of white blood cells

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rijke, F.M. van de; Vrolijk, H.; Sloos, W. [Leiden Univ. (Netherlands)] [and others

    1996-06-01

    With the advent in situ hybridization techniques for the analysis of chromosome copy number or structure in interphase cells, the diagnostic and prognostic potential of cytogenetics has been augmented considerably. In theory, the strategies for detection of cytogenetically aberrant cells by in situ hybridization are simple and straightforward. In practice, however, they are fallible, because false classification of hybridization spot number or patterns occurs. When a decision has to be made on molecular cytogenetic normalcy or abnormalcy of a cell sample, the problem of false classification becomes particularly prominent if the fraction of aberrant cells is relatively small. In such mosaic situations, often > 200 cells have to be evaluated to reach a statistical sound figure. The manual enumeration of in situ hybridization spots in many cells in many patient samples is tedious. Assistance in the evaluation process by automation of microscope functions and image analysis techniques is, therefore, strongly indicated. Next to research and development of microscope hardware, camera technology, and image analysis, the optimization of the specimen for the (semi)automated microscopic analysis is essential, since factors such as cell density, thickness, and overlap have dramatic influences on the speed and complexity of the analysis process. Here we describe experiments that have led to a protocol for blood cell specimen that results in microscope preparations that are well suited for automated molecular cytogenetic analysis. 13 refs., 4 figs., 1 tab.

  12. Several techniques for the preparation of flour from carcasses of the Pantanal alligator (Caiman crocodilus yacare

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Vitória Regina Takeuchi FERNANDES

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available AbstractFlour prepared via current assay methodologies from the carcasses of the Pantanal alligator (Caiman crocodilus yacare was analyzed for its chemical composition, minerals, fatty acids, and sensorial profile. Carcasses of the Pantanal alligator, originating from the Coocrijapan scientific zoo, Cáceres MT Brazil, were utilized. The carcasses were cooked for 60 minutes in a pressure cooker with water containing 2% salt and 5% chimichurri. The cooked carcasses were then ground and the mass was used for the manufacture of flour via three techniques: non-smoked, hot-smoked, and liquid-smoked. After each technique, the carcasses were dehydrated at 60ºC for 3h and were ground. Alligator flour was then produced. The moisture of liquid-smoked flour (10.97% was higher than that of non-smoked flour (3.78% and hot-smoked flour (4.43%. The flours provided high protein (57.11% - 58.27% and ash (23.45 – 26.42% rates, and were predominantly calcium (6.77% - 7.69%, phosphorus (3.67% - 4.05%, and iron (73.13 – 273.73 ppm/100 mg. Smoked-flour had a better acceptance rate by tasters when compared to non-smoked flour. Results show that flours produced from alligator carcasses had high protein, ash, and mineral rates and a reasonable acceptability by most tasters.

  13. Characterisation of Pb thin films prepared by the nanosecond pulsed laser deposition technique for photocathode application

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lorusso, A., E-mail: antonella.lorusso@le.infn.it [Dipartimento di Matematica e Fisica “E. De Giorgi” and Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare, Università del Salento, Lecce 73100 (Italy); Gontad, F. [Dipartimento di Matematica e Fisica “E. De Giorgi” and Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare, Università del Salento, Lecce 73100 (Italy); Broitman, E. [Department of Physics, Chemistry and Biology (IFM), Linköping University, Linköping SE-581 83 (Sweden); Chiadroni, E. [Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati, Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare, Frascati 00044 (Italy); Perrone, A. [Dipartimento di Matematica e Fisica “E. De Giorgi” and Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare, Università del Salento, Lecce 73100 (Italy)

    2015-03-31

    Pb thin films were prepared by the nanosecond pulsed laser deposition technique on Si (100) and polycrystalline Nb substrates for photocathode application. As the photoemission performances of a cathode are strongly affected by its surface characteristics, the Pb films were grown at different substrate temperatures with the aim of modifying the morphology and structure of thin films. An evident morphological modification in the deposited films with the formation of spherical grains at higher temperatures has been observed. X-ray diffraction measurements showed that a preferred orientation of Pb (111) normal to the substrate was achieved at 30 °C while the Pb (200) plane became strongly pronounced with the increase in the substrate temperature. Finally, a Pb thin film deposited on Nb substrate at 30 °C and tested as the photocathode showed interesting results for the application of such a device in superconducting radio frequency guns. - Highlights: • Pb thin films obtained by the nanosecond pulsed laser deposition technique at different substrate temperature. • The substrate temperature modifies the morphology and structure of Pb films. • Pb thin film was deposited at room temperature for photocathode application. • The Pb thin film photocathode was tested and the quantum efficiency of the device improved after laser cleaning treatment of the film surface.

  14. Preparation of sintered silver nanosheets by coating technique using silver carbamate complex

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ahn, Hee-Yong; Cha, Jae-Ryung; Gong, Myoung-Seon, E-mail: msgong@dankook.ac.kr

    2015-03-01

    This study describes a coating technique approach for large-scale preparation of sintered silver nanosheets whose lateral dimensions were controlled in the thickness range of 50–65 nm. These procedures involved coating water-soluble poly (vinyl alcohol) (PVA) and silver 2-ethylhexylcarbamate (Ag-EHC), as well as thermal reduction of a silver precursor by heating at 150 °C, followed by dissolving away the PVA layer with alcoholic water. When the silver carbamate layer on the PVA layer was heated to 150 °C, the silver carbamate layer was thermally reduced and directed to grow into uniform sintered nanosheets with aspect ratios as high as 1000. The multi-stacked PVA/Ag structures and sintered silver nanosheets were confirmed by scanning electron microscopy, energy dispersive spectroscopy, and X-ray diffraction. Measurements of the conductive property at room temperature indicated that these nanosheets were electrically continuous with a resistivity of approximately 7.3 × 10{sup −6} Ω cm. - Highlights: • A coating technique is used to make sintered Ag nanosheets. • PVA and silver carbamate act as a separation layer and a silver precursor. • The Ag nanosheets have thickness width 50–60 nm and width up to hundred μm. • The Ag nanosheets showed a resistivity of ca. 7.3 × 10{sup −6} Ω cm.

  15. Risk based technique for improving technical specifications

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kim, I. S.; Jae, M. S.; Kim, B. S.; Hwang, S. W.; Kang, K. M.; Park, S. S.; Yu, Y. S. [Hanyang Univ., Seoul (Korea, Republic of)

    2001-03-15

    The objective of this study is to develop the systematic guidance for reviewing the documents associated with the changes of technical specifications. The work done in this fiscal year is the following : surveys in TS requirements, TS improvements and TS regulations in foreign countries as well as Korea, surveys on the state-of-the-art of RITSs and their use in Korea, development of a decision-making framework for both the licensee and the regulation agency, description of risk measures, assessment methodology on STI/AOT, and adverse effects caused by periodic maintenance, which are explained in appendix. The results of this study might contribute to enhancing the quality of the current technical specifications and contribute to preparing the risk informed regulation program using the decision-making framework developed in this study.

  16. Appropriate materials and preparation techniques for polycrystalline-thin-film thermophotovoltaic cells

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dhere, Neelkanth G.

    1997-03-01

    techniques have paved the way for obtaining epitaxial Hg1-xCdxTe thin films at substrate temperatures of ~180 °C with the desired crystalline perfection, stoichiometry, and doping without the necessity of further annealing for improving either the crystalline quality or dopant activity. Retaining larger mercury proportions during annealing would require heated enclosures as in isothermal VPE, hot-wall technique, vacuum evaporation, hot-wall MOCVD, or close-space sublimation. Pb1-xCdxTe thin films can be prepared by magnetron sputtering from cooled Pb1-xCdxTe targets on heated substrates. Hot-wall technique is suitable for the deposition of Pb1-xCdxTe thin films. Hg1-xCdxTe and Pb1-xCdxTe TPV cells will benefit from the substantial work on CdTe thin film solar cells. The paper reviews work on thin films of ternary and pseudoternary compounds of interest for TPV conversion and methods of their preparation with a view to choosing the appropriate materials and fabrication techniques for polycrystalline-thin-film TPV cells.

  17. Preparation and characterization of keratin-based biocomposite hydrogels prepared by electron beam irradiation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Park, Mira; Kim, Byoung-Suhk [Department of Organic Materials and Fiber Engineering, Chonbuk National University, Jeonju 561-756 (Korea, Republic of); Shin, Hye Kyoung [Department of Chemistry, Inha University, 100 Inharo, Incheon 402-751 (Korea, Republic of); Park, Soo-Jin, E-mail: sjpark@inha.ac.kr [Department of Chemistry, Inha University, 100 Inharo, Incheon 402-751 (Korea, Republic of); Kim, Hak-Yong, E-mail: khy@jbnu.ac.kr [Department of Organic Materials and Fiber Engineering, Chonbuk National University, Jeonju 561-756 (Korea, Republic of)

    2013-12-01

    The biocompatible and highly porous keratin-based hydrogels were prepared using electron beam irradiation (EBI). The conditions for keratin-based hydrogel formation were investigated depending on several conditions, including the presence of poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA), concentration of keratin solution, EBI dose, and poly(ethylene imine) (PEI) additives. The pure keratin (human hair and wool) aqueous solution was not gelled by EBI, while the aqueous keratin solutions blended with PVA were gelled at an EBI dose of more than 90 kGy. Furthermore, in the presence of PEI, the aqueous keratin solution blended with PVA could be gelled at a considerably lower EBI dose, even at 10 kGy. This finding suggests that the PEI additives significantly influence the rate of gelation and that PEIs function as an accelerator during gelation. The resulting keratin-based hydrogels were characterized using scanning electron microscopy (SEM), Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR), gel fraction, degree of swelling, gel strength, and kinetics of swelling analyses. - Highlights: • The biocompatible and highly porous keratin-based hydrogels were prepared using EBI. • The conditions for keratin-based hydrogel formation were examined. • PEI would play an accelerator role in the formation of keratin-based hydrogels. • The resulting keratin-based hydrogels are expected to be more environmentally friendly.

  18. Path Based Mapping Technique for Robots

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Amiraj Dhawan

    2013-05-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of this paper is to explore a new way of autonomous mapping. Current systems using perception techniques like LAZER or SONAR use probabilistic methods and have a drawback of allowing considerable uncertainty in the mapping process. Our approach is to break down the environment, specifically indoor, into reachable areas and objects, separated by boundaries, and identifying their shape, to render various navigable paths around them. This is a novel method to do away with uncertainties, as far as possible, at the cost of temporal efficiency. Also this system demands only minimum and cheap hardware, as it relies on only Infra-Red sensors to do the job.

  19. PIE: A Dynamic Failure-Based Technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Voas, Jeffrey M.

    1990-01-01

    This paper presents a dynamic technique for statistically estimating three program characteristics that affect a program's computational behavior: (1) the probability that a particular section of a program is executed, (2) the probability that the particular section affects the data state, and (3) the probability that a data state produced by that section has an effect on program output. These three characteristics can be used to predict whether faults are likely to be uncovered by software testing. Index Terms: Software testing, data state, fault, failure, testability. 1 Introduction

  20. Comparison of Vibration-Based Damage Assessment Techniques

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kirkegaard, Poul Henning; Rytter, A.

    1995-01-01

    Three different vibration-based damage assessment techniques have been compared. One of the techniques uses the ratios between changes in experimentally and theoretically estimated natural frequencies, respectively, to locate a damage. The second technique relies on updating of a finite element m...

  1. Polymer ring resonator based devices prepared by DLW

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jandura, D.; Pudis, D.; Gaso, P.; Goraus, M.

    2017-05-01

    In this paper, the fabrication method of waveguide structures and devices as ring resonators for different waveguide applications based on polymer material is presented. The structures were designed in computer-aided design (CAD) software and two-photon polymerization lithography system was used for preparation of desired devices. Morphological properties of prepared devices were investigated using scanning electron microscope (SEM) and confocal microscope. Finally, we performed measurement of optical spectrum characteristics in telecommunication wavelengths range. The results corresponds to calculated parameters. Final polymer devices are promising for lab on a chip and sensing applications due to unique elastic and chemical properties.

  2. Improved sample preparation and counting techniques for enhanced tritium measurement sensitivity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Moran, J.; Aalseth, C.; Bailey, V. L.; Mace, E. K.; Overman, C.; Seifert, A.; Wilcox Freeburg, E. D.

    2015-12-01

    Tritium (T) measurements offer insight to a wealth of environmental applications including hydrologic tracking, discerning ocean circulation patterns, and aging ice formations. However, the relatively short half-life of T (12.3 years) limits its effective age dating range. Compounding this limitation is the decrease in atmospheric T content by over two orders of magnitude (from 1000-2000 TU in 1962 to low background proportional counters which, when combined, offer improved T measurement sensitivity (~4.5 mmoles of H2 equivalent) and will help expand the application of T age dating to smaller sample sizes linked to persistent environmental questions despite the limitations above. For instance, this approach can be used to T date ~ 2.2 mmoles of CH4 collected from sample-limited systems including microbial communities, soils, or subsurface aquifers and can be combined with radiocarbon dating to distinguish the methane's formation age from C age in a system. This approach can also expand investigations into soil organic C where the improved sensitivity will permit resolution of soil C into more descriptive fractions and provide direct assessments of the stability of specific classes of organic matter in soils environments. We are employing a multiple step sample preparation system whereby organic samples are first combusted with resulting CO2 and H2O being used as a feedstock to synthesize CH4. This CH4 is mixed with Ar and loaded directly into an ultra-low background proportional counter for measurement of T β decay in a shallow underground laboratory. Analysis of water samples requires only the addition of geologic CO2 feedstock with the sample for methane synthesis. The chemical nature of the preparation techniques enable high sample throughput with only the final measurement requiring T decay with total sample analysis time ranging from 2 -5 weeks depending on T content.

  3. Characterization of cobalt oxide thin films prepared by a facile spray pyrolysis technique using perfume atomizer

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Louardi, A.; Rmili, A.; Ouachtari, F.; Bouaoud, A. [Laboratoire des Hautes Energies, Sciences de l' Ingenierie et Reacteurs (LHESIR), Equipe Ingenierie et Materiaux (INMA), Departement de Physique, Faculte des Sciences, Kenitra (Morocco); Elidrissi, B., E-mail: e.bachir@mailcity.com [Laboratoire des Hautes Energies, Sciences de l' Ingenierie et Reacteurs (LHESIR), Equipe Ingenierie et Materiaux (INMA), Departement de Physique, Faculte des Sciences, Kenitra (Morocco); Erguig, H. [Laboratoire des Hautes Energies, Sciences de l' Ingenierie et Reacteurs (LHESIR), Equipe Ingenierie et Materiaux (INMA), Departement de Physique, Faculte des Sciences, Kenitra (Morocco)

    2011-09-15

    Highlights: > Co{sub 3}O{sub 4} thin films show a micro porous structure. > Co{sub 3}O{sub 4} thin films are formed with spherical grains less than 50 nm in diameter. > The porous structure of Co{sub 3}O{sub 4} films is expected to have promising application in electrochromism. - Abstract: Cobalt oxide (Co{sub 3}O{sub 4}) thin films were prepared by a facile spray pyrolysis technique using perfume atomizer from aqueous solution of hydrated cobalt chloride salt (CoCl{sub 2}.6H{sub 2}O) as source of cobalt. The films were deposited onto the amorphous glass substrates kept at different temperatures (300-500 deg. C). The influences of molar concentration of the starting solution and substrate temperature on the structural, morphological and optical properties of (Co{sub 3}O{sub 4}) thin films were studied. It was found from X-ray diffraction (XRD) analysis that the films prepared with molar concentration greater than 0.025 M/L were polycrystalline spinel type cubic structure. The preferred orientation of the crystallites of these films changes gradually from (6 2 2) to (1 1 1) when the substrate temperature increases. By Raman spectroscopy, five Raman active modes characteristic of Co{sub 3}O{sub 4} spinel type cubic structure were found and identified at 194, 484, 522, 620 and 691 cm{sup -1}. The scanning electron microscopy (SEM) images showed micro porous structure with very fine grains less than 50 nm in diameter. These films exhibited also a transmittance value of about 70% in the visible and infra red range.

  4. Development of spray technique for the preparation of thin films and characterization of tin oxide transparent conductors

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Amanullah, F.M.; Saleh Al Mobarak, M.; Al-Dhafiri, A.M.; Al-Shibani, K.M. [King Saud Univ., Riyadh (Saudi Arabia). Dept. of Physics

    1999-06-15

    Tin oxide (TO) thin films of different thickness have been prepared by a specially designed, fabricated and developed spray technique using a stock solution of alcoholic stannous chloride (0.5 M concentration). The films have been characterized by X-ray diffraction, optical transmission and electrical studies. The XRD patterns show that the films are polycrystalline in nature and the results are in good agreement with ASTM data. From the XRD data `d` values and grain size of the crystallites have been calculated. The grain size of TO films lie in the range 300-514 A. Refractive index (n) and thickness of the films have been determined using optical transmission data. The effect of film thickness on different parameters (figure of merit, conductivity, transmission and refractive index) is presented and discussed. Variation of sheet resistance as a function of film thickness has been discussed. It is observed that the optical and electrical properties of TO films strongly depend on the thickness of the film. Optimum conditions are established based on the maximum figure of merit value. The film prepared at 450 C with the maximum thickness of 5262 A showed the maximum figure of merit 0.7 x 10{sup -3} {Omega}{sup -1}. The corresponding film properties are R = 30 {Omega} per square, T{sub f} = 0.70 (orig.) 23 refs.

  5. A novel method for preparing ultra-fine alumina-borate oxide fibres via an electrospinning technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dai, Hongqin; Gong, Jian; Kim, Hakyong; Lee, Doukrae

    2002-10-01

    Alumina-borate/PVA composite fibres were prepared using sol-gel processing and an electrospinning technique. After calcination of the thin fibres, ultra-fine fibres of alumina-borate oxide with a diameter of about 550 nm could be prepared. The fibres were characterized by SEM, XRD and FT-IR. The results showed that the crystalline phase and morphology of alumina-borate fibres were largely influenced by the calcination temperature.

  6. The base line problem in DLTS technique

    OpenAIRE

    G. Couturier; Thabti, A.; Barrière, A.S.

    1989-01-01

    This paper describes a solution to suppress the base line problem in DLTS spectroscopy using a lock-in amplifier. The method has been used to characterize deep levels in a GaAs Schottky diode. Comparison with the classical method based on the use of a capacitance meter in the differential mode is established. The electric field dependence of the DLTS signal in a weakly doped semiconductor is also reported and proves the efficiency of the method. Finally, the data process is discussed.

  7. Fuel cell membrane preparation: effects of base polymer

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brack, H.P.; Scherer, G.G. [Paul Scherrer Inst. (PSI), Villigen (Switzerland)

    1997-06-01

    Radiation grafted films and membranes prepared from the partially fluorinated base copolymer poly(ethylene-alt-tetrafluoroethylene) or ETFE have better mechanical properties than those prepared from poly(tetrafluoroethylene-co-hexafluoropropylene) or FEP. The influence of the base copolymer film type on the grafting rate and yields is reported in the present investigation. An understanding of the effects of these parameters is important so that the grafting process can be carried out reproducibly in as short a time as possible. The grafting rate and yield as a function of the irradiation dose has been found to be much higher for the partially fluorinated base copolymer ETFE. (author) 2 figs., 1 tab., 5 refs.

  8. In Vitro Comparison of Instrumentation Time and Cleaning Capacity between Rotary and Manual Preparation Techniques in Primary Anterior Teeth

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Z. Bahrololoomi

    2007-06-01

    Full Text Available Objective: The aim of this study was to evaluate and compare the cleaning ability and instrumentation time of manual and rotary methods used for preparation of primary an-terior teeth.Materials and Methods: Forty-four primary anterior teeth were used in this experi-mental study. Access cavities were prepared and India ink was injected into the canals. The samples were divided into three groups according to the instrument and preparation technique. In group I the root canals were manually instrumented with K-files. Rotary Flexmaster instruments were used for canal preparation in Group II, and the samples in Group III (control were not instrumented. After canal preparation, the teeth were cleared with methyl salicilate and the removal of India ink was measured in the cervical, middle and apical thirds. The incidence of file breakage and instrumentation time was recorded in the three study groups. Statistical analysis was performed using Mann-Whitney and t-tests.Results: There was no significant difference in cleaning capacity between the two tech-niques, but a significant difference was found between the experimental and control groups. Working time was significantly shorter when using the rotary system. No file fracture was observed during the study period.Conclusion: Regarding the shorter working time for rotary instrumentation and the similar cleaning ability of the two techniques, the application of the rotary system is suggested for preparation of decidious root canals during pulpectomy.

  9. Application of Response Surface Methodology in Development of Sirolimus Liposomes Prepared by Thin Film Hydration Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Saeed Ghanbarzadeh

    2013-04-01

    Full Text Available Introduction: The present investigation was aimed to optimize the formulating process of sirolimus liposomes by thin film hydration method. Methods: In this study, a 32 factorial design method was used to investigate the influence of two independent variables in the preparation of sirolimus liposomes. The dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC /Cholesterol (Chol and dioleoyl phosphoethanolamine(DOPE /DPPC molar ratios were selected as the independent variables. Particle size (PS and Encapsulation Efficiency (EE % were selected as the dependent variables. To separate the un-encapsulated drug, dialysis method was used. Drug analysis was performed with a validated RP-HPLC method. Results: Using response surface methodology and based on the coefficient values obtained for independent variables in the regression equations, it was clear that the DPPC/Chol molar ratio was the major contributing variable in particle size and EE %. The use of a statistical approach allowed us to see individual and/or interaction effects of influencing parameters in order to obtain liposomes with desired properties and to determine the optimum experimental conditions that lead to the enhancement of characteristics. In the prediction of PS and EE % values, the average percent errors are found to be as 3.59 and 4.09%. This value is sufficiently low to confirm the high predictive power of model. Conclusion: Experimental results show that the observed responses were in close agreement with the predicted values and this demonstrates the reliability of the optimization procedure in prediction of PS and EE % in sirolimus liposomes preparation.

  10. Structural Characterization of Polymer-Clay Nanocomposites Prepared by Co-Precipitation Using EPR Techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Udo Kielmann

    2014-02-01

    Full Text Available Polymer-clay nanocomposites (PCNCs containing either a rubber or an acrylate polymer were prepared by drying or co-precipitating polymer latex and nanolayered clay (synthetic and natural suspensions. The interface between the polymer and the clay nanoparticles was studied by electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR techniques by selectively addressing spin probes either to the surfactant layer (labeled stearic acid or the clay surface (labeled catamine. Continuous-wave (CW EPR studies of the surfactant dynamics allow to define a transition temperature T* which was tentatively assigned to the order-disorder transition of the surfactant layer. CW EPR studies of PCNC showed that completely exfoliated nanoparticles coexist with agglomerates. HYSCORE spectroscopy in PCNCs showed couplings within the probe −assigned with DFT computations− and couplings with nuclei of the environment, 1H and 23Na for the surfactant layer probe, and 29Si, 7Li, 19F and 23Na for the clay surface probe. Analysis of these couplings indicates that the integrity of the surfactant layer is conserved and that there are sizeable ionic regions containing sodium ions directly beyond the surfactant layer. Simulations of the very weak couplings demonstrated that the HYSCORE spectra are sensitive to the composition of the clay and whether or not clay platelets stack.

  11. Anisotropy of mechanical and thermal properties of AZ31 sheets prepared using the ARB technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Halmešová, K.; Trojanová, Z.; Džugan, J.; Drozd, Z.; Minárik, P.; Knapek, M.

    2017-07-01

    In the accumulative roll bonding (ARB) technique, repeated stacking of material followed by conventional roll-bonding is carried out. For this process the surfaces are cleaned with ethanol and then joined together by rolling. The rolled material is then cut into two halves, again surface treated and roll-bonded. This process may be repeated several times. For the magnesium alloy AZ31 (Mg-3Al-1Zn) rolling at an elevated temperature of 400 °C is necessary for ARB because of the low plasticity of hexagonal magnesium alloys at lower temperatures. Samples for this study were prepared using 1 to 3 ARB passes through the rolling mill. It was found that the ARB substantially refined the grain size of sheets to the micrometer scale. The microstructure and texture of the deformed samples were studied by light and electron microscopy. The mechanical properties of the ARB samples were explored using tensile test-pieces cut from the sheets with the tensile axis taken either parallel or perpendicular to the rolling direction, where a significant anisotropy in both mechanical properties and Young’s modulus was found. Anisotropy is explained on the basis of the specific microstructure and texture formed during the ARB process.

  12. Metallic/semiconducting ratio of carbon nanotubes in a bundle prepared using CVD technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Khurshed Ahmad Shah; S S Islam; H S Mavi; A K Shukla; Harsh

    2006-08-01

    We present an investigation of the nature of single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) in a bundle by resonant Raman spectroscopy. The calculation has been done for the three peak positions in radial breathing mode (RBM) spectra obtained by using a laser excitation wavelength () of 633 nm from He–Ne laser on SWNT bundle sample prepared by chemical vapor deposition (CVD) technique using iron catalyst at 800° C. The detailed analysis in the present study is focused on peak positions 162 cm-1, 186 cm-1, and 216 cm-1. The first step of the analysis is to construct a list of possible (, ) pairs from the diameters calculated from the RBM peak positions. The parameters of SWNTs studied gives in-depth understanding of many symmetry, resonance and characteristic properties of SWNT bundles. Our results indicate that the contribution of metallic SWNTs in the bundle is small at RBM peak positions 162 cm-1, 186 cm-1 and in agreement with pervious results at peak position 216 cm-1.

  13. Preparation of Mo/Cu composites by SLS method and its post-treatment techniques

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LIU Bin; CHENG Jun; BAI Pei-kang; WANG Jian-hong

    2006-01-01

    A multi-component polymer-coated molybdenum powder was chosen for selective laser sintering(SLS). The powder was prepared by coating polymer on Mo particles and frozen by grinding techniques. The laser sintering activities and sound densification response were obtained by optimizing the process parameters. The post-treatment process of SLS samples was developed, which was high temperature sintering Mo framework combined with Cu impregnation. Then, the Mo/Cu composites are gained. The microstructure evolution of post-treatment samples was investigated by scanning electron microscopy. Mo grains frequently string together. The microstructural characterization of Mo/Cu composites is homogeneous compound structure of adhesive phase Cu linked with Mo grains. There is little ellipsoidal Mo grains singly existing around Cu phase. Between Mo grains and Cu zone, there is a medium changing zone with width of 10-20 nm. Post-treatment mechanism is Mo framework sintering of solid phase and Cu impregnation of melting/solidification. The mechanical and thermal properties concluding tensile strength, elastic modulus, elongation and linear expansion of Mo/Cu composites were studied.

  14. [An investigation of HAP/organic polymer composite coatings prepared by electrochemical co-deposition technique].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Haobing; Lin, Changjian; Leng, Yang

    2003-03-01

    An electrochemical co-deposition technique has been developed to prepare a hydroxyapatite (HAP)/organic polymer composite coatings on Ti surface as new biomaterial of hard tissue. The composite coating of organic polymer and calcium phosphate is formed by adding a water soluble polymer of the ethylene series to NH4H2PO4-Ca (NO3)2 solution when conducting an appropriate electrochemical co-deposition experiment. The XRD, SEM, XPS, SIMS and nano indent measurements were performed to characterize the morphology, composition, structure and surface stiffness of the composite coating. It was found that the morphology and surface hardness of the coatings showed a remarkable modification when introducing a minor polymer to HAP coating, and the bonding force between the coating and metal substrate was distinctly increased. The incorporation of minor organic polymer into the HAP compound at molecular level will improve the mechanical properties and morphology of the composite coatings, and this may be helpful to raising its bio-activity.

  15. Preparation and Characterization of CuO Nanoparticles by Novel Sol-Gel Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Y. Aparna

    2012-10-01

    Full Text Available Recent developments of nanosize materials of metal and metal oxide particles are intensively pursued because of their prominence in different fields of applications. Among all the transition metal oxides, CuO is a potential candidate for the application of magnetic storage devices, solar energy transfer, sensors, and super capacitors etc. Moreover CuO nanoparticles act as a good catalyst in some of the chemical reactions. CuO nanoparticles were prepared by novel sol-gel method. In this technique CuCl2.6H2O is added with acetic acid and heated to 100 °C with continuous stirring. To control the ph of the above solution, NaOH is added to the solution till ph reached desired value. The color of the solution changed from blue to black with precipitation. The black precipitation was washed 3 – 4 times with distilled water. Finally the solution was centrifuged and dried in air for one day. The CuO nanoparticles were characterized by studying their structure with X-ray diffraction and composition by energy dispersive X-ray analysis. The size of the nanoparticles is estimated by particle size analyzer and transmission electron microscopy. The optical studies were carried out with Uv-Vis spectrophotometer.

  16. Techniques for Exercise Preparation and Management in Adults with Type 1 Diabetes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pinsker, Jordan E; Kraus, Amy; Gianferante, Danielle; Schoenberg, Benjamen E; Singh, Satbir K; Ortiz, Hallie; Dassau, Eyal; Kerr, David

    2016-12-01

    People with type 1 diabetes are at risk for early- and late-onset hypoglycemia following exercise. Reducing this risk may be possible with strategic modifications in carbohydrate intake and insulin use. We examined the exercise preparations and management techniques used by individuals with type 1 diabetes before and after physical activity and sought to determine whether use of differing diabetes technologies affects these health-related behaviours. We studied 502 adults from the Type 1 Diabetes Exchange's online patient community, Glu, who had completed an online survey focused on diabetes self-management and exercise. Many respondents reported increasing carbohydrate intake before (79%) and after (66%) exercise as well as decreasing their meal boluses before (53%) and after (46%) exercise. Most reported adhering to a target glucose level before starting exercise (77%). Despite these accommodations, the majority reported low blood glucose (BG) levels after exercise (70%). The majority of users of both insulin pump therapy (CSII) and continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) (Combined) reported reducing basal insulin around exercise (55%), with fewer participants adjusting basal insulin when using other devices (SMBG only = 20%; CGM = 34%; CSII = 42%; pmanagement strategies tailored to individuals' overall diabetes management, for despite making exercise-specific adjustments for care, many people with type 1 diabetes still report significant difficulties with BG control when it comes to exercise. Copyright © 2016 Canadian Diabetes Association. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  17. Non-thermal plasma as preparative technique to evaluate olive oil adulteration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Van Durme, Jim; Vandamme, Jeroen

    2016-10-01

    In recent years adulteration of pure extra virgin olive oil (EVOO) with other types of vegetable oils has become an important issue. In this study, non-thermal plasma (NTP) is investigated as an innovative preparative analytical technique enabling classification of adulterated olive oil from an ascertained authentic batch of olive oil in a more sensitive manner. Non-thermal plasma discharges are a source of highly oxidative species such as singlet oxygen, and atomic oxygen. It was assumed that NTP-induced oxidation triggers unique lipid oxidation mechanisms depending on the specific composition of the oil matrix and minor constituents. In this work EVOO samples were adulterated with sunflower oil (1-3%) and submitted to NTP treatment. Results showed that while untreated samples could not be classified from the authentic olive oil reference, NTP treatments of 60min (Ar/O2 0.1%) on the oil batches resulted in the formation of a unique set of secondary volatile lipid oxidation products enabling classification of adulterated oil samples.

  18. Nanostructured zirconium titanate fibers prepared by particulate sol–gel and cellulose templating techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rouhani, P. [Helmerich Advanced Technology Research Center, School of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Oklahoma State University, OK 74106 (United States); Salahinejad, E. [Helmerich Advanced Technology Research Center, School of Material Science and Engineering, Oklahoma State University, OK 74106 (United States); Department of Materials Science and Engineering, School of Engineering, Shiraz University, Zand Blvd., 7134851154 Shiraz (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Kaul, R. [Department of Biochemistry and Microbiology, Center for Health Sciences, Oklahoma State University, OK 74107 (United States); Vashaee, D. [Helmerich Advanced Technology Research Center, School of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Oklahoma State University, OK 74106 (United States); Tayebi, L., E-mail: lobat.tayebi@okstate.edu [Helmerich Advanced Technology Research Center, School of Material Science and Engineering, Oklahoma State University, OK 74106 (United States); School of Chemical Engineering, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK 74078 (United States)

    2013-08-15

    Highlights: •A method to produce zirconium titanate fibers was introduced. •The resultant structure and photocatalytic activity of the fiber were investigated. •The fiber exhibited higher photocatalytic characteristics, compared with the powders. -- Abstract: In this paper, a method for cost-effective production of nanostructured zirconium titanate (ZrTiO{sub 4}) fibers is introduced. In this method, ZrTiO{sub 4} fibers were synthesized by a sol–gel technique using cellulose fibers as the template. The resultant structures were studied by transmission electron microscopy, X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, and Brunauer–Emmett–Teller (BET) analyses. The photocatalytic activity of the fiber was compared to that of ZrTiO{sub 4} powders prepared by the same sol–gel method, in dark and under UVA and UVC radiations. According to the results, after calcination accompanied by the template removal, the ZrTiO{sub 4} fiber consists of uniformly-deposited, crystalline nanoparticles. This nanostructured fiber exhibited a higher surface area and a higher porosity compared with the ZrTiO{sub 4} powders, resulting in considerably higher photocatalytic characteristics, as confirmed by the experiment. The large surface area and the enhanced photocatalytic activity of the ZrTiO{sub 4} fibers also offer applications in sensors and bioactive films.

  19. Bevacizumab loaded solid lipid nanoparticles prepared by the coacervation technique: preliminary in vitro studies

    Science.gov (United States)

    Battaglia, Luigi; Gallarate, Marina; Peira, Elena; Chirio, Daniela; Solazzi, Ilaria; Giordano, Susanna Marzia Adele; Gigliotti, Casimiro Luca; Riganti, Chiara; Dianzani, Chiara

    2015-06-01

    Glioblastoma, the most common primary brain tumor in adults, has an inauspicious prognosis, given that overcoming the blood-brain barrier is the major obstacle to the pharmacological treatment of brain tumors. As neoangiogenesis plays a key role in glioblastoma growth, the US Food and Drug Administration approved bevacizumab (BVZ), an antivascular endothelial growth factor antibody for the treatment of recurrent glioblastoma in patients whose the initial therapy has failed. In this experimental work, BVZ was entrapped in solid lipid nanoparticles (SLNs) prepared by the fatty-acid coacervation technique, thanks to the formation of a hydrophobic ion pair. BVZ activity, which was evaluated by means of four different in vitro tests on HUVEC cells, increased by 100- to 200-fold when delivered in SLNs. Moreover, SLNs can enhance the permeation of fluorescently labelled BVZ through an hCMEC/D3 cell monolayer—an in vitro model of the blood brain barrier. These results are promising, even if further in vivo studies are required to evaluate the effective potential of BVZ-loaded SLNs in glioblastoma treatment.

  20. Design and evaluation of injectable niclosamide nanocrystals prepared by wet media milling technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ye, Yanghuan; Zhang, Xingwang; Zhang, Tianpeng; Wang, Huan; Wu, Baojian

    2015-01-01

    Niclosamide is an anthelmintic drug that also demonstrates great potential in fighting against cancers. However, parenteral delivery of niclosamide is challenged due to its insoluble property. This study aimed to develop an injectable formulation for niclosamide using nanocrystals. Niclosamide nanocrystals were prepared by wet media milling technique and characterized by electronic microscopes, differential scanning calorimetry, powder X-ray diffractometry and drug release, etc. The resulting nanocrystals using Tween 80 as the stabilizer were approximately 235 nm in particle size and showed a satisfactory stability. Pharmacokinetic studies revealed that there was no significant difference in plasma concentration-time profiles between nanocrystals and the control formulation (i.e. drug solution). By contrast, a significant difference in tissue distribution was observed at 2 h. Further, niclosamide nanocrystals presented a comparable antitumor effect to the drug solution against EC9076 cell line. We concluded that the nanocrystal formulation with solution-like behaviors should be a promising choice for intravenous delivery of niclosamide.

  1. Preparation and characterization of nano-hydroxyapatite powder using sol–gel technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    K P Sanosh; Min-Cheol Chu; A Balakrishnan; T N Kim; Seong-Jai Cho

    2009-10-01

    Hydroxyapatite (HA) nano powders (20–60 nm) were synthesized using a sol–gel route with calcium nitrate and phosphoric acid as calcium and phosphorus precursors, respectively. Double distilled water was used as a diluting media for HA sol preparation and ammonia was used to adjust the pH. After aging, the HA gel was dried at 65°C and calcined to different temperatures ranging from 200–800°C. The dried and calcined powders were characterized for phase composition using X-ray diffractometry, elemental dispersive X-ray and Fourier transform infra-red spectroscopy. The particle size and morphology were studied using transmission electron microscopy. Calcination revealed HA nano powders of increased particle size and crystallinity with increase in temperature. For all calcinations temperatures, the particle size distribution analysis of HA powders showed skewed distribution plot. At temperature of 700°C and above, formation of CaO was noticed which was attributed to phosphorous volatilization. This study showed that high purity HA with varying degrees of crystallinity could be obtained using this simple technique.

  2. An Authentication Technique Based on Classification

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李钢; 杨杰

    2004-01-01

    We present a novel watermarking approach based on classification for authentication, in which a watermark is embedded into the host image. When the marked image is modified, the extracted watermark is also different to the original watermark, and different kinds of modification lead to different extracted watermarks. In this paper, different kinds of modification are considered as classes, and we used classification algorithm to recognize the modifications with high probability. Simulation results show that the proposed method is potential and effective.

  3. Porous starch/cellulose nanofibers composite prepared by salt leaching technique for tissue engineering.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nasri-Nasrabadi, Bijan; Mehrasa, Mohammad; Rafienia, Mohammad; Bonakdar, Shahin; Behzad, Tayebeh; Gavanji, Shahin

    2014-08-08

    Starch/cellulose nanofibers composites with proper porosity pore size, mechanical strength, and biodegradability for cartilage tissue engineering have been reported in this study. The porous thermoplastic starch-based composites were prepared by combining film casting, salt leaching, and freeze drying methods. The diameter of 70% nanofibers was in the range of 40-90 nm. All samples had interconnected porous morphology; however an increase in pore interconnectivity was observed when the sodium chloride ratio was increased in the salt leaching. Scaffolds with the total porogen content of 70 wt% exhibited adequate mechanical properties for cartilage tissue engineering applications. The water uptake ratio of nanocomposites was remarkably enhanced by adding 10% cellulose nanofibers. The scaffolds were partially destroyed due to low in vitro degradation rate after more than 20 weeks. Cultivation of isolated rabbit chondrocytes on the fabricated scaffold proved that the incorporation of nanofibers in starch structure improves cell attachment and proliferation.

  4. An Experimental Insight into the ZnO Thin Films Properties Prepared by Dip Coating Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Benhaliliba

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available The physical properties of the pure and metal doped ZnO films are investigated using a low cost dip coating technique. The films have grown slowly onto a glass substrate at room temperature. Based on X-ray pattern parameters are extracted such as grain size, lattice parameters. Optical measurements within the UV-Vis band give us the transmittance of films ( 80 % and optical band gap. Using the Hall Effect measurement (HMS in room temperature, we determine the bulk density of charge carriers, mobility and their electrical resistivity.

  5. The associations among family meal frequency, food preparation frequency, self-efficacy for cooking, and food preparation techniques in children and adolescents.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Woodruff, Sarah J; Kirby, Ashley R

    2013-01-01

    The purpose of this study was to describe family dinner frequency (FDF) by food preparation frequency (prep), self-efficacy for cooking (SE), and food preparation techniques (techniques) among a small sample in southwestern Ontario, Canada. A cross-sectional survey was administered under the supervision of the research team. After-school programs, sports programs, and 1 elementary school. The sample included 145 participants (41% boys, 59% girls) in grades 4-8. Demographics, prep, SE, techniques, FDF, and family meal attitudes and behaviors. Exploratory 1-way ANOVA and chi-square analyses were used. An ordinal regression analysis was used to determine the associations between FDF with descriptor variables (sex, grade, and ethnicity) and prep, SE, techniques, FDF, and family meal attitudes and behaviors (P family dinners on 6 or 7 days per week. Half of participants were involved with prep 1-6 times per week. Mean SE was 25.3 (scale 1-32), and girls performed more techniques than boys (P = .02). Participants with greater SE (odds ratio = 1.15) and higher family meal attitudes and behaviors (odds ratio = 1.15) were more likely to have a higher FDF. Future health promotion strategies for family meals should aim at increasing children's and adolescents' SE. Copyright © 2013 Society for Nutrition Education and Behavior. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  6. Huffman-based code compression techniques for embedded processors

    KAUST Repository

    Bonny, Mohamed Talal

    2010-09-01

    The size of embedded software is increasing at a rapid pace. It is often challenging and time consuming to fit an amount of required software functionality within a given hardware resource budget. Code compression is a means to alleviate the problem by providing substantial savings in terms of code size. In this article we introduce a novel and efficient hardware-supported compression technique that is based on Huffman Coding. Our technique reduces the size of the generated decoding table, which takes a large portion of the memory. It combines our previous techniques, Instruction Splitting Technique and Instruction Re-encoding Technique into new one called Combined Compression Technique to improve the final compression ratio by taking advantage of both previous techniques. The instruction Splitting Technique is instruction set architecture (ISA)-independent. It splits the instructions into portions of varying size (called patterns) before Huffman coding is applied. This technique improves the final compression ratio by more than 20% compared to other known schemes based on Huffman Coding. The average compression ratios achieved using this technique are 48% and 50% for ARM and MIPS, respectively. The Instruction Re-encoding Technique is ISA-dependent. It investigates the benefits of reencoding unused bits (we call them reencodable bits) in the instruction format for a specific application to improve the compression ratio. Reencoding those bits can reduce the size of decoding tables by up to 40%. Using this technique, we improve the final compression ratios in comparison to the first technique to 46% and 45% for ARM and MIPS, respectively (including all overhead that incurs). The Combined Compression Technique improves the compression ratio to 45% and 42% for ARM and MIPS, respectively. In our compression technique, we have conducted evaluations using a representative set of applications and we have applied each technique to two major embedded processor architectures

  7. FDI and Accommodation Using NN Based Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Garcia, Ramon Ferreiro; de Miguel Catoira, Alberto; Sanz, Beatriz Ferreiro

    Massive application of dynamic backpropagation neural networks is used on closed loop control FDI (fault detection and isolation) tasks. The process dynamics is mapped by means of a trained backpropagation NN to be applied on residual generation. Process supervision is then applied to discriminate faults on process sensors, and process plant parameters. A rule based expert system is used to implement the decision making task and the corresponding solution in terms of faults accommodation and/or reconfiguration. Results show an efficient and robust FDI system which could be used as the core of an SCADA or alternatively as a complement supervision tool operating in parallel with the SCADA when applied on a heat exchanger.

  8. Segmentation of Color Images Based on Different Segmentation Techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Purnashti Bhosale

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we propose an Color image segmentation algorithm based on different segmentation techniques. We recognize the background objects such as the sky, ground, and trees etc based on the color and texture information using various methods of segmentation. The study of segmentation techniques by using different threshold methods such as global and local techniques and they are compared with one another so as to choose the best technique for threshold segmentation. Further segmentation is done by using clustering method and Graph cut method to improve the results of segmentation.

  9. Preparation of bacterial cellulose based hydrogels and their viscoelastic behavior

    OpenAIRE

    2015-01-01

    Bacterial cellulose (BC) based hydrogels have been prepared in blended with carboxymethylcellulose and polyvinyl pyrrolidone by using heat treatment. The properties of BC-CMC and BC-PVP hydrogels were compared with pure BC, CMC and PVP hydrogels. These hydrogels were investigated by measuring their structural, morphological and viscoelastic properties. Through the morphological images, alignment of the porous flake like structures could be seen clearly within the inter-polymeric network of th...

  10. Earthquake Analysis of Structure by Base Isolation Technique in SAP

    OpenAIRE

    T. Subramani; J. Jothi

    2014-01-01

    This paper presents an overview of the present state of base isolation techniques with special emphasis and a brief on other techniques developed world over for mitigating earthquake forces on the structures. The dynamic analysis procedure for isolated structures is briefly explained. The provisions of FEMA 450 for base isolated structures are highlighted. The effects of base isolation on structures located on soft soils and near active faults are given in brief. Simple case s...

  11. The impact of the salting-out technique on the preparation of colloidal particulate systems for pharmaceutical applications.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mendoza-Muñoz, Néstor; Quintanar-Guerrero, David; Allémann, Eric

    2012-12-01

    The recent advances in nanotechnology and its application in medicine have merged into a new concept called nanomedicine. Colloidal drug delivery systems and specifically polymeric nanoparticles are one of the most promising novel drug carriers due to their capacity for passive or active targeting for therapeutic and diagnostic applications. The introduction of novel therapeutic nanoscaled agents requires simple, efficient and feasible industrial-scale production methods. Biodegradable polymeric nanoparticles are usually prepared from preformed polymers by five techniques: emulsification- solvent evaporation, solvent displacement, salting-out, emulsification-solvent diffusion and double emulsion solvent evaporation. This review discusses the use of the salting-out technique for the preparation of nanoparticles in the development of systems for drug delivery and other pharmaceutical applications. The relevant applications, formulations and release characteristics of novel colloidal drug delivery preparations from research literature and patents are summarized. This review is intended as a tool for the rational development of polymeric colloidal systems for pharmaceutical use.

  12. Preparation, characterization and optoelectronic properties of nanodiamonds doped zinc oxide nanomaterials by a ball milling technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ullah, Hameed; Sohail, Muhammad; Malik, Uzma; Ali, Naveed; Bangash, Masroor Ahmad; Nawaz, Mohsan

    2016-07-01

    Zinc oxide (ZnO) is one of the very important metal oxides (MOs) for applications in optoelectronic devices which work in the blue and UV regions. However, to meet the challenges of obtaining ZnO nanomaterials suitable for practical applications, various modifications in physico-chemical properties are highly desirable. One of the ways adopted for altering the properties is to synthesize composite(s) of ZnO with various reinforcements. Here we report on the tuning of optoelectronic properties of ZnO upon doping by nanodiamonds (NDs) using the ball milling technique. A varying weight percent (wt.%) of NDs were ball milled for 2 h with ZnO nanoparticles prepared by a simple precipitation method. The effects of different parameters, the calcination temperature of ZnO, wt.% of NDs and mechanical milling upon the optoelectronic properties of the resulting ZnO-NDs nanocomposites have been investigated. The ZnO-NDs nanocomposites were characterized by IR spectroscopy, powder x-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (EDX). The UV-vis spectroscopy revealed the alteration in the bandgap energy (Eg ) of ZnO as a function of the calcination temperature of ZnO, changing the concentration of NDs, and mechanical milling of the resulting nanocomposites. The photoluminescence (PL) spectroscopy showed a decrease in the deep level emission (DLE) peaks and an increase in near-band-edge transition peaks as a result of the increasing concentration of NDs. The decrease in DLE and increase in band to band transition peaks were due to the strong interaction between the NDs and the Zn+; consequently, the Zn+ concentration decreased on the interstitial sites.

  13. Chitosan-pectin hybrid nanoparticles prepared by coating and blending techniques.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rampino, A; Borgogna, M; Bellich, B; Blasi, P; Virgilio, F; Cesàro, A

    2016-03-10

    The preparation of chitosan nanoparticles in combination with pectins, as additional mucoadhesive biopolymers, was investigated. Pectins from apple and from citrus fruit were considered; polygalacturonic acid was taken as a reference. Tripolyphosphate was used as an anionic cross-linker. Two different techniques were compared, namely the coating and the blending. Coated nanoparticles (NPs) in the ratio pectin:NPs from 2:1 to 5:1 evidenced that the size of NPs increased as the amount of pectin (both from apple and citrus fruit) was increased. In particular, for NPs coated with pectin from citrus fruit the size ranges from 200 to 260nm; while for NPs coated with pectin from apple the size ranges from 330 to 450nm. A minimum value of Z-potential around -35mV was obtained for the ratio pectin:NPs 4:1, while further addition of pectin did not decrease the Z-potential. Also blended NPs showed a dependence of the size on the ratio of the components: for a given ratio pectin:tripolyphosphate the size increases as the fraction of chitosan increases; for a low ratio chitosan:pectin a high amount of tripolyphosphate was needed to obtain a compact structure. The effect of the additional presence of loaded proteins in chitosan-pectin nanoparticles was also investigated, since proteins contribute to alter the electrostatic interactions among charged species. FT-IR and DSC characterization are presented to confirm the interactions between biopolymers. Finally, the biocompatibility of the used materials was assessed by the chorioallantoic membrane assay, confirming the safety of the materials.

  14. Synthesis, characterization and evaluation of nano-zirconium vanadate ion exchanger by using three different preparation techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Abd El-Latif, M.M., E-mail: amona1911@yahoo.com [Fabrication Technology Department, Advanced Technology and New Materials Research Institute (ATNMRI), Mubarak City for Scientific Research and Technology Applications (MuCSAT), Alexandria (Egypt); Elkady, M.F., E-mail: maroelkady@yahoo.com [Fabrication Technology Department, Advanced Technology and New Materials Research Institute (ATNMRI), Mubarak City for Scientific Research and Technology Applications (MuCSAT), Alexandria (Egypt)

    2011-01-15

    Sol-gel, homogeneous precipitation and hydrothermal synthesis are three different preparation techniques have been used as an attempt to synthesize nano-zirconium vanadate with properties suitable to be used as ion exchangers. The impact of the synthetic preparation variables such as the reactant concentrations, reaction temperature and reaction time on the ion exchange capacity of the produced ion exchanger has been considered for each preparation technique. One sample from each preparation technique having the largest ion exchange capacity has been selected to be physically and chemically characterized using various analytical techniques such as XRD, TGA, DSC, pH titration, FTIR and SEM in order to determine the properties of the ion exchanger produced from each technique. For all the studied ZrV samples it can be presumed that they have the ion exchange affinity sequences for alkali metal ions K > Na > Li, the order for the alkaline earth metals is Ba > Ca > Mg and their affinity for radioactive metals follow Cs > Sr. Moreover, the prepared materials are of high thermal and radiation stabilities. Also they have high chemical stabilities toward wide concentration ranges of acid, basic as well as polar solvents. It has been deduced from the X-ray analysis that ZrV produced from the sol-gel technique has an amorphous structural. While those produced from the homogeneous precipitation and hydrothermal synthesis techniques, in the nano-scale have semi-crystalline structural. Furthermore, SEM confirms that particle size of the all studied prepared ZrV samples have nano-diameters of range 50-60 nm. Specific surface area of the three different prepared ion exchangers are found to be equal to 187, 192 and 320 m{sup 2}/g for sol-gel, homogeneous precipitation and hydrothermal, respectively. A tentative structural formula of Zr(OH){sub 2}(HVO{sub 4}){sub 2}.2H{sub 2}O has been proposed for all studied samples on the basis of on FTIR, DSC and TGA results.

  15. The Effect of Using Patency File on Apical Transportation in Canals Prepared with Passive Step Back Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S M Hasheminia

    2004-10-01

    Full Text Available Background: The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of patency file on apical transportation in curved canals prepared with passive step back (P.S.B technique. Methods: This is an interceptive experimental, Invitro, study. Human extracted first permanent molars with 19-23mm length and curvature of 15-35 degrees (Schneider method were considered for use in this study. Simple sampling was done and 35 teeth for each group was selected. In experimental group A canal preparation was done with P.S.B technique and usage of a # 10 file (as Patency file between successive files. In experimental group B preparation was done in the same way except for usage of patency file. Pre and post operative radiographs were taken with similar condition. Radiographs were scanned and changes in canal curvature was determined using four different methods [Schneider, Weine, Long – Axis techniques (L. A.T, and Digital image overlay technique (overlay. T] , using Idrisi for windows and AutoCAD softwares. Results: The mean of canal transportation angle in experimental group A with Schneider, Weine , LAT, and Over Lay techniques was: 7.006 ± 3.478, 12. 285 ± 6.032, 4.376 ± 3.516, 3.147 ± 2.744 respectively. Mean of canal transportation angle in experimental group B with the same methods was also determined: 8.009 ± 4.178, 13.55 ± 7.602, 9.464 ± 5.384, and 9.641 ± 5.382 respectively. T- test statistical analysis shows that there are no significant differences between the mean of canal transportation angles in two groups as measured by Schneider and Weine method (P>0.05. Mann- Whitney test shows that there are statistically significant differences between two groups as measured by LAT and Over Lay techniques (P<0.001. Conclusions: Results of this study shows that patency file in conjunction with P.S.B techniques causes significant reduction in apical transportation angle. Shortcomings of Schneider method in determination of canal curvature and specially

  16. Array-based techniques for fingerprinting medicinal herbs

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xue Charlie

    2011-05-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Poor quality control of medicinal herbs has led to instances of toxicity, poisoning and even deaths. The fundamental step in quality control of herbal medicine is accurate identification of herbs. Array-based techniques have recently been adapted to authenticate or identify herbal plants. This article reviews the current array-based techniques, eg oligonucleotides microarrays, gene-based probe microarrays, Suppression Subtractive Hybridization (SSH-based arrays, Diversity Array Technology (DArT and Subtracted Diversity Array (SDA. We further compare these techniques according to important parameters such as markers, polymorphism rates, restriction enzymes and sample type. The applicability of the array-based methods for fingerprinting depends on the availability of genomics and genetics of the species to be fingerprinted. For the species with few genome sequence information but high polymorphism rates, SDA techniques are particularly recommended because they require less labour and lower material cost.

  17. Inverter-based circuit design techniques for low supply voltages

    CERN Document Server

    Palani, Rakesh Kumar

    2017-01-01

    This book describes intuitive analog design approaches using digital inverters, providing filter architectures and circuit techniques enabling high performance analog circuit design. The authors provide process, supply voltage and temperature (PVT) variation-tolerant design techniques for inverter based circuits. They also discuss various analog design techniques for lower technology nodes and lower power supply, which can be used for designing high performance systems-on-chip.    .

  18. The effects of surgical preparation techniques and implant macro-geometry on primary stability: An in vitro study

    Science.gov (United States)

    Severino, Marco; Rastelli, Claudio; Bernardi, Sara; Caruso, Silvia; Galli, Massimo; Lamazza, Luca; Di Paolo, Carlo

    2017-01-01

    Background The attainment of a good primary stability is a necessary condition to ensure the success of osseointegration in implantology. In type IV cancellous bone, however, it is possible that a reduced primary stability can lead to an increased rate of failure. The aim of this study was therefore to determine, with the help of the resonance frequency (Osstell mentor), which technique of implant site preparation (piezo surgery, conventional, under-preparation, bone compaction, osteodistraction) and macro-geometry is able to improve implant stability in type IV cancellous bone. Material and Methods 10 pig ribs were prepared with a surgical pre-drilled guide, calibrated for a correct implant positioning. On each rib, 5 implant sites (one for each technique) were prepared. Successively, 50 conical implants (Tekka Global D) were inserted and measured with the resonance frequency to evaluate the primary stability. Data collected were analyzed by analysis of variance (ANOVA) to test whether the Implant Stability Quotient (ISQ) values of the five techniques were significantly different. Results The results showed that no significant differences among the ISQ values of the five techniques used were found. Also, no significant differences in the macro-geometry of the two types of compared implants were observed. However, the macro-geometry of Tekka implants, characterized by a double condensing thread, seems to provide greater ISQ values than those of single thread implants when using the same technique. Conclusions In light of these preliminary data, it is conceivable that in cases of reduced stability, such as those occurring with a type IV bone, all means ameliorating the primary stability and accelerating the osseointegration can be utilized. Key words:Implant primary stability, resonance frequency analysis, implant site preparation. PMID:28160577

  19. Thickness dependence of dispersion parameters of the MoO{sub x} thin films prepared using the vacuum evaporation technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Akın, Ümmühan, E-mail: uakin@selcuk.edu.tr; Şafak, Haluk

    2015-10-25

    The optical behaviors of molybdenum oxide thin films are highly important due to their widespread applications. In the present paper, the effect of thickness on the structure, morphology and optical properties of molybdenum oxide (MoO{sub x}) thin films prepared on Corning glass substrates using thermal evaporation technique was studied. The structure and morphology of films were characterized using X-ray diffraction (XRD) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM), respectively, while their optical properties were investigated by UV-VIS-NIR spectrophotometry in the spectral range from 300 to 2500 nm. It was observed that whole films have amorphous structure and also they showed rather high transmittance values reached nearly up to 90%. Absorption analysis showed two types of electronic transitions; both direct and indirect interband transition energy values of films decrease from 4.47 to 3.45 eV and from 3.00 to 2.75 eV, respectively, with increasing the film thickness, while the width of the localized states tail increases with thickness. This decrease in the band gap value can be attributed to the rising oxygen-ion vacancy densities with the thickness. The refractive indices of films were calculated from Sellmeier coefficients determined by nonlinear curve fitting method based on the measured transmittance spectral data. The dispersion of the refractive index was discussed in terms of the Wemple-DiDomenico single-oscillator model. The dispersion parameters such as average oscillator energy, E{sub o}, the dispersion energy, E{sub d}, and static refractive index n{sub o} were evaluated and they found to vary significantly with the film thickness. - Highlights: • MoO{sub x} thin films with different thickness were prepared using the vacuum evaporation technique. • The variation of fundamental absorption edge with the film thickness was determined. • A detailed dispersion analysis based on the Wemple-DiDomenico model was performed. • The dependence of all

  20. Role of recipient-site preparation techniques and post-operative wound dressing in the surgical management of vitiligo

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nour Al-Hadidi

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Vitiligo is an acquired skin disorder characterized by the destruction of melanocytes resulting in achromic macules and patches involving the affected skin. Multiple methods of treatments have emerged to manage vitiligo, including medical and surgical techniques. Among the surgical techniques described in the management of vitiligo are minipunch grafting, split-thickness skin grafting, hair follicle transplantation, suction blister grafting, and cultured and non-cultured autologous melanocyte transplantation. However, prior to grafting optimal recipient-site preparation is needed for graft survival and successful repigmentation outcomes. Similarly, post-operative care of the recipient site is vital to yielding a viable graft irrespective of the transplantation technique employed. This article reviews the multiple methods employed to prepare the recipient site in vitiligo surgeries and the post-surgical conditions which optimize graft viability. A pubmed search was conducted utilizing the key words listed below.

  1. Preparation and characterization of porous titanium using space-holder technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    NIU Wenjuan; BAI Chenguang; QIU Guibao; WANG Qiang; WEN Liangying; CHEN Dengfu; DONG Lingyan

    2009-01-01

    Titanium-based porous materials can be used in structural applications and medical implants because of their excellent mechanical properties at elevated temperatures, good corrosion resistance and wonderful biocompatibility. However, most of the methods used to produce the po-rous metal can only give limited porosity and uncontrollable pore morphologies. In the present study, a newly developed method of powder metallurgy using the space-holder technique was used to fabricate porous titanium with controllable porosity. The morphological features and mechanical properties of the products were fully investigated. The results show that the porosity is in the range of 55%-75%, and the mean pore size, with an average sphericity of~0.72, is 600 μm The plateau stresses vary between 10 MPa and 35 MPa. As predicted by the Gibson-Ashby model, the plateau stress decreases with increasing porosity.

  2. Recent developments in micro- and nanofabrication techniques for the preparation of amorphous pharmaceutical dosage forms.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qi, Sheng; Craig, Duncan

    2016-05-01

    Nano- and microfabrication techniques have been widely explored in the textile, polymer and biomedical arenas, although more recently these systems have attracted considerable interest as drug delivery vehicles with concomitant considerations of physical characterization, scalability, stability and drug release. In this review, the current thinking with regards to the manufacture of solid amorphous pharmaceutical materials using electrohydrodynamic and gyration-based approaches, melt-spinning approaches, thermal moulding, inkjet printing and 3D printing will be examined in the context of their potential and actual viability as dosage forms. A series of practical examples will be discussed as to how these approaches have been used as means of producing drug delivery systems for a range of delivery systems and treatments.

  3. The use of continuous improvement techniques: A survey-based ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    International Journal of Engineering, Science and Technology ... The use of continuous improvement techniques: A survey-based study of current practices ... Prior research has focused mainly on the effect of continuous improvement practices ...

  4. Preparation and properties of copper-oil-based nanofluids

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xie Wenjie

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Abstract In this study, the lipophilic Cu nanoparticles were synthesized by surface modification method to improve their dispersion stability in hydrophobic organic media. The oil-based nanofluids were prepared with the lipophilic Cu nanoparticles. The transport properties, viscosity, and thermal conductivity of the nanofluids have been measured. The viscosities and thermal conductivities of the nanofluids with the surface-modified nanoparticles have higher values than the base fluids do. The composition has more significant effects on the thermal conductivity than on the viscosity. It is valuable to prepare an appropriate oil-based nanofluid for enhancing the heat-transfer capacity of a hydrophobic system. The effects of adding Cu nanoparticles on the thermal oxidation stability of the fluids were investigated by measuring the hydroperoxide concentration in the Cu/kerosene nanofluids. The hydroperoxide concentrations are observed to be clearly lower in the Cu nanofluids than in their base fluids. Appropriate amounts of metal nanoparticles added in a hydrocarbon fuel can enhance the thermal oxidation stability.

  5. Preparation and properties of copper-oil-based nanofluids.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Dan; Xie, Wenjie; Fang, Wenjun

    2011-05-05

    In this study, the lipophilic Cu nanoparticles were synthesized by surface modification method to improve their dispersion stability in hydrophobic organic media. The oil-based nanofluids were prepared with the lipophilic Cu nanoparticles. The transport properties, viscosity, and thermal conductivity of the nanofluids have been measured. The viscosities and thermal conductivities of the nanofluids with the surface-modified nanoparticles have higher values than the base fluids do. The composition has more significant effects on the thermal conductivity than on the viscosity. It is valuable to prepare an appropriate oil-based nanofluid for enhancing the heat-transfer capacity of a hydrophobic system. The effects of adding Cu nanoparticles on the thermal oxidation stability of the fluids were investigated by measuring the hydroperoxide concentration in the Cu/kerosene nanofluids. The hydroperoxide concentrations are observed to be clearly lower in the Cu nanofluids than in their base fluids. Appropriate amounts of metal nanoparticles added in a hydrocarbon fuel can enhance the thermal oxidation stability.

  6. Preparation and Characterization of Sugar Based Catalyst on Various Supports

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jidon Adrian Janaun

    2017-04-01

    Full Text Available A novel structured carbon-based acid catalyst was prepared by depositing the carbon precursor onto glass, ceramic and aluminum supports via dip-coating method, followed by carbonization process for converting the d-glucose layer into black carbon char in an inert nitrogen environment at 400 °C. Then, the –SO3H group was introduced into the framework of the carbon char by multiple vapor phase sulfonation. Four different carbonization methods were carried out (dry pyrolysis and hydrothermal carbonization with or without pressurized in the catalyst preparation while among the carbonization methods, the samples which prepared from dry pyrolysis without pressurized process showed the strong acidity due to highest adsorption of acid group in the catalyst surface although the catalyst attached onto the support was the least compared to other preparation methods. Among the catalysts, the sulfonated carbon-base catalyst that is attached on the ceramic support exhibited the highest aci-dity (1.327 mmol/g followed by the catalyst deposited on the glass (0.917 mmol/g and aluminum (0.321 mmol/g supports. The porous structure of ceramic surface, allowed a better interaction between reactants and –SO3H site in the carbon. Through the FT-IR analysis, it was observed that the functional groups –COOH, –OH, and –SO3H were present in the active sites of the catalysts. The surface areas of  glass (Si–SC, ceramic (Ce–SC and aluminum (Al–SC catalysts were larger than 1 m2/g, whereas the pore size belongs to macroporous as the average pore size is more than 50 nm. It is also stable within the temperature of 400 °C as there was less than 10% weight loss revealed from the TGA analysis. Copyright © 2017 BCREC GROUP. All rights reserved Received: 20th April 2016; Revised: 14th October 2016; Accepted: 17th October 2016 How to Cite: Janaun, J.A., Mey, T.J., Bono, A., Krishnaiah, D. (2017. Preparation and Characterization of Sugar Based Catalyst on Various

  7. The detection of bulk explosives using nuclear-based techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Morgado, R.E.; Gozani, T.; Seher, C.C.

    1988-01-01

    In 1986 we presented a rationale for the detection of bulk explosives based on nuclear techniques that addressed the requirements of civil aviation security in the airport environment. Since then, efforts have intensified to implement a system based on thermal neutron activation (TNA), with new work developing in fast neutron and energetic photon reactions. In this paper we will describe these techniques and present new results from laboratory and airport testing. Based on preliminary results, we contended in our earlier paper that nuclear-based techniques did provide sufficiently penetrating probes and distinguishable detectable reaction products to achieve the FAA operational goals; new data have supported this contention. The status of nuclear-based techniques for the detection of bulk explosives presently under investigation by the US Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) is reviewed. These include thermal neutron activation (TNA), fast neutron activation (FNA), the associated particle technique, nuclear resonance absorption, and photoneutron activation. The results of comprehensive airport testing of the TNA system performed during 1987-88 are summarized. From a technical point of view, nuclear-based techniques now represent the most comprehensive and feasible approach for meeting the operational criteria of detection, false alarms, and throughput. 9 refs., 5 figs., 2 tabs.

  8. Land preparation techniques and vegetation type commonly determine soil conditions in a typical hilly watershed, Loess Plateau of China.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yu, Yang; Wei, Wei; Chen, Liding; Feng, Tianjiao; Qin, Wei

    2017-04-01

    Soil is a key component of the earth, it plays important role in regulating the chemical, hydrological and biological cycles. Land preparation techniques (e.g., leveled ditches, leveled benches, adversely graded tableland and fish-scale pits) is one of the most effective ecological engineering practices to reduce water erosion. Land preparation greatly affects soil physicochemical properties, soil moisture variation, runoff and sediment prevention. This study investigated the influence of different land preparation techniques on soil conditions, runoff and erosion during vegetation restoration, which remained poorly understand to date. Soil samples were collected from depths of 0-10 cm, 10-20 cm, 20-40 cm, 40-60 cm, 60-80 cm and 80-100 cm, in the typical hilly watershed of Dingxi City, Loess Plateau. Soil bulk density (BD), soil organic matter (SOM) and total nitrogen (TN) were determined for different land preparations and vegetation type (Caragana korshinskii, Platycladus orientalis, Pinus tabulaeformis and Prunus armeniaca) combinations. Fractal theory was used to analyze the soil particle size distribution (PSD). Redundancy analyses were conducted to distinguish the relationships between soil conditions and the factors influencing them (land preparation and vegetation). The analysis of runoff coefficient and erosion rates were calculated considering the monitoring time. The results indicated that: 1) the effect of land preparation on soil properties and PSD varies with soil depth. For each land preparation category, SOM and TN values showed a significant difference between the top soil layer and the underlying soil depth. 2) The 20 cm soil layer was a boundary that distinguished the explanatory factors, with land preparation and vegetation type as the controlling factors in the 0-20 cm and 20-100 cm soil layers, respectively. Land preparation and vegetation significantly affected soil properties in the surface soil layer, while land preparation (41.6%) was the

  9. Industrial Preparation of Bauxite-based Mullite Raw Material

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    YANG Zhongzheng; DING Baohua

    2008-01-01

    Bauxite-based mullite grogs were prepared with grade II bauxite(≤3mm)and coal gangue(≤3mm)as starting materials with formula of w(Al2O3)=68%~72%.Mill the mixture to particle size≤0.044mm by wet milling to homogenize chemical composition. After shaping by wet extrusion and drying, the materials were fired at 1550℃, 1600℃ and 1700℃ for 6 hours respectively. After cooling apparent porosity and bulk density of fired materials were tested. The results show as follows: the appropriate sintering temperature for bauxite-based mullite with homogeneous and consistent composition and microstructure and properties is 1600℃,at which the mullite has apparent porosity≤1.5%,bulk density≥2.81g·cm-3and refractoriness under load is 1610-1650℃.Compared with the laboratory results, the sintering temperature is lowered about 100℃,bulk density increased 0.06g?cm-3.The industrial feasibility of preparing bauxite-based mullite grogs with the processing is confirmed.

  10. Preparation of perlite-based carbon dioxide absorbent.

    Science.gov (United States)

    He, H; Wu, L; Zhu, J; Yu, B

    1994-02-01

    A new highly efficient carbon dioxide absorbent consisting of sodium hydroxide, expanded perlite and acid-base indicator was prepared. The absorption efficiency, absorption capacity, flow resistance and color indication for the absorbent were tested and compared with some commercial products. The absorbent can reduce the carbon dioxide content in gases to 3.3 ppb (v/v) and absorbs not less than 35% of its weight of carbon dioxide. Besides its large capacity and sharp color indication, the absorbent has an outstanding advantage of small flow resistance in comparison with other commercial carbon dioxide absorbents. Applications in gas analysis and purification were also investigated.

  11. Plant Growth Promoting Bacteria from Cow Dung Based Biodynamic Preparations

    OpenAIRE

    Radha, T. K.; RAO, D. L. N.

    2014-01-01

    Indigenous formulations based on cow dung fermentation are commonly used in organic farming. Three biodynamic preparations viz., Panchagavya (PG), BD500 and ‘Cow pat pit’ (CPP) showed high counts of lactobacilli (109 ml−1) and yeasts (104 ml−1). Actinomycetes were present only in CPP (104 ml−1) and absent in the other two. Seven bacterial isolates from these ferments were identified by a polyphasic approach: Bacillus safensis (PG1), Bacillus cereus (PG2, PG4 PG5), Bacillus subtilis (BD2) Lysi...

  12. Agarose- and alginate-based biopolymers for sample preparation: Excellent green extraction tools for this century.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sanagi, Mohd Marsin; Loh, Saw Hong; Wan Ibrahim, Wan Nazihah; Pourmand, Neda; Salisu, Ahmed; Wan Ibrahim, Wan Aini; Ali, Imran

    2016-03-01

    Recently, there has been considerable interest in the use of miniaturized sample preparation techniques before the chromatographic monitoring of the analytes in unknown complex compositions. The use of biopolymer-based sorbents in solid-phase microextraction techniques has achieved a good reputation. A great variety of polysaccharides can be extracted from marine plants or microorganisms. Seaweeds are the major sources of polysaccharides such as alginate, agar, agarose, as well as carrageenans. Agarose and alginate (green biopolymers) have been manipulated for different microextraction approaches. The present review is focused on the classification of biopolymer and their applications in multidisciplinary research. Besides, efforts have been made to discuss the state-of-the-art of the new microextraction techniques that utilize commercial biopolymer interfaces such as agarose in liquid-phase microextraction and solid-phase microextraction.

  13. Advanced Cookware and Techniques for Food Preparation at Reduced Pressure and Gravity Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — We propose to develop detailed design requirements for adapting COTS cooking appliances for meal preparation under Lunar 8 psia ambient conditions, and to produce...

  14. A Novel Melt-Dispersion Technique for Simplistic Preparation of Chlorpromazine-Loaded Polycaprolactone Nanocapsules

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Thiresen Govender

    2015-06-01

    Full Text Available The aim of this study was to design, synthesize and optimize chlorpromazine hydrochloride (CPZ-loaded, poly-ε-caprolactone (PCL based nanocapsules, intended for site specific delivery to the frontal lobe, using a novel melt-dispersion technique that is non-arduous, inexpensive and devoid of any hazardous organic solvents. Experimental trials using a central composite design were performed on 13 statistically derived formulations of various combinations of PCL (1000–3000 mg and Polysorbate 80 (2%–5% v/v on the physicochemical and physicomechanical properties and interactive effects on PCL nanocapsule formulation. Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC, Temperature modulated differential scanning calorimetry (TMDSC and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR revealed that there was no thermodegardation of the constituents utilized in the melt dispersion technique. Nanocapsule yields achieved were very high however entrapment of CPZ proved to be relatively low due to the highly hydrophilic nature of CPZ and the processing of the nanocapsules post synthesis. Nanocapsule sizes were in the nanotherapeutic range and varied from 132.7 ± 6.8 nm to 566.6 ± 5.5 nm. Zeta potential ranged from 15.1 ± 0.65 mV to 28.8 ± 0.84 mV revealing capsules that were of incipient to moderate stability. Transmission electron microscopy revealed nanocapsules that were spherical shape, well individualized with a moderate degree of flocculation. In vitro CPZ release was biphasic for all formulations with an initial burst release followed by pseudo-steady controlled release over 30 days. The cytotoxicity of the optimized nanocapsule system on a PC12 neuronal cell line proved to be minimal. Following incorporation of the optimized nanocapsules within a polymeric membrane, in vivo implantation of the device in a New Zealand Albino rabbit model proved the efficacy of the system in achieving prolonged more targeted CPZ levels to the brain. Extensive in vitro

  15. Preparation and Evaluation of Inhalable Itraconazole Chitosan Based Polymeric Micelles

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Esmaeil Moazeni

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available Background: This study evaluated the potential of chitosan based polymeric micelles as a nanocarrier system for pulmonary delivery of itraconazole (ITRA.Methods: Hydrophobically modified chitosan were synthesized by conjugation of stearic acid to the hydrophilic depolymerized chitosan. FTIR and 1HNMR were used to prove the chemical structure and physical properties of the depolymerized and the stearic acid grafted chitosan. ITRA was entrapped into the micelles and physicochemical properties of the micelles were investigated. Fluorescence spectroscopy, dynamic laser light scattering andtransmission electron microscopy were used to characterize the physicochemical properties of the prepared micelles. The in vitro pulmonary profile of polymeric micelles was studied by an air-jet nebulizer connected to a twin stage impinger.Results: The polymeric micelles prepared in this study could entrap up to 43.2±2.27 μg of ITRA per milliliter. All micelles showed mean diameter between 120–200 nm. The critical micelle concentration of the stearic acid grafted chitosan was found to be 1.58×10-2 mg/ml. The nebulization efficiency was up to 89% and the fine particle fraction (FPF varied from 38% to 47%. The micelles had enough stability to remain encapsulation of the drug during nebulization process.Conclusions: In vitro data showed that stearic acid grafted chitosan based polymeric micelles has a potential to be used as nanocarriers for delivery of itraconazole through inhalation.

  16. Power system stabilizers based on modern control techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Malik, O.P.; Chen, G.P.; Zhang, Y.; El-Metwally, K. [Calgary Univ., AB (Canada). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering

    1994-12-31

    Developments in digital technology have made it feasible to develop and implement improved controllers based on sophisticated control techniques. Power system stabilizers based on adaptive control, fuzzy logic and artificial networks are being developed. Each of these control techniques possesses unique features and strengths. In this paper, the relative performance of power systems stabilizers based on adaptive control, fuzzy logic and neural network, both in simulation studies and real time tests on a physical model of a power system, is presented and compared to that of a fixed parameter conventional power system stabilizer. (author) 16 refs., 45 figs., 3 tabs.

  17. An Improved Particle Swarm Optimization Algorithm Based on Ensemble Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SHI Yan; HUANG Cong-ming

    2006-01-01

    An improved particle swarm optimization (PSO) algorithm based on ensemble technique is presented. The algorithm combines some previous best positions (pbest) of the particles to get an ensemble position (Epbest), which is used to replace the global best position (gbest). It is compared with the standard PSO algorithm invented by Kennedy and Eberhart and some improved PSO algorithms based on three different benchmark functions. The simulation results show that the improved PSO based on ensemble technique can get better solutions than the standard PSO and some other improved algorithms under all test cases.

  18. Efficient Plant Supervision Strategy Using NN Based Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Garcia, Ramon Ferreiro; Rolle, Jose Luis Calvo; Castelo, Francisco Javier Perez

    Most of non-linear type one and type two control systems suffers from lack of detectability when model based techniques are applied on FDI (fault detection and isolation) tasks. In general, all types of processes suffer from lack of detectability also due to the ambiguity to discriminate the process, sensors and actuators in order to isolate any given fault. This work deals with a strategy to detect and isolate faults which include massive neural networks based functional approximation procedures associated to recursive rule based techniques applied to a parity space approach.

  19. Usefulness of liquid-based preparation in urine cytology.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hwang, Eu Chang; Park, Seong Hoon; Jung, Seung Il; Kwon, Dong Deuk; Park, Kwangsung; Ryu, Soo Bang; Park, Chang Soo

    2007-07-01

    ThinPrep (TP), a liquid-based cytological and non-invasive technique to confirm the diagnosis of bladder cancer, is reported to be a better screening test than the conventional cytospin method. This study compared the new MonoPrep2 (MP), a liquid-based cytological technique, with TP for diagnosing bladder cancer. Between January 2003 and June 2004, urine samples from 284 patients were processed using the TP and MP methods. The cytological diagnosis and the determination of specimen quality were performed separately. The cytological diagnoses were classified into four categories: unsatisfactory, benign, borderline, and malignant. A subsequent biopsy was performed in 73 patients. The cytological diagnoses were compared with the biopsy results to evaluate the sensitivity and specificity of the two methods. Considering all the features examined, the overall specimen quality was comparable between the MP and TP techniques in the majority of cases. The rate of satisfactory specimens was 100% for TP and 98.6% for MP. The diagnostic capacity was similar between MP and TP. The overall sensitivities with MP and TP were 58.6 and 62.0%, respectively, and the specificities were 100 and 97.7%; the differences were not significant (P > 0.05). MP and TP produced comparable results in diagnosing bladder cancer. As MP is less expensive than TP, we recommend MP as an alternative liquid-based cytology method for use in bladder cancer screening.

  20. An Agent Communication Framework Based on XML and SOAP Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李晓瑜

    2009-01-01

    This thesis introducing XML technology and SOAP technology,present an agent communication fi-amework based on XML and SOAP technique,and analyze the principle,architecture,function and benefit of it. At the end, based on KQML communication primitive lan- guages.

  1. Decomposition Techniques and Effective Algorithms in Reliability-Based Optimization

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Enevoldsen, I.; Sørensen, John Dalsgaard

    1995-01-01

    The common problem of an extensive number of limit state function calculations in the various formulations and applications of reliability-based optimization is treated. It is suggested to use a formulation based on decomposition techniques so the nested two-level optimization problem can be solved...

  2. Data Mining and Neural Network Techniques in Case Based System

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2001-01-01

    This paper first puts forward a case-based system framework basedon data mining techniques. Then the paper examines the possibility of using neural n etworks as a method of retrieval in such a case-based system. In this system we propose data mining algorithms to discover case knowledge and other algorithms.

  3. Synthesis and magnetic properties of barium-calcium hexaferrite particles prepared by sol-gel and microemulsion techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jotania, R. B.; Khomane, R. B.; Chauhan, C. C.; Menon, S. K.; Kulkarni, B. D.

    The preparation of W-type hexaferrite particles with the composition BaCa 2Fe 16O 27 by microemulsion and a stearic acid sol-gel method with and without surfactant has been investigated at various sintering temperatures. The structural and magnetic characteristics have been studied by X-ray diffraction (XRD), a vibrating sample magnetometer (VSM), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), differential scanning calorimetric (DSC) and Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) techniques. The effect of sintering temperature on the properties of BaCa 2Fe 16O 27 hexaferrites has been studied. The value of saturation magnetization ( Ms) depends on types of surfactant used. The sample prepared in the presence of polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleat (Tween 80) shows low saturation magnetization ( Ms=15.10 emu/g), whereas the other sample prepared in the presence of a surfactant cetyltrimethylammonium bromide (CTAB) exhibits high saturation magnetization ( Ms=24.60 emu/g) compared to the normal sample.

  4. Simulation-based optimization parametric optimization techniques and reinforcement learning

    CERN Document Server

    Gosavi, Abhijit

    2003-01-01

    Simulation-Based Optimization: Parametric Optimization Techniques and Reinforcement Learning introduces the evolving area of simulation-based optimization. The book's objective is two-fold: (1) It examines the mathematical governing principles of simulation-based optimization, thereby providing the reader with the ability to model relevant real-life problems using these techniques. (2) It outlines the computational technology underlying these methods. Taken together these two aspects demonstrate that the mathematical and computational methods discussed in this book do work. Broadly speaking, the book has two parts: (1) parametric (static) optimization and (2) control (dynamic) optimization. Some of the book's special features are: *An accessible introduction to reinforcement learning and parametric-optimization techniques. *A step-by-step description of several algorithms of simulation-based optimization. *A clear and simple introduction to the methodology of neural networks. *A gentle introduction to converg...

  5. A Hough Transform based Technique for Text Segmentation

    CERN Document Server

    Saha, Satadal; Nasipuri, Mita; Basu, Dipak Kr

    2010-01-01

    Text segmentation is an inherent part of an OCR system irrespective of the domain of application of it. The OCR system contains a segmentation module where the text lines, words and ultimately the characters must be segmented properly for its successful recognition. The present work implements a Hough transform based technique for line and word segmentation from digitized images. The proposed technique is applied not only on the document image dataset but also on dataset for business card reader system and license plate recognition system. For standardization of the performance of the system the technique is also applied on public domain dataset published in the website by CMATER, Jadavpur University. The document images consist of multi-script printed and hand written text lines with variety in script and line spacing in single document image. The technique performs quite satisfactorily when applied on mobile camera captured business card images with low resolution. The usefulness of the technique is verifie...

  6. Stoichiometry-controlled high-performance LiCoO 2 electrode materials prepared by a spray solution technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Konstantinov, K.; Wang, G. X.; Yao, J.; Liu, H. K.; Dou, S. X.

    LiCoO 2 cathode materials have been prepared by a spray-drying technique. The stoichiometry of the materials, their morphology, and the phase composition and electrochemical performance have been studied. The effects of thermal annealing and decomposition processes on the structure are discussed in detail. The changes of Li content in materials were monitored by ICP spectrometry. It was established that the decomposition of the acetates at around 450 °C is a slurry-making process that compacts the powder. It was found that well lithiated samples with good life cycle and high capacity can be prepared using acetate precursors and a spray solution technique. The morphology, grain size and texturing can be controlled by the sintering time and temperature in combination with intermediate grinding.

  7. In vitro biological characterization of macroporous 3D Bonelike structures prepared through a 3D machining technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Laranjeira, M.S.; Dias, A.G. [INEB - Instituto de Engenharia Biomedica, Divisao de Biomateriais, Universidade do Porto, Rua do Campo Alegre, 823, 4150-180 Porto (Portugal); Santos, J.D. [INEB - Instituto de Engenharia Biomedica, Divisao de Biomateriais, Universidade do Porto, Rua do Campo Alegre, 823, 4150-180 Porto (Portugal); Universidade do Porto, Faculdade de Engenharia, Departamento de Engenharia Metalurgica e Materiais, Rua Dr. Roberto Frias, 4200-465 Porto - Portugal (Portugal); Fernandes, M.H., E-mail: mhrf@portugalmail.pt [Universidade do Porto, Faculdade de Medicina Dentaria, Laboratorio de Farmacologia e Biocompatibilidade Celular, Rua Dr. Manuel Pereira da Silva, 4200-392 Porto (Portugal)

    2009-04-30

    3D bioactive macroporous structures were prepared using a 3D machining technique. A virtual 3D structure model was created and a computer numerically controlled (CNC) milling device machined Bonelike samples. The resulting structures showed a reproducible macroporosity and interconnective structure. Macropores size after sintering was approximately 2000 {mu}m. In vitro testing using human bone marrow stroma showed that cells were able to adhere and proliferate on 3D structures surface and migrate into all macropore channels. In addition, these cells were able to differentiate, since mineralized globular structures associated with cell layer were identified. Results obtained showed that 3D structures of Bonelike successfully allow cell migration into all macropores, and allow human bone marrow stromal cells to proliferate and differentiate. This innovative technique may be considered as a step-forward preparation for 3D interconnective macroporous structures that allow bone ingrowth while maintaining mechanical integrity.

  8. Polymer/Carbon-Based Hybrid Aerogels: Preparation, Properties and Applications

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lizeng Zuo

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available Aerogels are synthetic porous materials derived from sol-gel materials in which the liquid component has been replaced with gas to leave intact solid nanostructures without pore collapse. Recently, aerogels based on natural or synthetic polymers, called polymer or organic aerogels, have been widely explored due to their porous structures and unique properties, such as high specific surface area, low density, low thermal conductivity and dielectric constant. This paper gives a comprehensive review about the most recent progresses in preparation, structures and properties of polymer and their derived carbon-based aerogels, as well as their potential applications in various fields including energy storage, adsorption, thermal insulation and flame retardancy. To facilitate further research and development, the technical challenges are discussed, and several future research directions are also suggested in this review.

  9. Preparation and electrical properties of oil-based magnetic fluids

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sartoratto, P. P. C.; Neto, A. V. S.; Lima, E. C. D.; Rodrigues de Sá, A. L. C.; Morais, P. C.

    2005-05-01

    This paper describes an improvement in the preparation of magnetic fluids for electrical transformers. The samples are based on surface-coated maghemite nanoparticles dispersed in transformer insulating oil. Colloidal stability at 90°C was higher for oleate-grafted maghemite-based magnetic fluid, whereas decanoate and dodecanoate-grafted samples were very unstable. Electrical properties were evaluated for samples containing 0.80%-0.0040% maghemite volume fractions. Relative permittivity varied from 8.8 to 2.1 and the minimum value of the loss factor was 12% for the most diluted sample. The resistivity falls in the range of 0.7-2.5×1010Ωm, whereas the ac dielectric strength varied from 70to79kV. These physical characteristics reveal remarkable step forward in the properties of the magnetic fluid samples and may result in better operation of electrical transformers.

  10. PAHs in baby food: assessment of three different processing techniques for the preparation of reference materials.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huertas-Pérez, José Fernando; Bordajandi, Luisa R; Sejerøe-Olsen, Berit; Emteborg, Håkan; Baù, Andrea; Schimmel, Heinz; Dabrio, Marta

    2015-04-01

    A feasibility study for producing a matrix reference material for selected polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in baby food is reported. A commercially available baby food, containing carrots, potatoes, tomato, white beans and meat, was spiked with the so-called 15 + 1 PAHs included in the PAHs priority list for food of the EU, at a mass fraction level of 1 μg/kg. The contaminated baby food was further processed by autoclaving, freezing or freeze drying. The homogeneity of the three materials (bottle-to-bottle variation) and their short-term (4 weeks) and long-term (18 months) stability at different temperatures were assessed. To this end, an analytical method based on a solid-liquid extraction followed by cleaning up with gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and solid phase extraction (SPE) and GC-IDMS determination, was validated in-house. It could be demonstrated that the procedure fulfilled the demands for application to the homogeneity and isochronous stability studies for the candidate reference materials targeted here. All three materials proved to be sufficiently homogeneous for the intended use. Measurements on the autoclaved material provided the most promising results in terms of envisaged shelf life, although freeze drying was also found to be a suitable processing technique for most of the investigated PAHs. These results are an important step towards the development of a matrix reference material for PAHs in a processed food matrix in a presentation very similar to routine samples.

  11. Preparation and characterization of lignin based macromonomer and its copolymers with butyl methacrylate.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Xiaohuan; Wang, Jifu; Yu, Juan; Zhang, Mingming; Wang, Chunpeng; Xu, Yuzhi; Chu, Fuxiang

    2013-09-01

    Copolymerization of butyl methacrylate (BMA) with biobutanol lignin (BBL) was achieved by free-radical polymerization (FRP) using a lignin-based macromonomer. The lignin-based macromonomer containing acrylic groups was prepared by reacting acryloyl chloride with biobutanol lignin using triethylamine (TEA) as absorb acid agentin. From the results of elemental analysis and GPC, the average degree of polymerization (DP) of BBL was estimated to be five. A detailed molecular characterization has been performed, including techniques such as (1)H NMR, (13)C NMR and UV-vis spectroscopies, which provided quantitative information about the composition of the copolymers. The changes in the solubility of lignin-g-poly(BMA) copolymers in ethyl ether were dependent on the length of poly(BMA) side chain. TGA analysis indicated that the lignin-containing poly(BMA) graft copolymers exhibited high thermal stability. The bulky aromatic group of lignin increased the glass-transition temperature of poly(BMA). In order to confirm the main structure of copolymer, (AC-g-BBL)-co-BMA copolymer was also synthesized by atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP), and the results revealed that the copolymer prepared by ATRP had the same solution behavior as that prepared by FRP, and the lignin-based macromonomer showed no homopolymerizability due to the steric hindrance. In addition, the lignin-co-BMA copolymer had a surprisingly higher molecular weight than poly(BMA) under the same reaction condition, suggesting that a branched lignin based polymer could be formed.

  12. A novel preparation technique of red (sparkling wine for protein analysis

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Elisabeth I. Vogt

    2016-06-01

    Full Text Available Despite their low concentration, proteins can influence several key enological parameters such as foam stability or haze formation in (sparkling wine. Most studies focus on white (sparkling wine since the higher content of phenolic compounds in red wines impairs proteomic research. The aim of the study was the development of a method for the preparation of red (sparkling wine proteins for proteomic analysis. Three methods of sample preparation were assessed on silver stained SDS-PAGE gels and with MALDI-TOF MS. Our new method was highly suitable for the preparation of proteins for the aforementioned applications. The results showed a substantial increase in signal intensity with a simultaneous decrease in background noise. The preparation protocol consists of (i dialysis and freeze drying of the sample, (ii removal of phenolic compounds by water-saturated phenol and (iii protein precipitation by addition of ammonium acetate. Employment of this method followed by SDS-PAGE analysis allowed for silver stained gels with diminished background or streaking and clearly resolved protein bands. Analysis of spectra obtained from samples prepared according to the proposed protocol showed increased intensity and signal-to-noise ratio in MALDI-TOF MS. Furthermore it was demonstrated that this method can be applied to various kinds of grape products.

  13. 番茄叶片基因组DNA快速制备技术及其在基于实时荧光定量PCR的转基因检测中的应用%Techniques for rapid preparation of tomato leaf DNA and its application in real-time quantitative PCR-based transgene detection

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王伟伟; 朱长青; 刘小花; 陈昆松; 徐昌杰

    2011-01-01

    Using tomato (Solanum lycopersicum L. Cv. Micro-Tom) leaf as material, a simple and rapid DNA preparation protocol was established. This method required only 2-20 mm2 leaf with only one extraction solution and involved one pipetation and one centrifugation each. No precipitation was required. The suitable volume of prepared DNA solution, as PCR template, for real-time quantitative PCR was determined to be 0.1-0.2 μL in 12.5 μL final reaction volume. The excessive template DNA solution was confirmed to reduce PCR efficiency and even can result in PCR failure. This technique for rapid preparation of DNA and a compatible real-time quantitative PCR were successfully applied in transgene detection of tomato plants.%以番茄(Solanum lycopersicumL.cv.Micro-Tom)叶片为试材,建立了一种简便快速制备叶片基因组DNA的方法.2~20 mm2的叶片即可满足制备要求,制备过程只需一种提取试剂、只涉及1次移液和1次离心操作,不涉及沉淀.确定了所制备的DNA用于实时荧光定量PCR的合适用量为0.1~0.2 μL(反应总体积为12.5 μL),发现过量模板的使用可降低PCR效率且可导致扩增失败.该项DNA快速制备及相适应的实时荧光定量PCR技术已成功应用于番茄转基因植株检测.

  14. Assessment of three root canal preparation techniques on root canal geometry using micro-computed tomography: In vitro study

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shaikha M Al-Ali

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Aim: To assess the effects of three root canal preparation techniques on canal volume and surface area using three-dimensionally reconstructed root canals in extracted human maxillary molars. Materials and Methods: Thirty extracted Human Maxillary Molars having three separate roots and similar root shape were randomly selected from a pool of extracted teeth for this study and stored in normal saline solution until used. A computed tomography scanner (Philips Brilliance CT 64-slice was used to analyze root canals in extracted maxillary molars. Specimens were scanned before and after canals were prepared using stainless steel K-Files, Ni-Ti rotary ProTaper and rotary SafeSiders instruments. Differences in dentin volume removed, the surface area, the proportion of unchanged area and canal transportation were calculated using specially developed software. Results: Instrumentation of canals increased volume and surface area. Statistical analysis found a statistically significant difference among the 3 groups in total change in volume (P = 0.001 and total change in surface area (P = 0.13. Significant differences were found when testing both groups with group III (SafeSiders. Significant differences in change of volume were noted when grouping was made with respect to canal type (in MB and DB (P < 0.05. Conclusion: The current study used computed tomography, an innovative and non destructive technique, to illustrate changes in canal geometry. Overall, there were few statistically significant differences between the three instrumentation techniques used. SafeSiders stainless steel 40/0.02 instruments exhibit a greater cutting efficiency on dentin than K-Files and ProTaper. CT is a new and valuable tool to study root canal geometry and changes after preparation in great details. Further studies with 3D-techniques are required to fully understand the biomechanical aspects of root canal preparation.

  15. Memory Based Machine Intelligence Techniques in VLSI hardware

    OpenAIRE

    James, Alex Pappachen

    2012-01-01

    We briefly introduce the memory based approaches to emulate machine intelligence in VLSI hardware, describing the challenges and advantages. Implementation of artificial intelligence techniques in VLSI hardware is a practical and difficult problem. Deep architectures, hierarchical temporal memories and memory networks are some of the contemporary approaches in this area of research. The techniques attempt to emulate low level intelligence tasks and aim at providing scalable solutions to high ...

  16. Bond strength with custom base indirect bonding techniques.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Klocke, Arndt; Shi, Jianmin; Kahl-Nieke, Bärbel; Bismayer, Ulrich

    2003-04-01

    Different types of adhesives for indirect bonding techniques have been introduced recently. But there is limited information regarding bond strength with these new materials. In this in vitro investigation, stainless steel brackets were bonded to 100 permanent bovine incisors using the Thomas technique, the modified Thomas technique, and light-cured direct bonding for a control group. The following five groups of 20 teeth each were formed: (1) modified Thomas technique with thermally cured base composite (Therma Cure) and chemically cured sealant (Maximum Cure), (2) Thomas technique with thermally cured base composite (Therma Cure) and chemically cured sealant (Custom I Q), (3) Thomas technique with light-cured base composite (Transbond XT) and chemically cured sealant (Sondhi Rapid Set), (4) modified Thomas technique with chemically cured base adhesive (Phase II) and chemically cured sealant (Maximum Cure), and (5) control group directly bonded with light-cured adhesive (Transbond XT). Mean bond strengths in groups 3, 4, and 5 were 14.99 +/- 2.85, 15.41 +/- 3.21, and 13.88 +/- 2.33 MPa, respectively, and these groups were not significantly different from each other. Groups 1 (mean bond strength 7.28 +/- 4.88 MPa) and 2 (mean bond strength 7.07 +/- 4.11 MPa) showed significantly lower bond strengths than groups 3, 4, and 5 and a higher probability of bond failure. Both the original (group 2) and the modified (group 1) Thomas technique were able to achieve bond strengths comparable to the light-cured direct bonded control group.

  17. Memory Based Machine Intelligence Techniques in VLSI hardware

    CERN Document Server

    James, Alex Pappachen

    2012-01-01

    We briefly introduce the memory based approaches to emulate machine intelligence in VLSI hardware, describing the challenges and advantages. Implementation of artificial intelligence techniques in VLSI hardware is a practical and difficult problem. Deep architectures, hierarchical temporal memories and memory networks are some of the contemporary approaches in this area of research. The techniques attempt to emulate low level intelligence tasks and aim at providing scalable solutions to high level intelligence problems such as sparse coding and contextual processing.

  18. Image analysis techniques associated with automatic data base generation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bond, A. D.; Ramapriyan, H. K.; Atkinson, R. J.; Hodges, B. C.; Thomas, D. T.

    1973-01-01

    This paper considers some basic problems relating to automatic data base generation from imagery, the primary emphasis being on fast and efficient automatic extraction of relevant pictorial information. Among the techniques discussed are recursive implementations of some particular types of filters which are much faster than FFT implementations, a 'sequential similarity detection' technique of implementing matched filters, and sequential linear classification of multispectral imagery. Several applications of the above techniques are presented including enhancement of underwater, aerial and radiographic imagery, detection and reconstruction of particular types of features in images, automatic picture registration and classification of multiband aerial photographs to generate thematic land use maps.

  19. MPPT Technique Based on Current and Temperature Measurements

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Eduardo Moreira Vicente

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a new maximum power point tracking (MPPT method based on the measurement of temperature and short-circuit current, in a simple and efficient approach. These measurements, which can precisely define the maximum power point (MPP, have not been used together in other existing techniques. The temperature is measured with a low cost sensor and the solar irradiance is estimated through the relationship of the measured short-circuit current and its reference. Fast tracking speed and stable steady-state operation are advantages of this technique, which presents higher performance when compared to other well-known techniques.

  20. Preparation and characterization of hydroxyapatite-coated iron oxide particles by spray-drying technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    karina Donadel

    2009-06-01

    Full Text Available Magnetic particles of iron oxide have been increasingly used in medical diagnosis by magnetic resonance imaging and in cancer therapies involving targeted drug delivery and magnetic hyperthermia. In this study we report the preparation and characterization of iron oxide particles coated with bioceramic hydroxyapatite by spray-drying. The iron oxide magnetic particles (IOMP were coated with hydroxyapatite (HAp by spray-drying using two IOMP/HAp ratios (0.7 and 3.2. The magnetic particles were characterized by way of scanning electronic microscopy, energy dispersive X-ray, X-ray diffraction, Fourier transformed infrared spectroscopy, flame atomic absorption spectrometry,vibrating sample magnetometry and particle size distribution (laser diffraction. The surface morphology of the coated samples is different from that of the iron oxide due to formation of hydroxyapatite coating. From an EDX analysis, it was verified that the surface of the coated magnetic particles is composed only of HAp, while the interior containsiron oxide and a few layers of HAp as expected. The results showed that spray-drying technique is an efficient and relatively inexpensive method for forming spherical particles with a core/shell structure.As partículas de óxido de ferro têm sido extensivamente usadas em diagnósticos médicos como agente de contraste para imagem por ressonância magnética e na terapia do câncer, dentre estas, liberação de fármacos em sitos alvos e hipertermia magnética. Neste estudo nós reportamos a preparação e caracterização de partículas magnéticas de óxido de ferro revestidas com a biocerâmica hidroxiapatita. As partículas magnéticasde óxido de ferro (PMOF foram revestidas com hidroxiapatita por spray-drying usando duas razões PMOF/HAp (0,7 e 3,2. As partículas magnéticas foram caracterizadas por microscopia eletrônica de varredura, energia dispersiva de raios X, difração de raios X, espectroscopia de absorção no infra

  1. Cross-sectional AEM preparation technique for ceramic-coated WC-Co cutting tools.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ostreicher, K; Sung, C

    1993-04-15

    The preparation of cross-sectional specimens for AEM studies of materials such as ceramic coated tungsten carbide presents some unique problems. Pieces joined by the use of epoxides often separate at the interface between the WC and ceramic coating during the initial mechanical grinding and subsequent thinning process as a result of the vibration and physical strain placed on the sample. These problems have been overcome through the use of a preparation process which essentially encapsulates the sample within the confines of an epoxy filled quartz tube. This preparation process has allowed for facile AEM cross-sectional analysis of TiN/TiCN coatings on WC-Co substrates, and has revealed two distinct grain morphologies within the TiCN coating.

  2. The preparation technique optimization of epoxy/compressed expanded graphite composite bipolar plates for proton exchange membrane fuel cells

    Science.gov (United States)

    Du, Chao; Ming, Pingwen; Hou, Ming; Fu, Jie; Fu, Yunfeng; Luo, Xiaokuan; Shen, Qiang; Shao, Zhigang; Yi, Baolian

    Vacuum resin impregnation method has been used to prepare polymer/compressed expanded graphite (CEG) composite bipolar plates for proton exchange membrane fuel cells (PEMFCs). In this research, three different preparation techniques of the epoxy/CEG composite bipolar plate (Compression-Impregnation method, Impregnation-Compression method and Compression-Impregnation-Compression method) are optimized by the physical properties of the composite bipolar plates. The optimum conditions and the advantages/disadvantages of the different techniques are discussed respectively. Although having different characteristics, bipolar plates obtained by these three techniques can all meet the demands of PEMFC bipolar plates as long as the optimum conditions are selected. The Compression-Impregnation-Compression method is shown to be the optimum method because of the outstanding properties of the bipolar plates. Besides, the cell assembled with these optimum composite bipolar plates shows excellent stability after 200 h durability testing. Therefore the composite prepared by vacuum resin impregnation method is a promising candidate for bipolar plate materials in PEMFCs.

  3. [Preparation technique of S2OF10 gas standard sample and determination method of the trace S2OF10 in SF6].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, L; Wang, J

    1999-09-01

    In this paper a series of methods and techniques for the S2OF10 standard sample preparation and quantitative determination are presented. They are, the preparation of S2OF10 by preparative chromatography with adsorption/thermal desorption, the standard sample of S2OF10 gas prepared by exponential dilution and the gas chromatography/flame photometric detector(GC/FPD) determination of trace S2OF10 from an SF6 sample with quantitative calibration factor. Especially, the S2OF10 gas from a used SF6 sample was directly separated and concentrated through a U-adsorbent-tube packed with 300 mg of Porasil A in a cold trap (-63 degrees C) with liquid-nitrogen and chloroform. Then it was purified by preparative-GC and to be injected into a preparative system of standard gas sample. In the meantime, the S2OF10 gas obtained was confirmed by the methods of GC/FPD, infrared spectrophotometer(IR) and gas chromatography/mass spectrometer(GC/MS) separately. The sub-ppm(by volume) level of the S2OF10 and SF6 mixture samples were prepared by use of the exponential dilution system. The GC/FPD experimental results showed that the detection linear range of S2OF10 gas concentration was 0.80 x 10(-6)-2.60 x 10(-4) (volume fraction) and the quantitative calibration factor of the S2OF10 was 0.197 based on SF6. The determination errors of quantitative calibration factor were 1.8%-20% and S2OF10 recovery of the adsorption/thermal desorption was 98.2% (n = 9) and its relative standard deviation was 6.2%. In addition, the results also showed that it is a simple and rapid method with good linearity and reproducibility.

  4. Lamellar metal-organic complex and its rod-like nanoparticles prepared with ultrasonic technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2008-01-01

    Metal-organic complex (H3NCH2CH2NH2)3[MoO2(OC6H4O)2] with a lamellar morphology has been syn- thesized. Its crystal structure was confirmed by single-crystal X-ray diffraction. The morphology of the crystal was observed by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The metal-organic nanoparticles have been prepared by using an ultrasonic method. The morphology of the as-prepared nanoparticles was observed by transmission electron microscopy (TEM). The possible formation mechanism has also been proposed.

  5. Electrodeposition Techniques for the Preparation of Beta-Sprectroscopy Sources of Rare-Earth Elements

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hansen, P. Gregers; Høgh, J.; Nielsen, H. L.

    1964-01-01

    Thin, uniform radioactive deposits of rare earths and related elements can be prepared by cathodic electrodeposition of their hydroxides. The main theoretical and experimental features of this process are reviewed and plating cell design and the choice of conditions are described together...... with the associated radio-chemical methods. The use of copper-backed nickel films is shown to allow the preparation of beta sources on quite thin (down to 45 μg cm−2) backings, if the copper layer is etched selectively after the radioactivity has been plated onto the nickel....

  6. Plant growth promoting bacteria from cow dung based biodynamic preparations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Radha, T K; Rao, D L N

    2014-12-01

    Indigenous formulations based on cow dung fermentation are commonly used in organic farming. Three biodynamic preparations viz., Panchagavya (PG), BD500 and 'Cow pat pit' (CPP) showed high counts of lactobacilli (10(9) ml(-1)) and yeasts (10(4) ml(-1)). Actinomycetes were present only in CPP (10(4) ml(-1)) and absent in the other two. Seven bacterial isolates from these ferments were identified by a polyphasic approach: Bacillus safensis (PG1), Bacillus cereus (PG2, PG4 PG5), Bacillus subtilis (BD2) Lysinibacillus xylanilyticus (BD3) and Bacillus licheniformis (CPP1). This is the first report of L. xylanilyticus and B. licheniformis in biodynamic preparations. Only three carbon sources-dextrose, sucrose and trehalose out of 21 tested were utilized by all the bacteria. None could utilize arabinose, dulcitol, galactose, inositol, inulin, melibiose, raffinose, rhamnose and sorbitol. All the strains produced indole acetic acid (1.8-3.7 μg ml(-1) culture filtrate) and ammonia. None could fix nitrogen; but all except B. safensis and B. licheniformis could solubilize phosphorous from insoluble tri-calcium phosphate. All the strains except L. xylaniliticus exhibited antagonism to the plant pathogen Rhizoctonia bataticola whereas none could inhibit Sclerotium rolfsi. In green house experiment in soil microcosms, bacterial inoculation significantly promoted growth of maize; plant dry weight increased by ~21 % due to inoculation with B. cereus (PG2). Results provide a basis for understanding the beneficial effects of biodynamic preparations and industrial deployment of the strains.

  7. Communication methods and production techniques in fixed prosthesis fabrication: a UK based survey. Part 2: production techniques.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Berry, J; Nesbit, M; Saberi, S; Petridis, H

    2014-09-01

    The aim of this study was to identify the communication methods and production techniques used by dentists and dental technicians for the fabrication of fixed prostheses within the UK from the dental technicians' perspective. This second paper reports on the production techniques utilised. Seven hundred and eighty-two online questionnaires were distributed to the Dental Laboratories Association membership and included a broad range of topics, such as demographics, impression disinfection and suitability, and various production techniques. Settings were managed in order to ensure anonymity of respondents. Statistical analysis was undertaken to test the influence of various demographic variables such as the source of information, the location, and the size of the dental laboratory. The number of completed responses totalled 248 (32% response rate). Ninety percent of the respondents were based in England and the majority of dental laboratories were categorised as small sized (working with up to 25 dentists). Concerns were raised regarding inadequate disinfection protocols between dentists and dental laboratories and the poor quality of master impressions. Full arch plastic trays were the most popular impression tray used by dentists in the fabrication of crowns (61%) and bridgework (68%). The majority (89%) of jaw registration records were considered inaccurate. Forty-four percent of dental laboratories preferred using semi-adjustable articulators. Axial and occlusal under-preparation of abutment teeth was reported as an issue in about 25% of cases. Base metal alloy was the most (52%) commonly used alloy material. Metal-ceramic crowns were the most popular choice for anterior (69%) and posterior (70%) cases. The various factors considered did not have any statistically significant effect on the answers provided. The only notable exception was the fact that more methods of communicating the size and shape of crowns were utilised for large laboratories. This study

  8. Fast preparation and thermal transport property of TiCoSb-based half-Heusler compounds

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xie Wen-Jie; Tang Xin-Feng; Zhang Qing-Jie

    2007-01-01

    TiCoSb-based half-Heusler compounds with the substitution of Zr for Ti have been prepared quickly by combining high-energy ball milling method with spark plasma sintering technique, and their thermal transport properties have been investigated. With the increase of the concentration of Zr, the thermal conductivity of Ti1-xZrxCoSb compounds decreases significantly. Compared with the thermal conductivity of TiCoSb compound, that of Ti0.5Zr0.5CoSb decreases by 200% at 1000 K.

  9. MethylC-seq library preparation for base-resolution whole-genome bisulfite sequencing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Urich, Mark A; Nery, Joseph R; Lister, Ryan; Schmitz, Robert J; Ecker, Joseph R

    2015-03-01

    Current high-throughput DNA sequencing technologies enable acquisition of billions of data points through which myriad biological processes can be interrogated, including genetic variation, chromatin structure, gene expression patterns, small RNAs and protein-DNA interactions. Here we describe the MethylC-sequencing (MethylC-seq) library preparation method, a 2-d protocol that enables the genome-wide identification of cytosine DNA methylation states at single-base resolution. The technique involves fragmentation of genomic DNA followed by adapter ligation, bisulfite conversion and limited amplification using adapter-specific PCR primers in preparation for sequencing. To date, this protocol has been successfully applied to genomic DNA isolated from primary cell culture, sorted cells and fresh tissue from over a thousand plant and animal samples.

  10. Polylactide-based microspheres prepared using solid-state copolymerized chitosan and d,l-lactide.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Demina, T S; Akopova, T A; Vladimirov, L V; Zelenetskii, A N; Markvicheva, E A; Grandfils, Ch

    2016-02-01

    Amphiphilic chitosan-g-poly(d,l-lactide) copolymers have been manufactured via solid-state mechanochemical copolymerization and tailored to design polyester-based microspheres for tissue engineering. A single-step solid-state reactive blending (SSRB) using low-temperature co-extrusion has been used to prepare these copolymers. These materials have been valorized to stabilize microspheres processed by an oil/water emulsion evaporation technique. Introduction of the copolymers either in water or in the oil phase of the emulsion allowed to replace a non-degradable emulsifier typically used for microparticle preparation. To enhance cell adhesion, these copolymers were also tailored to bring amino-saccharide positively charged segments to the microbead surface. Size distribution, surface morphology, and total microparticle yield have been studied and optimized as a function of the copolymer composition. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  11. Runtime Monitoring Technique to handle Tautology based SQL Injection Attacks

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ramya Dharam

    2015-05-01

    Full Text Available Software systems, like web applications, are often used to provide reliable online services such as banking, shopping, social networking, etc., to users. The increasing use of such systems has led to a high need for assuring confidentiality, integrity, and availability of user data. SQL Injection Attacks (SQLIAs is one of the major security threats to web applications. It allows attackers to get unauthorized access to the back-end database consisting of confidential user information. In this paper we present and evaluate a Runtime Monitoring Technique to detect and prevent tautology based SQLIAs in web applications. Our technique monitors the behavior of the application during its post- deployment to identify all the tautology based SQLIAs. A framework called Runtime Monitoring Framework, that implements our technique, is used in the development of runtime monitors. The framework uses two pre-deployment testing techniques, such as basis-path and data-flow to identify a minimal set of all legal/valid execution paths of the application. Runtime monitors are then developed and integrated to perform runtime monitoring of the application, during its post-deployment for the identified valid/legal execution paths. For evaluation we targeted a subject application with a large number of both legitimate inputs and illegitimate tautology based inputs, and measured the performance of the proposed technique. The results of our study show that runtime monitor developed for the application was successfully able to detect all the tautology based attacks without generating any false positives.

  12. Laser-based direct-write techniques for cell printing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schiele, Nathan R; Corr, David T; Huang, Yong; Raof, Nurazhani Abdul; Xie, Yubing; Chrisey, Douglas B

    2010-09-01

    Fabrication of cellular constructs with spatial control of cell location (+/-5 microm) is essential to the advancement of a wide range of applications including tissue engineering, stem cell and cancer research. Precise cell placement, especially of multiple cell types in co- or multi-cultures and in three dimensions, can enable research possibilities otherwise impossible, such as the cell-by-cell assembly of complex cellular constructs. Laser-based direct writing, a printing technique first utilized in electronics applications, has been adapted to transfer living cells and other biological materials (e.g., enzymes, proteins and bioceramics). Many different cell types have been printed using laser-based direct writing, and this technique offers significant improvements when compared to conventional cell patterning techniques. The predominance of work to date has not been in application of the technique, but rather focused on demonstrating the ability of direct writing to pattern living cells, in a spatially precise manner, while maintaining cellular viability. This paper reviews laser-based additive direct-write techniques for cell printing, and the various cell types successfully laser direct-written that have applications in tissue engineering, stem cell and cancer research are highlighted. A particular focus is paid to process dynamics modeling and process-induced cell injury during laser-based cell direct writing.

  13. Laser-based direct-write techniques for cell printing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Schiele, Nathan R; Corr, David T [Biomedical Engineering Department, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, NY (United States); Huang Yong [Department of Mechanical Engineering, Clemson University, Clemson, SC (United States); Raof, Nurazhani Abdul; Xie Yubing [College of Nanoscale Science and Engineering, University at Albany, SUNY, Albany, NY (United States); Chrisey, Douglas B, E-mail: schien@rpi.ed, E-mail: chrisd@rpi.ed [Material Science and Engineering Department, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, NY (United States)

    2010-09-15

    Fabrication of cellular constructs with spatial control of cell location ({+-}5 {mu}m) is essential to the advancement of a wide range of applications including tissue engineering, stem cell and cancer research. Precise cell placement, especially of multiple cell types in co- or multi-cultures and in three dimensions, can enable research possibilities otherwise impossible, such as the cell-by-cell assembly of complex cellular constructs. Laser-based direct writing, a printing technique first utilized in electronics applications, has been adapted to transfer living cells and other biological materials (e.g., enzymes, proteins and bioceramics). Many different cell types have been printed using laser-based direct writing, and this technique offers significant improvements when compared to conventional cell patterning techniques. The predominance of work to date has not been in application of the technique, but rather focused on demonstrating the ability of direct writing to pattern living cells, in a spatially precise manner, while maintaining cellular viability. This paper reviews laser-based additive direct-write techniques for cell printing, and the various cell types successfully laser direct-written that have applications in tissue engineering, stem cell and cancer research are highlighted. A particular focus is paid to process dynamics modeling and process-induced cell injury during laser-based cell direct writing. (topical review)

  14. PCA Based Rapid and Real Time Face Recognition Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    T R Chandrashekar

    2013-12-01

    Full Text Available Economical and efficient that is used in various applications is face Biometric which has been a popular form biometric system. Face recognition system is being a topic of research for last few decades. Several techniques are proposed to improve the performance of face recognition system. Accuracy is tested against intensity, distance from camera, and pose variance. Multiple face recognition is another subtopic which is under research now a day. Speed at which the technique works is a parameter under consideration to evaluate a technique. As an example a support vector machine performs really well for face recognition but the computational efficiency degrades significantly with increase in number of classes. Eigen Face technique produces quality features for face recognition but the accuracy is proved to be comparatively less to many other techniques. With increase in use of core processors in personal computers and application demanding speed in processing and multiple face detection and recognition system (for example an entry detection system in shopping mall or an industry, demand for such systems are cumulative as there is a need for automated systems worldwide. In this paper we propose a novel system of face recognition developed with C# .Net that can detect multiple faces and can recognize the faces parallel by utilizing the system resources and the core processors. The system is built around Haar Cascade based face detection and PCA based face recognition system with C#.Net. Parallel library designed for .Net is used to aide to high speed detection and recognition of the real time faces. Analysis of the performance of the proposed technique with some of the conventional techniques reveals that the proposed technique is not only accurate, but also is fast in comparison to other techniques.

  15. Preparation of carboxymethyl cellulose based microgels for cell encapsulation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Y. Ke

    2014-11-01

    Full Text Available Biocompatible and biodegradable carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC has been modified with 4-hydroxybenzylamine (CMC-Ph in order to prepare CMC-based microgels through the horseradish peroxidise/hydrogen peroxide enzymatic reaction. CMC-Ph was identified as a blend, and the amount of the grafted 4-hydroxybenzylamine per 100 units of CMC was between 17 and 23 according to the molecular weight of CMC. Through a special designed co-flowing microfluidic device, CMC-Ph microgels were prepared with the radius from 100 to 500 μm via adjusting the flow rates of the disperse phase and the continuous phase, respectively. The chondrocytic cell line ATDC5 was encapsulated in the CMC-Ph microgels. The cell-laden microgels were cultured for up to 40 days, illustrating the biocompatibility of CMC-Ph and the microfluidic approach through the enzymatic crosslinking reaction primarily. CMC-Ph showed a great promise to encapsulate the cells for further fabrication of the injectable scaffolds.

  16. Soil and Water – What is Detectable through Microbiological Sample Preparation Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    The concerns of a potential terrorist’s use of biological agents in soil and ground water are articulated by comparisons to major illnesses in this Country involving contaminated drinking water sources. Objectives are focused on the importance of sample preparation in the rapid, ...

  17. Fabrication and characterization of powder metallurgy tantalum components prepared by high compaction pressure technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kim, Youngmoo [Department of Materials Science and Engineering, Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology, 291 Daehak-ro, Yuseong-gu, Daejeon 34141 (Korea, Republic of); Agency for Defense Development, Yuseong, P.O. Box 35, Yuseong-gu, Daejeon 34186, Republic of Korea. (Korea, Republic of); Lee, Dongju [Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute, 111 Daedeok-daero, Yuseong-gu, Daejeon 34057 (Korea, Republic of); Hwang, Jaewon [Samsung Electronics, 129 Samsung-ro, Youngtong-gu, Suwon 16677 (Korea, Republic of); Ryu, Ho Jin, E-mail: hojinryu@kaist.ac.kr [Department of Nuclear and Quantum Engineering, Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology, 291 Daehak-ro, Yuseong-gu, Daejeon 34141 (Korea, Republic of); Hong, Soon Hyung, E-mail: shhong@kaist.ac.kr [Department of Materials Science and Engineering, Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology, 291 Daehak-ro, Yuseong-gu, Daejeon 34141 (Korea, Republic of)

    2016-04-15

    The present study has investigated the consolidation behaviors of tantalum powders during compaction and sintering, and the characteristics of sintered components. For die compaction, the densification behaviors of the powders are simulated by finite element analyses based on the yield function proposed by Shima and Oyane. Accordingly, the green density distribution for coarser particles is predicted to be more uniform because they exhibits higher initial relative tap density owing to lower interparticle friction. It is also found that cold isostatic pressing is capable of producing higher dense compacts compared to the die pressing. However, unlike the compaction behavior, the sintered density of smaller particles is found to be higher than those of coarser ones owing to their higher specific surface area. The maximum sintered density was found to be 0.96 of theoretical density where smaller particles were pressed isostatically at 400 MPa followed by sintering at 2000 °C. Moreover, the effects of processing conditions on grain size and texture were also investigated. The average grain size of the sintered specimen is 30.29 μm and its texture is less than 2 times random intensity. Consequently, it is concluded that the higher pressure compaction technique is beneficial to produce high dense and texture-free tantalum components compared to hot pressing and spark plasma sintering. - Highlights: • Higher Ta density is obtained from higher pressure and sintering temperature. • High compaction method enables P/M Ta to achieve the density of 16.00 g·cm{sup −3}. • A P/M Ta component with fine microstructure and random orientation is developed.

  18. A Knowledge—Based Specification Technique for Protocol Development

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张尧学; 史美林; 等

    1993-01-01

    is paper proposes a knowledge-based specification technique(KST)for protocol development.This technique semi-automatically translates a protocol described in an informal description(natural languages or graphs)into one described in forml specifications(Estells and SDL).The translation processes are suported by knowledge stored in the knowledge base.This paper discusses the concept,the specification control mechanism of KST and the rules and algorithms for production of FSM's which is the basis of Estelle and SDL.

  19. Preparation of stable ultrahydrophobic and superoleophobic silica-based coating.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nimittrakoolchai, On-Uma; Supothina, Sitthisuntorn

    2012-06-01

    Silica-Based coatings having excellent water- and oil-repellent properties and good weathering stability have been deposited onto glass surface by a simple one-step dip coating technique. To achieve ultra water repellency and super oil repellency, the chemical composition of SiO2 nanoparticle employed as surface roughness enhancer and trichloro(1H,1H,2H,2H-perfluorooctyl)silane employed as surface-energy reducing substance was varied. At the optimum synthesis condition, the coating exhibited very high contact angles of 173.2, 146.7 and 147.6 degrees for water, ethylene glycol and seed oil, respectively. The achievement of excellent water- and oil-repellency is also described based on the presence of air trapped in micropore of the coating in addition to its high surface roughness and low surface free energy. The coatings have good weathering stability based on natural and accelerated weathering tests indicating feasibility for practical use.

  20. Nanosized cobalt-based catalyst prepared by supercritical phase condition for Fischer-Tropsch synthesis

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jingmiao Li; Jingchang Zhang; Runduo Zhang; Weiliang Cao

    2009-01-01

    A series of nanosized Co/Zn/Mn/K composite catalysts for Fischer-Tropsch synthesis (FTS) were prepared by supercritical fluid drying (SCFD) method and common drying (CD) method. The nanosized cobalt-based catalysts were characterized by XRD,TEM and BET techniques. Their catalytic performances were tested in a slurry-bed reactor under FTS reaction conditions. The drying and crystallization were carded out simultaneously during SCFD,therefore,the catalysts prepared by SCFD method have ideal structure and show the FTS performance superior to the others prepared by CD method. The FTS activity and selectivity were improved via adding Zn,Mn and K promoters,and less CH_4 and CO_2 as well as higher yield of C~(5+) products were achieved. The optimal performance of a 92% CO conversion and a 65% C~(5+) product yield was obtained over a catalyst with the component of Co/Zn/Mn/K = 100/50/10/7. Furthermore,the catalytic performance was studied under the conditions of liquid-phase and supercriticai phase slurry-bed,and C~(5+) product yield were 57.4% and 65.4%,respectively. In summary,better catalytic performance was obtained using the nanosized catalyst prepared by SCFD method under supercritical reaction conditions,resulting in higher conversion of CO,less CO_2 byproduct,and higher yield of C~(5+) products,

  1. [Peculicidal activity of plant essential oils and their based preparations].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lopatina, Iu V; Eremina, O Iu

    2014-01-01

    The peculicidal activity of eight plant essential oils in 75% isopropyl alcohol was in vitro investigated. Of them, the substances that were most active against lice were tea tree (Melaleuca), eucalyptus, neem, citronella (Cymbopogon nardus), and clove (Syzygium aromaticum) oils; KT50 was not more than 3 minutes on average; KT95 was 4 minutes. After evaporating the solvent, only five (tea tree, cassia, clove, anise (Anisum vulgare), and Japanese star anise (Illicium anisatum) oils) of the eight test botanical substances were active against lice. At the same time, KT50 and KT95 showed 1.5-5-fold increases. Citronella and anise oils had incomplete ovicidal activity. Since the lice were permethrin-resistant, the efficacy of preparations based on essential oils was much higher than permethrin.

  2. Spontaneous droplet formation techniques for monodisperse emulsions preparation – Perspectives for food applications

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Maan, A.A.; Schroën, C.G.P.H.; Boom, R.M.

    2011-01-01

    Spontaneous droplet formation through Laplace pressure differences is a simple method for making monodisperse emulsions and is claimed to be suited for shear and temperature sensitive products, and those requiring high monodispersity. Techniques belonging to this category include (grooved) microchan

  3. Fault Based Techniques for Testing Boolean Expressions: A Survey

    CERN Document Server

    Badhera, Usha; Taruna, S

    2012-01-01

    Boolean expressions are major focus of specifications and they are very much prone to introduction of faults, this survey presents various fault based testing techniques. It identifies that the techniques differ in their fault detection capabilities and generation of test suite. The various techniques like Cause effect graph, meaningful impact strategy, Branch Operator Strategy (BOR), BOR+MI, MUMCUT, Modified Condition/ Decision Coverage (MCDC) has been considered. This survey describes the basic algorithms and fault categories used by these strategies for evaluating their performance. Finally, it contains short summaries of the papers that use Boolean expressions used to specify the requirements for detecting faults. These techniques have been empirically evaluated by various researchers on a simplified safety related real time control system.

  4. Least-squares based iterative multipath super-resolution technique

    CERN Document Server

    Nam, Wooseok

    2011-01-01

    In this paper, we study the problem of multipath channel estimation for direct sequence spread spectrum signals. To resolve multipath components arriving within a short interval, we propose a new algorithm called the least-squares based iterative multipath super-resolution (LIMS). Compared to conventional super-resolution techniques, such as the multiple signal classification (MUSIC) and the estimation of signal parameters via rotation invariance techniques (ESPRIT), our algorithm has several appealing features. In particular, even in critical situations where the conventional super-resolution techniques are not very powerful due to limited data or the correlation between path coefficients, the LIMS algorithm can produce successful results. In addition, due to its iterative nature, the LIMS algorithm is suitable for recursive multipath tracking, whereas the conventional super-resolution techniques may not be. Through numerical simulations, we show that the LIMS algorithm can resolve the first arrival path amo...

  5. [Lymph node preparation in colorectal cancer. Ex vivo methylene blue injection as a novel technique to improve lymph node visualization].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Märkl, B; Kerwel, T; Jähnig, H; Anthuber, M; Arnholdt, H

    2008-07-01

    The UICC requires investigation of a minimum of 12 lymph nodes for adequate lymph node staging in colorectal cancer. Despite that, many authors recommend investigation of a larger number, and different techniques, such as fat clearance, have therefore been developed. In this study we introduce a novel technique involving ex vivo lymph node staining with intraarterial methylene blue injection in colon cancer. We compared 14 cases in which methylene injection was used with 14 cases from our records in which conventional investigation techniques were applied. The lymph node harvest differed highly significantly (pmethylene blue group and the unstained group, respectively. The largest difference occurred in the size group 2-4 mm (191 vs 70 lymph nodes). In 6 cases in the unstained group additional embedding of fatty tissue was necessary to reach an adequate number of investigated lymph nodes. Methylene blue injection is a novel and highly effective method that will improve lymph node preparation in colorectal cancer.

  6. Model-based Acceleration of Parameter mapping (MAP) for saturation prepared radially acquired data.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tran-Gia, Johannes; Stäb, Daniel; Wech, Tobias; Hahn, Dietbert; Köstler, Herbert

    2013-12-01

    A reconstruction technique called Model-based Acceleration of Parameter mapping (MAP) is presented allowing for quantification of longitudinal relaxation time and proton density from radial single-shot measurements after saturation recovery magnetization preparation. Using a mono-exponential model in image space, an iterative fitting algorithm is used to reconstruct one well resolved and consistent image for each of the projections acquired during the saturation recovery relaxation process. The functionality of the algorithm is examined in numerical simulations, phantom experiments, and in-vivo studies. MAP reconstructions of single-shot acquisitions feature the same image quality and resolution as fully sampled reference images in phantom and in-vivo studies. The longitudinal relaxation times obtained from the MAP reconstructions are in very good agreement with the reference values in numerical simulations as well as phantom and in-vivo measurements. Compared to available contrast manipulation techniques, no averaging of projections acquired at different time points of the relaxation process is required in MAP imaging. The proposed technique offers new ways of extracting quantitative information from single-shot measurements acquired after magnetization preparation. The reconstruction simultaneously yields images with high spatiotemporal resolution fully consistent with the acquired data as well as maps of the effective longitudinal relaxation parameter and the relative proton density. Copyright © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc., a Wiley company.

  7. Raman spectroscopic studies on bismuth nanoparticles prepared by laser ablation technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Onari, Seinosuke; Miura, Masaaki; Matsuishi, Kiyoto

    2002-09-01

    Bi nanoparticles are prepared by means of laser ablation in Ar atmosphere (0.2-10 Torr) with KrF (248 nm) excimer laser of the power 200 mJ. The size of the Bi particles estimated by TEM measurements is in the range 3-10 nm. Raman active E g mode shifts to a higher frequency and becomes broader for a sample prepared in a lower pressure of Ar atmosphere. However, the peak frequency and the bandwidth of A 1g mode show almost no change with the change of the particle size. These experimental results can be well explained by a phonon confinement model of Campbell and Fauchet by taking the phonon dispersion properties that the E g mode of the crystal has a large dependence on the wave numbers near the Γ point, but the A 1g mode is rather independent of the phonon wave numbers.

  8. Techniques of preparation and crystal chemistry of transuranic chalcogenides and pnictides

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Damien, D.A.; Haire, R.G.; Peterson, J.R.

    1978-01-01

    The crystal chemistry of a number of transuranic chalcogenides and pnictides has been investigated using /sup 243/Am, /sup 248/Cm, /sup 249/Bk, and /sup 249/Cf. These compounds were prepared from the corresponding metals by direct reaction with the chalcogen or pnictogen element at elevated temperatures. Higher chalcogenides were thermally dissociated to yield ones of lower stoichiometry, terminating with the sesquichalcogenides; only monopnictides of these transplutonium elements were found. All products were examined by x-ray powder diffraction. In this paper the methods for preparing the actinide chalcogenides and pnictides on a gram scale are reviewed, and the microtechniques used for submilligram quantities of the transamericium elements are presented. The results obtained during this study are compared to data previously reported for the lighter actinide compounds, and the trends observed across the series are discussed.

  9. Preparation techniques of the submicron lithium titanate materials by electro-spinning

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Yudong; Yang, Kai; Gao, Fei; Liu, Hao; Zhang, Mingjie

    2017-01-01

    Combining sol-gel process and electro-spinning, the submicron lithium titanate materials are prepared with lithium acetate and titanium tetraisopropanolate respectively as the lithium and titanium sources, and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) as the template. It's found by scanning electron microscope(SEM )that, the prepared lithium titanate materials are characterized by the fiber diameter 150~200nm, a large number of irregular indentations in the surface, and the larger specific surface area than that before calcination. The lithium titanate cell receives charge-discharge test and cyclic voltammetry. The capacity of the submicron lithium titanate materials is up to 160mAh·g-1 at the rate of 0.1C, and it's revealed by cyclic voltammetry that the cell in the charge or discharge process undergoes a single redox reaction, but having good reversibility.

  10. Validation of an endothelial roll preparation for Descemet Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty by a cornea bank using "no touch" dissection technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Marty, Anne-Sophie; Burillon, Carole; Desanlis, Adeline; Damour, Odile; Kocaba, Viridiana; Auxenfans, Céline

    2016-06-01

    Descemet Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty (DMEK) selectively replaces the damaged posterior part of the cornea. However, the DMEK technique relies on a manually-performed dissection that is time-consuming, requires training and presents a potential risk of endothelial graft damages leading to surgery postponement when performed by surgeons in the operative room. To validate precut corneal tissue preparation for DMEK provided by a cornea bank in order to supply a quality and security precut endothelial tissue. The protocol was a technology transfer from the Netherlands Institute for Innovative Ocular Surgery (NIIOS) to Lyon Cornea Bank, after formation in NIIOS to the DMEK "no touch" dissection technique. The technique has been validated in selected conditions (materials, microscope) and after a learning curve, cornea bank technicians prepared endothelial tissue for DMEK. Endothelial cells densities (ECD) were evaluated before and after preparation, after storage and transport to the surgery room. Microbiological and histological controls have been done. Twenty corneas were manually dissected; 18 without tears. Nineteen endothelial grafts formed a double roll. The ECD loss after cutting was 3.3 % (n = 19). After transportation 7 days later, we found an ECD loss of 25 % (n = 12). Three days after cutting and transportation, we found 2.1 % of ECD loss (n = 7). Histology found an endothelial cells monolayer lying on Descemet membrane. The mean thickness was 12 ± 2.2 µm (n = 4). No microbial contamination was found (n = 19). Endothelial roll stability has been validated at 3 days in our cornea bank. Cornea bank technicians trained can deliver to surgeons an ECD controlled, safety and ready to use endothelial tissue, for DMEK by "no touch" technique, allowing time saving, quality and security for surgeons.

  11. A Novel Nanofabrication Technique of Silicon-Based Nanostructures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Meng, Lingkuan; He, Xiaobin; Gao, Jianfeng; Li, Junjie; Wei, Yayi; Yan, Jiang

    2016-11-01

    A novel nanofabrication technique which can produce highly controlled silicon-based nanostructures in wafer scale has been proposed using a simple amorphous silicon (α-Si) material as an etch mask. SiO2 nanostructures directly fabricated can serve as nanotemplates to transfer into the underlying substrates such as silicon, germanium, transistor gate, or other dielectric materials to form electrically functional nanostructures and devices. In this paper, two typical silicon-based nanostructures such as nanoline and nanofin have been successfully fabricated by this technique, demonstrating excellent etch performance. In addition, silicon nanostructures fabricated above can be further trimmed to less than 10 nm by combing with assisted post-treatment methods. The novel nanofabrication technique will be expected a new emerging technology with low process complexity and good compatibility with existing silicon integrated circuit and is an important step towards the easy fabrication of a wide variety of nanoelectronics, biosensors, and optoelectronic devices.

  12. Preparation of bacterial cellulose based hydrogels and their viscoelastic behavior

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shah, Rushita; Vyroubal, Radek; Fei, Haojei; Saha, Nabanita; Kitano, Takeshi; Saha, Petr

    2015-04-01

    Bacterial cellulose (BC) based hydrogels have been prepared in blended with carboxymethylcellulose and polyvinyl pyrrolidone by using heat treatment. The properties of BC-CMC and BC-PVP hydrogels were compared with pure BC, CMC and PVP hydrogels. These hydrogels were investigated by measuring their structural, morphological and viscoelastic properties. Through the morphological images, alignment of the porous flake like structures could be seen clearly within the inter-polymeric network of the hydrogels. Also, the detail structure analysis of the polymers blended during the hydrogel formation confirms their interactions with each other were studied. Further, the viscoelastic behavior of all the hydrogels in terms of elastic and viscous property was studied. It is observed that at 1% strain, including CMC and PVP hydrogels, all the BC based hydrogels exhibited the linear trend throughout. Also the elastic nature of the material remains high compared to viscous nature. Moreover, the changes could be noticed in case of blended polymer based hydrogels. The values of complex viscosity (η*) decreases with increase in angular frequency within the range of ω = 0.1-100 rad.s-1.

  13. Effect of the surface preparation techniques on the EBSD analysis of a friction stir welded AA1100-B{sub 4}C metal matrix composite

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Guo, J., E-mail: junfeng.guo@cnrc-nrc.gc.ca [University of Quebec at Chicoutimi, Chicoutimi (QC), G7H 2B1 (Canada); Aluminium Technology Centre, National Research Council Canada, Chicoutimi (QC), G7H 8C3 (Canada); Amira, S.; Gougeon, P. [Aluminium Technology Centre, National Research Council Canada, Chicoutimi (QC), G7H 8C3 (Canada); Chen, X.-G. [University of Quebec at Chicoutimi, Chicoutimi (QC), G7H 2B1 (Canada)

    2011-09-15

    Aluminum based metal matrix composites (MMCs) have been used in various automobile, aerospace and military industries. Yet characterization of the microstructure in these materials remains a challenge. In the present work, the grain structure in the matrix of B{sub 4}C particulate reinforced MMCs and their friction stir welds is characterized by using optical metallography and the electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD) technique. Optical metallography can partially reveal the grain structure in the matrix of AA1100-16 vol.% B{sub 4}C composite. The EBSD technique has been successfully applied to characterize the grain structure in the AA1100-16 vol.% B{sub 4}C friction stir welds, which provides a powerful tool to follow the microstructural evolution of MMC materials during friction stir welding (FSW). Both mechanical polishing and ion beam polishing are used for the EBSD sample preparation. The effect of the sample preparation on the EBSD data acquisition quality is studied. Some typical examples, such as the identification of grains and subgrains, grain size distribution, deformation fields and the texture components are given. - Highlights: {yields} EBSD has been used to characterize the grain structure of Al-B{sub 4}C MMCs. {yields} Mechanical and ion beam polishing are compared for EBSD sample preparation of MMCs. {yields} EBSD shows great advantages over optical microscopy for microtexture analysis of MMCs.

  14. Formulation, optimization and characterization of gemfibrozil nanocrystals prepared by wet milling technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zahra Bastami

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Today, nanotechnology has a variety of application areas. Pharmacy is one of the most important application fields of nanotechnology. Preparation of nanoparticular drug delivery systems such as nanocrystals could improve the solubility and bioavailability of poorly water soluble drugs. Gemfibrozil (GEM is a low water soluble drug biopharmaceutical classification system II and used as a lipid regulating agent. In this study, a rapid and simple wet milling method was used for preparation of GEM nanosuspension (GEM NS. The use of sonication after wet milling process reduced the milling time significantly. Different concentrations of stabilizers (polyvinyl pyrrolidone K30 [PVP K30] and Tween 80 were tested for preparation of GEM NSs. The finest GEM NS was obtained by 0.5% w/v GEM, 1% w/v PVP K30 and 2% w/v Tween 80. The size and zeta potential of finest GEM NS were 238.2 ΁ 2.5 nm and - 19.6 ΁ 0.1 mV, respectively. The morphology of dried GEM NS was observed using atomic force microscopy. Differential scanning calorimetry of GEM and GEM NS confirmed that there was no interaction between GEM and stabilizers. Compared with GEM, the solubility of GEM NS increased significantly.

  15. ZnO THIN FILMS PREPARED BY SPRAY-PYROLYSIS TECHNIQUE FROM ORGANO-METALLIC PRECURSOR

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Martin Mikulics

    2012-07-01

    Full Text Available Presented experiments utilize methanolic solution of zinc acetyl-acetonate as a precursor and sapphire (001 as a substrate for deposition of thin films of ZnO. The X-ray diffraction analysis revealed polycrystalline character of prepared films with preferential growth orientation along c-axis. The roughness of prepared films was assessed by AFM microscopy and represented by roughness root mean square (RMS value in range of 1.8 - 433 nm. The surface morphology was mapped by scanning electron microscopy showing periodical structure with several local defects. The optical transmittance spectrum of ZnO films was measured in wavelength range of 200-1000 nm. Prepared films are transparent in visible range with sharp ultra-violet cut-off at approximately 370 nm. Raman spectroscopy confirmed wurtzite structure and the presence of compressive stress within its structure as well as the occurrence of oxygen vacancies. The four-point Van der Pauw method was used to study the transport prosperities. The resistivity of presented ZnO films was found 8 × 10–2 Ω cm with carrier density of 1.3 × 1018 cm–3 and electron mobility of 40 cm2 V–1 s–1.

  16. Dual asymmetric centrifugation (DAC)--a new technique for liposome preparation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Massing, Ulrich; Cicko, Sanja; Ziroli, Vittorio

    2008-01-04

    This is the first report on the use of a "dual asymmetric centrifuge (DAC)" for preparing liposomes. DAC differs from conventional centrifugation by an additional rotation of the sample around its own vertical axis: While the conventional centrifugation constantly pushes the sample material outwards, this additional rotation constantly forces the sample material towards the center of the centrifuge. This unique combination of two contra rotating movements results in shear forces and thus, in efficient homogenization. We demonstrated that it is possible to prepare liposomes by DAC, by homogenizing a rather concentrated blend of hydrogenated phosphatidylcholine and cholesterol (55:45 mol%) and 0.9% NaCl-solution, which results in a viscous vesicular phospholipid gel (VPG). The resulting VPG can subsequently be diluted to a conventional liposome dispersion. Since DAC is intended to make sterile preparations of liposomes, or to entrap toxic/radioactive compounds, the process was performed within a sealed vial. It could be shown that the DAC speed, the lipid concentration, the homogenization time and the addition of a mixing aid (glass beads) are all critical for the size of the liposomes. Optimized conditions resulted in liposomes of 60+/-5 nm and a trapping efficacy of 56+/-3.3% for the model compound calcein.

  17. Preparation of protein imprinted materials by hierarchical imprinting techniques and application in selective depletion of albumin from human serum

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Jinxiang; Deng, Qiliang; Tao, Dingyin; Yang, Kaiguang; Zhang, Lihua; Liang, Zhen; Zhang, Yukui

    2014-06-01

    Hierarchical imprinting was developed to prepare the protein imprinted materials, as the artificial antibody, for the selective depletion of HSA from the human serum proteome. Porcine serum albumin (PSA) was employed as the dummy template for the fabrication of the recognition sites. To demonstrate the advantages of the hierarchical imprinting, molecularly imprinted polymers prepared by hierarchical imprinting technique (h-MIPs) were compared with those obtained by bulk imprinting (b-MIPs), in terms of the binding capacity, adsorption kinetics, selectivity and synthesis reproducibility. The binding capacity of h-MIPs could reach 12 mg g-1. And saturation binding could be reached in less than 20 min for the h-MIPs. In the protein mixture, h-MIPs exhibit excellent selectivity for PSA, with imprinting factors as about 3.6, much higher than those for non-template proteins. For the proteomic application, the identified protein group number in serum treated by h-MIPs was increased to 422, which is 21% higher than that obtained from the original serum, meanwhile the identified protein group number for the Albumin Removal kit was only 376. The results demonstrate that protein imprinted polymers prepared by hierarchical imprinting technique, might become the artificial antibodies for the selective depletion of high abundance proteins in proteome study.

  18. Image encryption techniques based on the fractional Fourier transform

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hennelly, B. M.; Sheridan, J. T.

    2003-11-01

    The fractional Fourier transform, (FRT), is a generalisation of the Fourier transform which allows domains of mixed spatial frequency and spatial information to be examined. A number of method have recently been proposed in the literature for the encryption of two dimensional information using optical systems based on the FRT. Typically, these methods require random phase screen keys to decrypt the data, which must be stored at the receiver and must be carefully aligned with the received encrypted data. We have proposed a new technique based on a random shifting or Jigsaw transformation. This method does not require the use of phase keys. The image is encrypted by juxtaposition of sections of the image in various FRT domains. The new method has been compared numerically with existing methods and shows comparable or superior robustness to blind decryption. An optical implementation is also proposed and the sensitivity of the various encryption keys to blind decryption is quantified. We also present a second image encryption technique, which is based on a recently proposed method of optical phase retrieval using the optical FRT and one of its discrete counterparts. Numerical simulations of the new algorithm indicates that the sensitivity of the keys is much greater than any of the techniques currently available. In fact the sensitivity appears to be so high that optical implementation, based on existing optical signal processing technology, may be impossible. However, the technique has been shown to be a powerful method of 2-D image data encryption.

  19. Full-duplex MIMO system based on antenna cancellation technique

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Foroozanfard, Ehsan; Franek, Ondrej; Tatomirescu, Alexandru

    2014-01-01

    The performance of an antenna cancellation technique for a multiple-input– multiple-output (MIMO) full-duplex system that is based on null-steering beamforming and antenna polarization diversity is investigated. A practical implementation of a symmetric antenna topology comprising three dual-pola...

  20. Laser-based surface preparation of composite laminates leads to improved electrodes for electrical measurements

    KAUST Repository

    Almuhammadi, Khaled

    2015-10-19

    Electrical impedance tomography (EIT) is a low-cost, fast and effective structural health monitoring technique that can be used on carbon fiber reinforced polymers (CFRP). Electrodes are a key component of any EIT system and as such they should feature low resistivity as well as high robustness and reproducibility. Surface preparation is required prior to bonding of electrodes. Currently this task is mostly carried out by traditional sanding. However this is a time consuming procedure which can also induce damage to surface fibers and lead to spurious electrode properties. Here we propose an alternative processing technique based on the use of pulsed laser irradiation. The processing parameters that result in selective removal of the electrically insulating resin with minimum surface fiber damage are identified. A quantitative analysis of the electrical contact resistance is presented and the results are compared with those obtained using sanding.

  1. Synthesis and Electrochemical Behavior of Ceria Based Bi-Layer Films by Dip Coating Technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chinnu, M Karl; Anand, K Vijai; Kumar, R Mohan; Alagesan, T; Jayavel, R

    2015-01-01

    Ceria based bi-layer films of CeO2-CdS and CeO2-TiO2 were prepared by sol-gel based hydrothermal route combined with dip-coating. The synthesized samples were subjected to various characterizations such as X-ray diffraction, Field emission scanning electron microscopy, thermo-gravimetric analysis, UV-Vis absorption and photoluminescence studies. The prepared materials were dissolved in naffion solution and disposed as a thin film on glassy carbon electrode by dip coating technique. Electrochemical Li+ intercalation/deintercalation was performed by cyclic voltammetry and these results indicate that the CeO2/LiClO4 system is electrochemically reversible. The total intercalation/deintercalation of the CeO2 film, CeO2-CdS and CeO2-TiO2 bi-layer films was determined by cyclic voltammetry, which showed increased charge storage capacity.

  2. Low dielectric loss in nano-Li-ferrite spinels prepared by sol–gel auto-combustion technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Mamata Maisnam; Nandeibam Nilima; Maisnam Victory; Sumitra Phanjoubam

    2016-02-01

    Pure and doped nano-Li-ferrite spinels were prepared by the sol–gel auto-combustion technique. The prepared ferrites were pelleted and heat treated at different temperatures. Structural characterization was carried out on the as-prepared samples and also on the heat-treated samples using X-ray diffraction (XRD). The studies confirmed the formation of single phase with spinel structures in all the samples. The crystallite size of the samples evaluated from XRD data was found to be 17–24 nm. Scanning electron microscopic photomicrographs revealed the microstructures and the grain size of these nanoferrites. The room-temperature dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent, tan δ were measured as a function of frequency in the range 100 Hz–1 MHz. These nanoferrites showed the normal dielectric dispersion behaviour. The observed dielectric constant and dielectric loss tangent were found to be much lower than those measured on substituted Li-ferrites prepared by the conventional ceramic method. The results obtained were discussed in the paper.

  3. Video multiple watermarking technique based on image interlacing using DWT.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ibrahim, Mohamed M; Abdel Kader, Neamat S; Zorkany, M

    2014-01-01

    Digital watermarking is one of the important techniques to secure digital media files in the domains of data authentication and copyright protection. In the nonblind watermarking systems, the need of the original host file in the watermark recovery operation makes an overhead over the system resources, doubles memory capacity, and doubles communications bandwidth. In this paper, a robust video multiple watermarking technique is proposed to solve this problem. This technique is based on image interlacing. In this technique, three-level discrete wavelet transform (DWT) is used as a watermark embedding/extracting domain, Arnold transform is used as a watermark encryption/decryption method, and different types of media (gray image, color image, and video) are used as watermarks. The robustness of this technique is tested by applying different types of attacks such as: geometric, noising, format-compression, and image-processing attacks. The simulation results show the effectiveness and good performance of the proposed technique in saving system resources, memory capacity, and communications bandwidth.

  4. Face Veins Based MCMT Technique for Personal Identification

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kamta Nath Mishra

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available Face veins based personal identification is a challenging task in the field of identity verification of a person. It is because many other techniques are not identifying the uniqueness of a person in the universe. This research paper finds the uniqueness of a person on the basis of face veins based technique. In this paper five different persons face veins images have been used with different rotation angles (left/right 900 to 2700 and 3150 . For each person, eight different images at different rotations were used and for each of these images the same minimum cost minutiae tree (MCMT is obtained. Here, Prim‟s or Kruskal‟s algorithm is used for finding the MCMT from a minutiae graph. The MCMT is traversed in pre-order to generate the unique string of vertices and edge lengths. We deviated the edge lengths of each MCMT by five pixels in positive and negative directions for robustness testing. It is observed in our experiments that the traversed string which consists of vertices and edge lengths of MCMT is unique for each person and this unique sequence is correctly identifying a person with an accuracy of above 95%. Further, we have compared the performance of our proposed technique with other standard techniques and it is observed that the proposed technique is giving the promising result.

  5. The Real-Time Image Processing Technique Based on DSP

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    QI Chang; CHEN Yue-hua; HUANG Tian-shu

    2005-01-01

    This paper proposes a novel real-time image processing technique based on digital singnal processor (DSP). At the aspect of wavelet transform(WT) algorithm, the technique uses algorithm of second generation wavelet transform-lifting scheme WT that has low calculation complexity property for the 2-D image data processing. Since the processing effect of lifting scheme WT for 1-D data is better than the effect of it for 2-D data obviously, this paper proposes a reformative processing method: Transform 2-D image data to 1-D data sequence by linearization method, then process the 1-D data sequence by algorithm of lifting scheme WT. The method changes the image convolution mode,which based on the cross filtering of rows and columns. At the aspect of hardware realization, the technique optimizes the program structure of DSP to exert the operation power with the in-chip memorizer of DSP. The experiment results show that the real-time image processing technique proposed in this paper can meet the real-time requirement of video-image transmitting in the video surveillance system of electric power. So the technique is a feasible and efficient DSP solution.

  6. Magnetic and electric properties of C-Co thin films prepared by vaccum arc technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tembre, A.; Clin, M.; Picot, J.-C. [Laboratoire de Physique de la Matiere Condensee, Universite de Picardie Jules Verne, 33 rue Saint Leu, 80039 Amiens (France); Dellis, J.-L., E-mail: jean-luc.dellis@u-picardie.fr [Laboratoire de Physique de la Matiere Condensee, Universite de Picardie Jules Verne, 33 rue Saint Leu, 80039 Amiens (France); Henocque, J. [Laboratoire de Physique de la Matiere Condensee, Universite de Picardie Jules Verne, 33 rue Saint Leu, 80039 Amiens (France); Bouzerar, R. [Laboratoire de Physique des Systemes Complexes, Universite de Picardie Jules Verne, 33 rue Saint leu, 80039 Amiens (France); Djellab, K. [Plate-forme de Microscopie Electronique, Universite de Picardie Jules Verne, 33 rue Saint Leu, 80039 Amiens (France)

    2011-09-15

    Highlights: > Cobalt doped carbon thin films have been deposited by pulsed anodic electric arc technique. > The films are composed of well-crystallized cobalt layers and complex graphitic microstructure. > An insulating to a metallic state transition at 60 K is observed. > The magnetic susceptibility measurements show anomalous behaviour around 60 K. - Abstract: Cobalt doped carbon thin films have been deposited by a pulsed anodic electric arc technique. The films were characterized by high resolution transmission electron microscopy, electric measurements under dc magnetic fields, and ac magnetic susceptibility measurements within a temperature range 15-300 K. An insulating to a metallic state transition at a critical temperature around 60 K was observed.

  7. Elemental Analysis of Nanomaterial Using Photon-Atom Interaction Based EDXRF Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sanjeev Kumar

    2013-08-01

    Full Text Available Presence of trace amount of foreign impurities (both metallic and non-metallic in standard salts used for sample preparation and during the synthesis process can alter the physical and chemical behavior of the pure and doped nano-materials. Therefore, it becomes important to determine concentration of various elements present in synthesized nano-material sample. In present work, the elemental and compositional analysis of nano-materials synthesized using various methods has been performed using photon-atom interaction based energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence (EDXRF technique. This technique due to its multielement analytical capability, lower detection limit, capability to analyze metals and non-metals alike and almost no sample preparation requirements can be utilized for analysis of nano-materials. The EDXRF spectrometer involves a 2.4 kW Mo anode x-ray tube (Pananalytic, Netherland equipped with selective absorbers as an excitation source and an LEGe detector (FWHM = 150 eV at 5.895 keV, Canberra, US coupled with PC based multichannel analyzer used to collect the fluorescentx-ray spectra. The analytical results showed good agreements with the expected values calculated on the basis of the precursor used in preparation of nano-materials.

  8. PREPARATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF AMIDATED PECTIN BASED POLYMER ELECTROLYTE MEMBRANES

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    R.K.Mishra; A.Anis; S.Mondal; M.Dutt; A.K.Banthia

    2009-01-01

    The work presents the synthesis and characterization of ami dated pectin(AP)based polymer electrolyte membranes(PEM)crosslinked with glutaraldehyde(GA).The prepared membranes are characterized by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy(FTIR),organic elemental analysis,X-ray diffraction studies(XRD),thermogravimetric analysis (TGA)and impedance spectroscopy.Mechanical properties of the membranes are evaluated by tensile tests.The degree of amidation(DA),molar and mass reaction yields(YM and YN)are calculated based on the results of organic elemental analysis.FTIR spectroscopy indicated the presence of primary and secondary amide absorption bands.XRD pattern of membranes clearly indicates that there is a considerable increase in crystallinity as compared to parent pectin.TGA studies indicate that AP is less thermally stable than reference pectin.A maximum room temperature conductivity of 1.098×10-3 Scm-1 is obtained in the membrane,which is designated as AP-3.These properties make them good candidates for low cost biopolymer electrolyte membranes for fuel cell applications.

  9. Preservice Teachers' Perceptions of Pedagogic Documentation Techniques in Early Childhood Teacher Preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Flannery Quinn, Suzanne M.; Schwartz, Kimberly

    2011-01-01

    This research examines the perceptions of early childhood preservice teachers in relation to earning the techniques of pedagogic documentation with young children. Data sources are preservice teachers' written responses to questions related to using technologies associated with pedagogic documentation such as photography and video recording, as…

  10. Proposing a Wiki-Based Technique for Collaborative Essay Writing

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mabel Ortiz Navarrete

    2014-10-01

    Full Text Available This paper aims at proposing a technique for students learning English as a foreign language when they collaboratively write an argumentative essay in a wiki environment. A wiki environment and collaborative work play an important role within the academic writing task. Nevertheless, an appropriate and systematic work assignment is required in order to make use of both. In this paper the proposed technique when writing a collaborative essay mainly attempts to provide the most effective way to enhance equal participation among group members by taking as a base computer mediated collaboration. Within this context, the students’ role is clearly defined and individual and collaborative tasks are explained.

  11. Line Search-Based Inverse Lithography Technique for Mask Design

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xin Zhao

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available As feature size is much smaller than the wavelength of illumination source of lithography equipments, resolution enhancement technology (RET has been increasingly relied upon to minimize image distortions. In advanced process nodes, pixelated mask becomes essential for RET to achieve an acceptable resolution. In this paper, we investigate the problem of pixelated binary mask design in a partially coherent imaging system. Similar to previous approaches, the mask design problem is formulated as a nonlinear program and is solved by gradient-based search. Our contributions are four novel techniques to achieve significantly better image quality. First, to transform the original bound-constrained formulation to an unconstrained optimization problem, we propose a new noncyclic transformation of mask variables to replace the wellknown cyclic one. As our transformation is monotonic, it enables a better control in flipping pixels. Second, based on this new transformation, we propose a highly efficient line search-based heuristic technique to solve the resulting unconstrained optimization. Third, to simplify the optimization, instead of using discretization regularization penalty technique, we directly round the optimized gray mask into binary mask for pattern error evaluation. Forth, we introduce a jump technique in order to jump out of local minimum and continue the search.

  12. Residual stress analysis in Co-based laser clad layers by laboratory X-rays and synchrotron diffraction techniques

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    de Oliveira, U.; Ocelik, V.; De Hosson, J. Th. M.

    2006-01-01

    Thick Co-based coatings were prepared by laser cladding technique on C45 steel substrates with different geometries. Microstructural observations were realized using optical, scanning electron and orientation imaging microscopy. The residual strain state on the surface of a clad layer was determined

  13. Residual stress analysis in Co-based laser clad layers by laboratory X-rays and synchrotron diffraction techniques

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    de Oliveira, U.; Ocelik, V.; De Hosson, J. Th. M.

    2006-01-01

    Thick Co-based coatings were prepared by laser cladding technique on C45 steel substrates with different geometries. Microstructural observations were realized using optical, scanning electron and orientation imaging microscopy. The residual strain state on the surface of a clad layer was determined

  14. A Survey on Statistical Based Single Channel Speech Enhancement Techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sunnydayal. V

    2014-11-01

    Full Text Available Speech enhancement is a long standing problem with various applications like hearing aids, automatic recognition and coding of speech signals. Single channel speech enhancement technique is used for enhancement of the speech degraded by additive background noises. The background noise can have an adverse impact on our ability to converse without hindrance or smoothly in very noisy environments, such as busy streets, in a car or cockpit of an airplane. Such type of noises can affect quality and intelligibility of speech. This is a survey paper and its object is to provide an overview of speech enhancement algorithms so that enhance the noisy speech signal which is corrupted by additive noise. The algorithms are mainly based on statistical based approaches. Different estimators are compared. Challenges and Opportunities of speech enhancement are also discussed. This paper helps in choosing the best statistical based technique for speech enhancement

  15. An Observed Voting System Based On Biometric Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    B. Devikiruba

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available ABSTRACT This article describes a computational framework which can run almost on every computer connected to an IP based network to study biometric techniques. This paper discusses with a system protecting confidential information puts strong security demands on the identification. Biometry provides us with a user-friendly method for this identification and is becoming a competitor for current identification mechanisms. The experimentation section focuses on biometric verification specifically based on fingerprints. This article should be read as a warning to those thinking of using methods of identification without first examine the technical opportunities for compromising mechanisms and the associated legal consequences. The development is based on the java language that easily improves software packages that is useful to test new control techniques.

  16. Posterior indirect adhesive 
restorations: updated indications 
and the Morphology Driven 
Preparation Technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Veneziani, Marco

    The aim of this article is to identify the indications for adhesively cemented restorations and to provide a correct step-by-step protocol for clinicians. New cavity preparation principles are based on morphological considerations in terms of geometry (maximum profile line and inclination of cusp lines), and structure (dentin concavity and enamel convexity). In this article, we discuss previous preparation concepts that were not designed purely for adhesive restorations and were therefore not conservative enough or suitable for adhesive procedures. The novel cavity shape consists of continuous inclined plane cavity margins (hollow chamfer or concave bevel) on axial walls, whenever they are coronal to the equatorial tooth line. A 1.2 mm-thick butt-joint preparation is performed in the interproximal box and on the axial walls when the margins are apical to the equatorial line. The occlusal surface is anatomically prepared, free of slots and angles. The author's suggestion is to avoid shoulder finish line preparation around cusps, occlusal slots, and pins, as they are less conservative, incompatible with adhesive procedures, and involve unnecessary dentin exposure. The clinical advantages of this new "anatomic" preparation design are 1) improving adhesion quality (optimizing the cutting of enamel prisms, and increasing the available enamel surface); 2) minimizing dentin exposure; 3) maximizing hard tissue preservation (the cavity being designed for cementation with reinforced composite resins, improvement of flow, and removal of excess material); 4) optimization of esthetic integration due to the inclined plane design, which permits a better blending at the transition area between tooth and restoration. These preparation principles may be effectively used for all adhesively cemented restorations, both according to traditional concepts (inlay, onlay, overlay) and new ones (additional overlay, occlusal-veneer, overlay-veneer, long-wrap overlay, adhesive crown). Thus, a

  17. Preparation of ibuprofen/lipid composite microparticles by supercritical fluid technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xia WANG; Hui CHEN; Yanni GUO; Yuzhong SU; Hongtao WANG; Jun LI

    2008-01-01

    Using the CO2-and N2-assisted atomization processes, the production of ibuprofen/lipid composite microparticles is investigated, in which the lipid includes myristic acid and tripalmitin. The produced composite particles show similar morphology to that of the pure lipids obtained by the same process. In the case of the N2-assisted process, the average size of composite part-icles is slightly larger than that of the pure lipid particles due to the difficulty of solidification when using N2. In the case of the CO2-assisted process, the average size of com-posite particles is slightly smaller than that of the pure myr-istic acid particles, but slightly larger than that of the pure tripalmitin particles. The dissolution study reveals that the drug release from the ibuprofen/myristic acid particles is enhanced in comparison with that of the unprocessed ibu-profen. For the particles produced by the N2-assisted pro-cess, the X-ray diffraction (XRD) patterns clearly indicate the encapsulation of ibuprofen into myristic acid. The obtained ibuprofen/tripalmitin composite particles with 5% or 20% of ibuprofen (in mass) evidently show the con-trolled drug release: only about 20% of the drug is released in 500 min from the ibuprofen/tripalmitin composite part-icles consisting of 20% ibuprofen prepared by the CO2-assisted process, and the same release is obtained from the ibuprofen/tripalmitin composite particles containing 5% ibuprofen prepared by the N2-assisted process.

  18. Preparation of hydrocortisone nanosuspension through a bottom-up nanoprecipitation technique using microfluidic reactors.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ali, Hany S M; York, Peter; Blagden, Nicholas

    2009-06-22

    In this work, the possibility of bottom-up creation of a relatively stable aqueous hydrocortisone nanosuspension using microfluidic reactors was examined. The first part of the work involved a study of the parameters of the microfluidic precipitation process that affect the size of generated drug particles. These parameters included flow rates of drug solution and antisolvent, microfluidic channel diameters, microreactors inlet angles and drug concentrations. The experimental results revealed that hydrocortisone nano-sized dispersions in the range of 80-450 nm were obtained and the mean particle size could be changed by modifying the experimental parameters and design of microreactors. The second part of the work studied the possibility of preparing a hydrocortisone nanosuspension using microfluidic reactors. The nano-sized particles generated from a microreactor were rapidly introduced into an aqueous solution of stabilizers stirred at high speed with a propeller mixer. A tangential flow filtration system was then used to concentrate the prepared nanosuspension. The nanosuspension produced was then characterized using photon correlation spectroscopy (PCS), Zeta potential measurement, transmission electron microscopy (TEM), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) and X-ray analysis. Results showed that a narrow sized nanosuspension composed of amorphous spherical particles with a mean particle size of 500+/-64 nm, a polydispersity index of 0.21+/-0.026 and a zeta potential of -18+/-2.84 mV was obtained. Physical stability studies showed that the hydrocortisone nanosuspension remained homogeneous with slight increase in mean particle size and polydispersity index over a 3-month period.

  19. Multivariate discrimination technique based on the Bayesian theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    JIN Ping; PAN Chang-zhou; XIAO Wei-guo

    2007-01-01

    A multivariate discrimination technique was established based on the Bayesian theory. Using this technique, P/S ratios of different types (e.g., Pn/Sn, Pn/Lg, Pg/Sn or Pg/Lg) measured within different frequency bands and from different stations were combined together to discriminate seismic events in Central Asia. Major advantages of the Bayesian approach are that the probability to be an explosion for any unknown event can be directly calculated given the measurements of a group of discriminants, and at the same time correlations among these discriminants can be fully taken into account. It was proved theoretically that the Bayesian technique would be optimal and its discriminating performance would be better than that of any individual discriminant as well as better than that yielded by the linear combination approach ignoring correlations among discriminants. This conclusion was also validated in this paper by applying the Bayesian approach to the above-mentioned observed data.

  20. RANKINGTHEREFACTORING TECHNIQUES BASED ON THE INTERNAL QUALITY ATTRIBUTES

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sultan Alshehri

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The analytic hierarchy process (AHP has been applied in many fields and especially to complex engineering problems and applications. The AHP is capable of structuring decision problems and finding mathematically determined judgments built on knowledge and experience. This suggests that AHP should prove useful in agile software development where complex decisions occur routinely. In this paper, the AHP is used to rank the refactoring techniques based on the internal code quality attributes. XP encourages applying the refactoring where the code smells bad. However, refactoring may consume more time and efforts.So, to maximize the benefits of the refactoring in less time and effort, AHP has been applied to achieve this purpose. It was found that ranking the refactoring techniques helped the XP team to focus on the technique that improve the code and the XP development process in general.

  1. Co3O4 mirobelts: Preparation with the electrospinning technique and its investigation in peroxidase-like activity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Haiyan; Zhu, Weiyue

    2017-03-01

    Co3O4 microbelts were prepared with cobalt nitrate and PVP as raw materials by an electrospinning technique combined with subsequent calcination. The belt-like Co3O4 was characterized by XRD, SEM, TEM, FT-IR and its N2 adsorption-desorption behavior was measured. In addition, its peroxidase-like activity was investigated with H2O2 and 3,3‧,5,5‧-tetramethylbenzidine as substrates, and the product with the highest specific area exhibits the best catalytic activity and stability.

  2. Structural Characteristics and Properties of Precious Metal Powders and Copper Powder Prepared by High-speed Centrifugal Atomization Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    XIE Ming; YANG You-cai; LI Yu-shen; ZHANG Jian-kan; FU Shi-ji; SHI Qing-nan

    2007-01-01

    The principle and characteristics of the rapidly solidified centrifugal atomization technique are studied in present paper. It has been widely used to make fine, rapidly solidified precious metal powders for application as the electrical engineering materials, conductive coatings for electromagnetic shielding and brazing alloys. The silver powder, copper powder and some precious metal alloys powders are prepared by the new method. A comparative analysis is carried out with the conventional electrolytic silver powder and chemical deposition silver powder. The results show that rapidly solidified powders are fine and have higher solid solubility of the alloying elements, and their alloys have excellent properties in various aspects.

  3. A simplified isolation technique for preparation and placement of resin composite strip crowns.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Psaltis, Gregory L; Kupietzky, Ari

    2008-01-01

    Resin composite strip crowns (SCs) have been utilized for over 2 decodes to restore carious primary teeth. While SCs are the most esthetic anterior crowns, they also are the most technique sensitive. Restoration of a severely decoyed primary anterior tooth with a SC restoration is often complicated by hemorrhage in the operative site. Inflamed, bleeding gingiva may interfere with proper curing of the restorations, resulting in discolored crowns due to excessive bleeding during the curing process. Proper isolation and hemostasis is crucial for successfully completing the SC restoration. Traditionally, the routine use of ligature ties to deflect gingival tissue and retain the rubber dam in place has been recommended to address this problem. The purpose of this report was to describe a simple, relatively inexpensive, alternative technique for placing SCs by utilizing orthodontic elastomers.

  4. Polymer Light-Emitting Diode Prepared by Floating-Off Film-Transfer Technique

    KAUST Repository

    Park, Jihoon

    2015-12-22

    © 2015 Copyright Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. Floating-off film-transfer technique was used for the formation of semiconducting polymer multi-layers and the effect on the performance of polymer light-emitting diode (PLED) was studied. This method made it possible to avoid the solvent compatibility problem that was typically encountered in successive coating of polymeric multilayer by solution processing. F8BT and MEH-PPV were used for electron transporting layer (ETL) and for emissive layer, respectively. Current-voltage-luminance characteristics and luminescence efficiency results showed that the insertion of ETL by floating-off film-transfer technique followed by proper heat treatment resulted in a significant improvement in PLED operation due to its electron-transporting and hole-blocking abilities.

  5. MEMS-Based Power Generation Techniques for Implantable Biosensing Applications

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jonathan Lueke

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Implantable biosensing is attractive for both medical monitoring and diagnostic applications. It is possible to monitor phenomena such as physical loads on joints or implants, vital signs, or osseointegration in vivo and in real time. Microelectromechanical (MEMS-based generation techniques can allow for the autonomous operation of implantable biosensors by generating electrical power to replace or supplement existing battery-based power systems. By supplementing existing battery-based power systems for implantable biosensors, the operational lifetime of the sensor is increased. In addition, the potential for a greater amount of available power allows additional components to be added to the biosensing module, such as computational and wireless and components, improving functionality and performance of the biosensor. Photovoltaic, thermovoltaic, micro fuel cell, electrostatic, electromagnetic, and piezoelectric based generation schemes are evaluated in this paper for applicability for implantable biosensing. MEMS-based generation techniques that harvest ambient energy, such as vibration, are much better suited for implantable biosensing applications than fuel-based approaches, producing up to milliwatts of electrical power. High power density MEMS-based approaches, such as piezoelectric and electromagnetic schemes, allow for supplemental and replacement power schemes for biosensing applications to improve device capabilities and performance. In addition, this may allow for the biosensor to be further miniaturized, reducing the need for relatively large batteries with respect to device size. This would cause the implanted biosensor to be less invasive, increasing the quality of care received by the patient.

  6. An Efficient Image Compression Technique Based on Arithmetic Coding

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Prof. Rajendra Kumar Patel

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available The rapid growth of digital imaging applications, including desktop publishing, multimedia, teleconferencing, and high visual definition has increased the need for effective and standardized image compression techniques. Digital Images play a very important role for describing the detailed information. The key obstacle for many applications is the vast amount of data required to represent a digital image directly. The various processes of digitizing the images to obtain it in the best quality for the more clear and accurate information leads to the requirement of more storage space and better storage and accessing mechanism in the form of hardware or software. In this paper we concentrate mainly on the above flaw so that we reduce the space with best quality image compression. State-ofthe-art techniques can compress typical images from 1/10 to 1/50 their uncompressed size without visibly affecting image quality. From our study I observe that there is a need of good image compression technique which provides better reduction technique in terms of storage and quality. Arithmetic coding is the best way to reducing encoding data. So in this paper we propose arithmetic coding with walsh transformation based image compression technique which is an efficient way of reduction

  7. Sensing CO gas with SnO{sub 2} thin films wetted with Cu prepared by sol-gel technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tirado G, S.; Cazares R, J. M. [Escuela Superior de Fisica y Matematicas, IPN, A. P. 75-544, 07300 Mexico D. F. (Mexico); Maldonado, A. [Departamento de Ingenieria Electrica, Centro de Investigacion y de Estudios Avanzados, IPN, A. P. 14-740, 07000 Mexico D. F. (Mexico)

    2009-10-15

    Pure and Cu surface deposited SnO{sub 2} thin films have been prepared on soda-lime substrate using the sol-gel technique. The sensing CO gas properties were investigated in 230 nm in thickness thin films. Pure thin films were wetted with several layers of Cu. The sensors were fabricated and proved at 0, 1, 5, 50, 100 and 200 ppm concentration CO gas and at 23, 100, 200 and 300 C working temperatures. The structural, morphology, electrical and optical properties of such thin films are reported. The route of 2-methoxyethanol and monoethanolamine was used. The resistance was high for all the samples. As was proposed, all the samples resulted enough amorphous and so the X-ray diffraction spectra show such structural state. the surface morphology for the samples was characterized by SEM and also by AFM techniques. (Author)

  8. Low power optical limiting studies on nanocrystalline benzimidazole thin films prepared by modified liquid phase growth technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    P A Praveen; S P Prabhakaran; R Ramesh Babu; K Sethuraman; K Ramamurthi

    2015-06-01

    In the present work, benzimidazole (BMZ), a well known nonlinear optical material, thin films were deposited using the modified liquid phase growth technique at different solution temperatures. The prepared samples were subjected to spectral, structural and surface analyses. Linear optical properties and third-order optical nonlinearity of the deposited BMZ thin films were analysed using UV–visible–NIR spectrum and -scan technique, respectively. The experimental results show that the BMZ films exhibit reverse saturable absorption and positive nonlinearity at 650 nm CW laser of power 5 mW. The measured third-order nonlinear susceptibility of the films is about 10−10 esu. Optical limiting studies were performed using the same laser source and the potentiality of the BMZ films is reported.

  9. Modified technique for preparation of venous circulation resin casts in the cirrhotic liver

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    JOSÉ OLÍMPIO MAIA DE VASCONCELOS FILHO

    Full Text Available ABSTRACT This study describes two major adaptations for the preparation of resin casts in human cirrhotic liver, harvested at the time of transplantation. The first is the way of fixing the catheter in the ostia of the hepatic and portal veins through a cerclage, so as to prevent displacement of the catheter and / or leakage of the resin during its injection. The second is the extension of corrosion time in the NaOH solution, averaging 6.8 days, with daily replacement the solution until complete removal of parenchymal tissue. We applied the method in 14 cirrhotic livers, with good filling and coloring of the portal and hepatic vein territories, using different colors. This allows an anatomical study of these vessels, able to complement the knowledge of the histopathology in research work, and the planning of therapeutic procedures, such as the Trans-Jugular Intrahepatic Port-Systemic Shunt (TIPS.

  10. Preparation of CuO Quantum Dots by Cost-Effective Ultrasonication Technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rathod, K. N.; Savaliya, Chirag; Babiya, K. R.; Vasvani, S. H.; Ramani, Rupeshkumar V.; Ramani, Bharat M.; Joshi, Ashvini D.; Pandya, Dhiren; Shah, N. A.; Markna, J. H.

    Due to exciting size-dependent chemical and physical properties, nanoscale materials have extensive range of applications compared with microstructural particles. CuO nanoparticles are very important among transition metal oxides because of their large number of applications. Quantum dots (QDs) of CuO (copper oxide) were prepared by the innovative ultrasonication method. Ultrasonic sound is used in this synthesis method to synthesize QDs of copper oxide. Structural and optical properties were studied in this research work. X-ray diffraction was used to study the formation of structural phase CuO QDs and found to be single phasic without any impurity. Transmission electron microscopic measurements were performed to study the morphology of QDs of CuO, which confirms spherical QDs with an average diameter of ˜4nm. In optical studies, absorption spectra of the CuO were analyzed by using UV-visible spectroscopy.

  11. SMS Spam Filtering Technique Based on Artificial Immune System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tarek M Mahmoud

    2012-03-01

    Full Text Available The Short Message Service (SMS have an important economic impact for end users and service providers. Spam is a serious universal problem that causes problems for almost all users. Several studies have been presented, including implementations of spam filters that prevent spam from reaching their destination. Nave Bayesian algorithm is one of the most effective approaches used in filtering techniques. The computational power of smart phones are increasing, making increasingly possible to perform spam filtering at these devices as a mobile agent application, leading to better personalization and effectiveness. The challenge of filtering SMS spam is that the short messages often consist of few words composed of abbreviations and idioms. In this paper, we propose an anti-spam technique based on Artificial Immune System (AIS for filtering SMS spam messages. The proposed technique utilizes a set of some features that can be used as inputs to spam detection model. The idea is to classify message using trained dataset that contains Phone Numbers, Spam Words, and Detectors. Our proposed technique utilizes a double collection of bulk SMS messages Spam and Ham in the training process. We state a set of stages that help us to build dataset such as tokenizer, stop word filter, and training process. Experimental results presented in this paper are based on iPhone Operating System (iOS. The results applied to the testing messages show that the proposed system can classify the SMS spam and ham with accurate compared with Nave Bayesian algorithm.

  12. Characterization techniques for graphene-based materials in catalysis

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Maocong Hu

    2017-06-01

    Full Text Available Graphene-based materials have been studied in a wide range of applications including catalysis due to the outstanding electronic, thermal, and mechanical properties. The unprecedented features of graphene-based catalysts, which are believed to be responsible for their superior performance, have been characterized by many techniques. In this article, we comprehensively summarized the characterization methods covering bulk and surface structure analysis, chemisorption ability determination, and reaction mechanism investigation. We reviewed the advantages/disadvantages of different techniques including Raman spectroscopy, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR and Diffuse Reflectance Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (DRIFTS, X-Ray diffraction (XRD, X-ray absorption near edge structure (XANES and X-ray absorption fine structure (XAFS, atomic force microscopy (AFM, scanning electron microscopy (SEM, transmission electron microscopy (TEM, high-resolution transmission electron microscopy (HRTEM, ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy (UV-vis, X-ray fluorescence (XRF, inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP, thermogravimetric analysis (TGA, Brunauer–Emmett–Teller (BET, and scanning tunneling microscopy (STM. The application of temperature-programmed reduction (TPR, CO chemisorption, and NH3/CO2-temperature-programmed desorption (TPD was also briefly introduced. Finally, we discussed the challenges and provided possible suggestions on choosing characterization techniques. This review provides key information to catalysis community to adopt suitable characterization techniques for their research.

  13. Process and formulation variables in the preparation of wax microparticles by a melt dispersion technique. I. Oil-in-water technique for water-insoluble drugs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bodmeier, R; Wang, J; Bhagwatwar, H

    1992-01-01

    Ibuprofen-wax (carnauba, paraffin, beeswax, and the semisynthetic glyceryl esters--Gelucire 64/02 and Precirol ATO5) microparticles were prepared without organic solvents as an alternative to polymeric microparticles. In the melt dispersion technique, the drug-wax melt was emulsified into a heated aqueous phase followed by cooling to form the microparticles. The microparticles were characterized with respect to their drug loading, and morphological and release properties. They were spherical and non-agglomerated and drug loading close to 60 per cent were achieved. The more hydrophilic waxes (Gelucire 64/02 or Precirol ATO5) could be prepared without the use of surfactants. With the other waxes, increasing amounts of sodium lauryl sulphate in the external aqueous phase decreased the drug loading because of drug solubilization when compared to the polymeric stabilizer, poly(vinyl alcohol). The type of wax, the rate of cooling, and the temperature of the aqueous phase had no significant effect on the drug loading because of the low solubility of the drug in the external aqueous phase. The drug release was controlled by the hydrophobicity of the wax. Besides ibuprofen, other water-soluble drugs (ketoprofen, indomethacin, hydrocortisone) were also encapsulated by this method. The wax microparticles could be formulated into an aqueous sustained-release oral suspension dosage form.

  14. Earthquake Analysis of Structure by Base Isolation Technique in SAP

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    T. Subramani

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents an overview of the present state of base isolation techniques with special emphasis and a brief on other techniques developed world over for mitigating earthquake forces on the structures. The dynamic analysis procedure for isolated structures is briefly explained. The provisions of FEMA 450 for base isolated structures are highlighted. The effects of base isolation on structures located on soft soils and near active faults are given in brief. Simple case study on natural base isolation using naturally available soils is presented. Also, the future areas of research are indicated. Earthquakes are one of nature IS greatest hazards; throughout historic time they have caused significant loss offline and severe damage to property, especially to man-made structures. On the other hand, earthquakes provide architects and engineers with a number of important design criteria foreign to the normal design process. From well established procedures reviewed by many researchers, seismic isolation may be used to provide an effective solution for a wide range of seismic design problems. The application of the base isolation techniques to protect structures against damage from earthquake attacks has been considered as one of the most effective approaches and has gained increasing acceptance during the last two decades. This is because base isolation limits the effects of the earthquake attack, a flexible base largely decoupling the structure from the ground motion, and the structural response accelerations are usually less than the ground acceleration. In general, the increase of additional viscous damping in the structure may reduce displacement and acceleration responses of the structure. This study also seeks to evaluate the effects of additional damping on the seismic response when compared with structures without additional damping for the different ground motions.

  15. Combination of direct swim-up technique and discontinuous Percoll gradient centrifugation for sperm preparation of oligoasthenozoospermic samples.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, S U; Ho, H N; Chen, H F; Chao, K H; Wu, M Y; Chen, C D; Huang, S C; Lee, T Y; Yang, Y S

    1996-01-01

    Sperm recovery for assisted reproduction in oligoasthenozoospermic patients is not satisfying either by the swim-up technique or by Percoll gradient centrifugation, and no single technique is constantly preferred. The design of this study was to evaluate the effects of combining the two methods on improving the efficacy of sperm preparation in these poor samples. For each semen sample, 1 mL was treated with a combination method, which used direct swim-up technique to recover motile sperm swimming to the supernatant, and then the residual semen was subjected to two-layer discontinuous Percoll gradient procedure for further recovery of motile sperm. Another 1 mL was prepared with two-layer discontinuous Percoll gradient centrifugation alone for comparison. Parameters measured included sperm concentration, number of progressively motile sperm, percentage of progressive motility, percentage of motile sperm recovery, amount of debris, percentage of normal forms according to Kruger's strict criteria, and motion characteristics of sperm using computer-aided motility analysis. The results of 30 oligoasthenozoospermic samples demonstrated that the combination method achieved a significantly greater recovery of motile sperm than the two-layer discontinuous Percoll gradient centrifugation did (43.2 +/- 19.7% vs. 32.2 +/- 14.3%, p method than in those of Percoll gradient centrifugation alone, but the difference was not significant (63.7 +/- 21.8% vs. 58.7 +/- 20.1%). The debris of semen was removed equally well by both methods. The percentage of normal forms as well as motion characteristics, including curvilinear velocity, straight-line velocity, mean amplitude of lateral head displacement, and linearity, were similar in the samples treated by these two procedures. The combination of the direct swim-up technique and discontinuous Percoll gradient centrifugation combines the advantages of each procedure and results in greater recovery of motile sperm in oligoasthenozoospermic

  16. Preparation of collagen-based materials for wound dressing

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    吴志谷; 盛志勇; 孙同柱; 耿淼; 黎君友; 姚咏明; 黄祖琇

    2003-01-01

    Objective To describe the methods which were used to develop collagen-based materials for wound dressing.Methods Fresh frozen bovine tendon was treated with 0.05 mol/L acetic acid at pH 3.2 for 48-72 hours, homogenized, filtered, mixed with 8% chondroitin sulphate, for creating a deaerated 1.5%-2.5% collagen solution. The solution was lyophilized in either a pre-frozen or non-pre-frozen mould. The collagen sponge was then cross-linked with 0.25% glutaraldehyde for 24 hours. Three other types of wound dressings were developed using a similar method: collagen membrane with a polyurethane membrane onlay, polyurethane-coated collagen membrane and collagen membrane on gauze.Results It was demonstrated that the use of frozen bovine tendon was stable, and that the prepared collagen sponge contained pores of 50-400 μm in diameter. Conclusions Collagen could be used as wound dressing.

  17. Preparation of polyol esters based on vegetable and animal fats.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gryglewicz, S; Piechocki, W; Gryglewicz, G

    2003-03-01

    The possibility of using some natural fats: rapeseed oil, olive oil and lard, as starting material for the preparation of neopentyl glycol (NPG) and trimethylol propane (TMP) esters is reported. The syntheses of final products were performed by alcoholysis of fatty acid methyl esters, obtained from natural fats studied, with the appropriate polyhydric alcohol using calcium methoxide as a catalyst. The basic physicochemical properties of the NPG and TMP esters synthesized were the following: viscosity at 40 degrees C in the range of 13.5-37.6 cSt, pour point between -10.5 and -17.5 degrees C and very high viscosity indices, higher than 200. Generally, the esters of neopentyl alcohols were characterized by higher stability in thermo-oxidative conditions in comparison to native triglycerides. Due to the low content of polyunsaturated acids, the olive oil based esters showed the highest thermo-oxidative resistance. Also, methyl esters of fatty acids of lard would constitute a good raw material for the synthesis of lubricating oils, provided that their saturated acids content was lowered. This permits synthesis of NPG and TMP esters with a lower pour point (below -10 degrees C) than natural lard (+33 degrees C).

  18. Finding Within Cluster Dense Regions Using Distance Based Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Wesam Ashour

    2012-03-01

    Full Text Available One of the main categories in Data Clustering is density based clustering. Density based clustering techniques like DBSCAN are attractive because they can find arbitrary shaped clusters along with noisy outlier. The main weakness of the traditional density based algorithms like DBSCAN is clustering the different density level data sets. DBSCAN calculations done according to given parameters applied to all points in a data set, while densities of the data set clusters may be totally different. The proposed algorithm overcomes this weakness of the traditional density based algorithms. The algorithm starts with partitioning the data within a cluster to units based on a user parameter and compute the density for each unit separately. Consequently, the algorithm compares the results and merges neighboring units with closer approximate density values to become a new cluster. The experimental results of the simulation show that the proposed algorithm gives good results in finding clusters for different density cluster data set.

  19. Gabor-based fusion technique for Optical Coherence Microscopy.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rolland, Jannick P; Meemon, Panomsak; Murali, Supraja; Thompson, Kevin P; Lee, Kye-sung

    2010-02-15

    We recently reported on an Optical Coherence Microscopy technique, whose innovation intrinsically builds on a recently reported - 2 microm invariant lateral resolution by design throughout a 2 mm cubic full-field of view - liquid-lens-based dynamic focusing optical probe [Murali et al., Optics Letters 34, 145-147, 2009]. We shall report in this paper on the image acquisition enabled by this optical probe when combined with an automatic data fusion method developed and described here to produce an in-focus high resolution image throughout the imaging depth of the sample. An African frog tadpole (Xenopus laevis) was imaged with the novel probe and the Gabor-based fusion technique, demonstrating subcellular resolution in a 0.5 mm (lateral) x 0.5 mm (axial) without the need, for the first time, for x-y translation stages, depth scanning, high-cost adaptive optics, or manual intervention. In vivo images of human skin are also presented.

  20. Solid-phase microextraction: a promising technique for sample preparation in environmental analysis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Alpendurada, M F

    2000-08-11

    Solid-phase microextraction (SPME) is a simple and effective adsorption and desorption technique, which eliminates the need for solvents or complicated apparatus, for concentrating volatile or nonvolatile compounds in liquid samples or headspace. SPME is compatible with analyte separation and detection by gas chromatography and high-performance liquid chromatography, and provides linear results for wide concentrations of analytes. By controlling the polarity and thickness of the coating on the fibre, maintaining consistent sampling time, and adjusting other extraction parameters, an analyst can ensure highly consistent, quantifiable results for low concentration analytes. To date, about 400 articles on SPME have been published in different fields, including environment (water, soil, air), food, natural products, pharmaceuticals, biology, toxicology, forensics and theory. As the scope of SPME grew, new improvements were made with the appearance of new coatings that allowed an increase in the specificity of this extraction technique. The key part of the SPME fibre is of course the fibre coating. At the moment, 27 variations of fibre coating and size are available. Among the newest are a fibre assembly with a dual coating of divinylbenzene and Carboxen suspended in poly(dimethylsiloxane), and a series of 23 gauge fibres intended for specific septumless injection system. The growth of SPME is also reflected in the expanding number of the accessories that make the technology even easier to use Also available is a portable field sampler which is a self-contained unit that stores the SPME fibre after sampling and during the shipment to the laboratory. Several scientific publications show the results obtained in inter-laboratory validation studies in which SPME was applied to determine the presence of different organic compounds at ppt levels, which demonstrates the reliability of this extraction technique for quantitative analysis.

  1. Characterization of cadmium substituted nickel ferrites prepared using auto-combustion technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Manojit De

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available In the present paper we have investigated synthesis of nickel ferrite (NiFe2O4 and cadmium substituted nickel ferrite (Ni1-xCdxFe2O4 powders with particles’ size in nanometer range using auto combustion technique as well as their sinterability. XRD analysis of the sintered samples confirmed the formation of single phase materials and the lattice parameter was increased with increase in cadmium concentration. It has also been observed that the estimated bulk densities of the materials decrease with increase in cadmium concentration, while they increase with the rise of sintering temperature.

  2. Preparation of Cu, Ag, Fe and Al nanoparticles by the exploding wire technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    P Sen; Joyee Ghosh; Alqudami Abdullah; Prashant Kumar; Vandana

    2003-10-01

    We describe a novel process for the production of nanoparticles of Cu, Ag, Fe and Al which involves exploding their respective wires, triggered by large current densities in the wires. The particles are characterised by X-ray diffraction (XRD) and atomic force microscopy (AFM). Particle sizes in the range 20-100nm were obtained employing this technique. The XRD results reveal that the nanoparticles continue to retain lattice periodicity at reduced particle sizes, displaying in some cases evidence of lattice strain and preferential orientation. In the case of Fe, Mossbauer spectroscopy reveals loss of ferromagnetism as a result of the reduced size of the particles.

  3. Preparation and Photocatalysis of Mesoporous TiO2 Nanofibers via an Electrospinning Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Wei; YUAN Qing; CHI Yue; SHAO Chang-lu; LI Nan; LI Xiao-tian

    2012-01-01

    Mesoporous TiO2 nanofibers have been synthesized by a new method that combines sol-gel chemistry and electrospinning technique.The obtained mesoporous TiO2 nanofibers were characterized with scanning electron microscopy(SEM),X-ray diffraction(XRD),transmission electron microscopy(TEM) and nitrogen adsorptiondesorption isotherms.The photocatalytic performance was evaluated by the photocatalytic degradation of Rhodamine B undcr UV light irradiation.The results show that mesoporous TiO2 nanofibers exhibit higher photocatalytic activity compared with nonporous TiO2 nanofibers.

  4. Diffusion barrier characteristics of co monolayer prepared by Langmuir Blodgett technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sharma, Sumit, E-mail: sumitelsd2007@gmail.com [Electronic Science Department, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra, Haryana 136119 (India); Kumar, Mukesh, E-mail: kumarmukesh@gmail.com [Department of Electrical Engineering, College of Engineering at Wadi Aldawasir, Prince Sattam Bin Abdulaziz University, Wadi Aldawasir 11991 (Saudi Arabia); Rani, Sumita [Electronic Science Department, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra, Haryana 136119 (India); Kumar, Dinesh, E-mail: dineshelsd@gmail.com [Electronic Science Department, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra, Haryana 136119 (India)

    2016-04-30

    Graphical abstract: Thermal stability of structures (a) Cu/SiO{sub 2}/Si and (b) Cu/Co/SiO{sub 2}/Si, indicating that presence of thin cobalt layer improves the thermal stability of the structure up to 600 °C. - Highlights: • Monolayers of cobalt were deposited on SiO{sub 2}/Si substrates using LB technique. • Copper layers were deposited on this structures using thermal evaporation method. • Thermal stability was determined by annealing the structures at various temperatures. • The structure was found to be stable up to 650 °C. - Abstract: Monolayers of Co over SiO{sub 2}/Si substrate were deposited using Langmuir Blodgett (LB) technique. The diffusion barrier capability of Co layer was evaluated against copper diffusion. The structure of the deposited Co layer was analyzed using X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), Energy Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy (EDS) and Atomic force microscopy (AFM) techniques. Thermal stability of Cu/SiO{sub 2}/Si and Cu/Co/SiO{sub 2}/Si test structures was studied and compared using X-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron microscope (SEM) and four probe techniques. The samples were annealed at different temperatures starting from 200 °C up to 700 °C in vacuum for 30 min. XRD results indicated that combination of Co/SiO{sub 2} worked as diffusion barrier up to 550 °C whereas SiO{sub 2} alone could work as barrier only up to 300 °C. Sheet resistance of these samples was measured as a function of annealing temperature which also supports XRD results. C–V curves of these structures under the influence of Biased Thermal Stress (BTS) were analyzed. BTS was applied at 2.5 MV cm{sup −1} at 150 °C. Results showed that in the presence of Co barrier layer there was no shift in the C–V curve even after 90 min of BTS while in the absence of barrier there was a significant shift in the C–V curve even after 30 min of BTS. Further these test structures were examined for leakage current density (j{sub L}) at same BTS

  5. Preparation and photocharacterization of Cu-Sb-Se films by electrodeposition technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fernandez, A.M. [Departamento de Materiales Solares (CIE-UNAM), Centro de Ivestigacion en Energia, Temixco, Morelos 62580 (Mexico); Turner, J.A. [National Renewable Energy Laboratory, 1617 Cole Blvd., Golden, CO 80401 (United States)

    2003-09-15

    Ternary semiconductor Cu-Sb-Se films were grown on 304 stainless-steel/Cr and ITO-glass using a combination of electrodeposition and chemical bath techniques. The samples were annealed in a N{sub 2} atmosphere at various temperatures and characterized by X-ray, electron probe microanalysis, current-voltage, capacitance-voltage and photocurrent spectroscopy. Photoelectrochemical studies were used to determinate the flat-band potential and the doping density of the material. These data lead to energetic considerations on the applicability of the Cu-Sb-Se electrode in the photoelectrochemical decomposition of water.

  6. Clustering economies based on multiple criteria decision making techniques

    OpenAIRE

    2011-01-01

    One of the primary concerns on many countries is to determine different important factors affecting economic growth. In this paper, we study some factors such as unemployment rate, inflation ratio, population growth, average annual income, etc to cluster different countries. The proposed model of this paper uses analytical hierarchy process (AHP) to prioritize the criteria and then uses a K-mean technique to cluster 59 countries based on the ranked criteria into four groups. The first group i...

  7. Ultrabroadband Phased-Array Receivers Based on Optical Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-02-26

    AFRL-AFOSR-VA-TR-2016-0121 Ultrabroadband Phased-array Receivers Based on Optical Techniques Christopher Schuetz UNIVERSITY OF DELAWARE Final Report...NUMBER 7. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) University of Delaware 210 Hullihen Hall Newark, DE 19716 8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION...Rev. 8/98) Prescribed by ANSI Std . Z39.18 Adobe Professional 7.0 Reset INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING SF 298 1. REPORT DATE. Full publication date

  8. Graphene-based multilayers constructed from layer-by-layer self-assembly techniques.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yu, Bing; Liu, Xiaomian; Cong, Hailin; Yuan, Hua; Wang, Dong; Li, Zejing

    2014-02-01

    This paper reviews the recent research and development of graphene-based multilayers fabricated from layer-by-layer (LBL) self-assembly technique. Graphene multilayer films, due to their excellent performances and specific applications, have attracted widespread attention during recent decades. In this paper, the preparation and property of self-assembled graphene multilayer films are introduced. The application of different graphene multilayer films in transparent conducting films (TCFs), field effect transistors (FETs), lithium ion batteries (LIBs), supercapacitors, and solar cells are summarized and discussed. The perspectives for the future developments of self-assembled graphene multilayer films are proposed.

  9. Preparation, Properties, and Self-Assembly Behavior of PTFE-Based Core-Shell Nanospheres

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Katia Sparnacci

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Nanosized PTFE-based core-shell particles can be prepared by emulsifier-free seed emulsion polymerization technique starting from spherical or rod-like PTFE seeds of different size. The shell can be constituted by the relatively high Tg polystyrene and polymethylmethacrylate as well as by low Tg polyacrylic copolymers. Peculiar thermal behavior of the PTFE component is observed due to the high degree of PTFE compartmentalization. A very precise control over the particle size can be exerted by properly adjusting the ratio between the monomers and the PTFE seed. In addition, the particle size distribution self-sharpens as the ratio monomer/PTFE increases. Samples with uniformity ratios suited to build 2D and 3D colloidal crystals are easily prepared. In particular, 2D colloidal crystal of spheres leads to very small 2D nanostructuration, useful for the preparation of masks with a combination of nanosphere lithography and reactive ion etching. 3D colloidal crystals were also obtained featuring excellent opal quality, which is a direct consequence of the monodispersity of colloids used for their growth.

  10. Modern Focused-Ion-Beam-Based Site-Specific Specimen Preparation for Atom Probe Tomography.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Prosa, Ty J; Larson, David J

    2017-02-06

    Approximately 30 years after the first use of focused ion beam (FIB) instruments to prepare atom probe tomography specimens, this technique has grown to be used by hundreds of researchers around the world. This past decade has seen tremendous advances in atom probe applications, enabled by the continued development of FIB-based specimen preparation methodologies. In this work, we provide a short review of the origin of the FIB method and the standard methods used today for lift-out and sharpening, using the annular milling method as applied to atom probe tomography specimens. Key steps for enabling correlative analysis with transmission electron-beam backscatter diffraction, transmission electron microscopy, and atom probe tomography are presented, and strategies for preparing specimens for modern microelectronic device structures are reviewed and discussed in detail. Examples are used for discussion of the steps for each of these methods. We conclude with examples of the challenges presented by complex topologies such as nanowires, nanoparticles, and organic materials.

  11. An innovative monolithic column preparation for the isolation of 25 kilo base pairs DNA.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ongkudon, Clarence M; Pan, Sharadwata; Danquah, Michael K

    2013-11-29

    The use of large DNAs in preparing multivalent vaccines that will eventually give protective immunity against multiple pathogenic microbes is becoming a major debate nowadays. One of the important issues in ensuring the successful implementation of the new vaccine technology is the development of a chromatographic technique that can handle larger DNAs. This paper reports the development of a novel conical monolithic column format with pore and surface characteristics engineered for the isolation of 25 kbp DNA in a single step fashion. An effective method of eliminating wall channelling, a defect of most conventional monolithic chromatography systems which has caused significant loss of product, was applied to maximise DNA recovery. This method was based on a systematic reduction of wall channel size based on a predetermined correlation between column’s back pressure and wall channel size of a particular monolith pore size.

  12. Comparative analysis of affinity-based 5-hydroxymethylation enrichment techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thomson, John P.; Hunter, Jennifer M.; Nestor, Colm E.; Dunican, Donncha S.; Terranova, Rémi; Moggs, Jonathan G.; Meehan, Richard R.

    2013-01-01

    The epigenetic modification of 5-hydroxymethylcytosine (5hmC) is receiving great attention due to its potential role in DNA methylation reprogramming and as a cell state identifier. Given this interest, it is important to identify reliable and cost-effective methods for the enrichment of 5hmC marked DNA for downstream analysis. We tested three commonly used affinity-based enrichment techniques; (i) antibody, (ii) chemical capture and (iii) protein affinity enrichment and assessed their ability to accurately and reproducibly report 5hmC profiles in mouse tissues containing high (brain) and lower (liver) levels of 5hmC. The protein-affinity technique is a poor reporter of 5hmC profiles, delivering 5hmC patterns that are incompatible with other methods. Both antibody and chemical capture-based techniques generate highly similar genome-wide patterns for 5hmC, which are independently validated by standard quantitative PCR (qPCR) and glucosyl-sensitive restriction enzyme digestion (gRES-qPCR). Both antibody and chemical capture generated profiles reproducibly link to unique chromatin modification profiles associated with 5hmC. However, there appears to be a slight bias of the antibody to bind to regions of DNA rich in simple repeats. Ultimately, the increased specificity observed with chemical capture-based approaches makes this an attractive method for the analysis of locus-specific or genome-wide patterns of 5hmC. PMID:24214958

  13. Effect of Various Sodium Chloride Mass Fractions on Wheat and Rye Bread Using Different Dough Preparation Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tańska, Małgorzata; Rotkiewicz, Daniela; Piętak, Andrzej

    2016-01-01

    Summary This study assessed the selected properties of bread with reduced amount of sodium chloride. The bread was made from white and wholemeal wheat flour and rye flour. The dough was prepared using three techniques: with yeast, natural sourdough or starter sourdough. Sodium chloride was added to the dough at 0, 0.5, 1.0 and 1.5% of the flour mass. The following bread properties were examined in the study: yield and volume of the loaf, moisture content, crumb firmness and porosity, and organoleptic properties. Reducing the mass fraction of added sodium chloride was not found to have considerable effect on bread yield, whereas it had a significant and variable effect on the loaf volume, and crumb firmness and porosity. Organoleptic assessment showed diverse effects of sodium chloride addition on sensory properties of bread, depending on the type of bread and the dough preparation method. Reduced mass fractions of sodium chloride changed the organoleptic properties of bread made with yeast and with starter sourdough to a greater extent than of bread prepared with natural sourdough. PMID:27904407

  14. Synthesis and magnetic properties of barium-calcium hexaferrite particles prepared by sol-gel and microemulsion techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Jotania, R.B. [Department of Physics, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad 380 009, Gujarat (India)], E-mail: rbjotania@gmail.com; Khomane, R.B. [Chemical Engineering Division, National Chemical Laboratory, Pune 411008, Maharastra (India); Chauhan, C.C. [Department of Physics, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad 380 009, Gujarat (India); Menon, S.K. [Department of Chemistry, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad 380 009, Gujarat (India); Kulkarni, B.D. [Chemical Engineering Division, National Chemical Laboratory, Pune 411008, Maharastra (India)

    2008-03-15

    The preparation of W-type hexaferrite particles with the composition BaCa{sub 2}Fe{sub 16}O{sub 27} by microemulsion and a stearic acid sol-gel method with and without surfactant has been investigated at various sintering temperatures. The structural and magnetic characteristics have been studied by X-ray diffraction (XRD), a vibrating sample magnetometer (VSM), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), differential scanning calorimetric (DSC) and Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) techniques. The effect of sintering temperature on the properties of BaCa{sub 2}Fe{sub 16}O{sub 27} hexaferrites has been studied. The value of saturation magnetization (M{sub s}) depends on types of surfactant used. The sample prepared in the presence of polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleat (Tween 80) shows low saturation magnetization (M{sub s}=15.10 emu/g), whereas the other sample prepared in the presence of a surfactant cetyltrimethylammonium bromide (CTAB) exhibits high saturation magnetization (M{sub s}=24.60 emu/g) compared to the normal sample.

  15. Effect of Various Sodium Chloride Mass Fractions on Wheat and Rye Bread Using Different Dough Preparation Techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Małgorzata Tańska

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This study assessed the selected properties of bread with reduced amount of sodium chloride. The bread was made from white and wholemeal wheat flour and rye flour. The dough was prepared using three techniques: with yeast, natural sourdough or starter sourdough. Sodium chloride was added to the dough at 0, 0.5, 1.0 and 1.5 % of the flour mass. The following bread properties were examined in the study: yield and volume of the loaf, moisture content, crumb firmness and porosity, and organoleptic properties. Reducing the mass fraction of added sodium chloride was not found to have considerable effect on bread yield, whereas it had a significant and variable effect on the loaf volume, and crumb firmness and porosity. Organoleptic assessment showed diverse effects of sodium chloride addition on sensory properties of bread, depending on the type of bread and the dough preparation method. Reduced mass fractions of sodium chloride changed the organoleptic properties of bread made with yeast and with starter sourdough to a greater extent than of bread prepared with natural sourdough.

  16. Structure, optical and electrical properties of indium tin oxide ultra thin films prepared by jet nebulizer spray pyrolysis technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Thirumoorthi

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available Indium tin oxide (ITO thin films have been prepared by jet nebulizer spray pyrolysis technique for different Sn concentrations on glass substrates. X-ray diffraction patterns reveal that all the films are polycrystalline of cubic structure with preferentially oriented along (222 plane. SEM images show that films exhibit uniform surface morphology with well-defined spherical particles. The EDX spectrum confirms the presence of In, Sn and O elements in prepared films. AFM result indicates that the surface roughness of the films is reduced as Sn doping. The optical transmittance of ITO thin films is improved from 77% to 87% in visible region and optical band gap is increased from 3.59 to 4.07 eV. Photoluminescence spectra show mainly three emissions peaks (UV, blue and green and a shift observed in UV emission peak. The presence of functional groups and chemical bonding was analyzed by FTIR. Hall effect measurements show prepared films having n-type conductivity with low resistivity (3.9 × 10−4 Ω-cm and high carrier concentrations (6.1 × 1020 cm−3.

  17. Recent Application of Solid Phase Based Techniques for Extraction and Preconcentration of Cyanotoxins in Environmental Matrices.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mashile, Geaneth Pertunia; Nomngongo, Philiswa N

    2017-03-04

    Cyanotoxins are toxic and are found in eutrophic, municipal, and residential water supplies. For this reason, their occurrence in drinking water systems has become a global concern. Therefore, monitoring, control, risk assessment, and prevention of these contaminants in the environmental bodies are important subjects associated with public health. Thus, rapid, sensitive, selective, simple, and accurate analytical methods for the identification and determination of cyanotoxins are required. In this paper, the sampling methodologies and applications of solid phase-based sample preparation methods for the determination of cyanotoxins in environmental matrices are reviewed. The sample preparation techniques mainly include solid phase micro-extraction (SPME), solid phase extraction (SPE), and solid phase adsorption toxin tracking technology (SPATT). In addition, advantages and disadvantages and future prospects of these methods have been discussed.

  18. Preparation of self-organized porous tungsten oxide using HFCVD technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chavez, Fernando [Departamento de Fisicoquimica de Materiales, ICUAP, Benemerita Universidad Autonoma de Puebla, Puebla, 72000 (Mexico); Felipe, Carlos, E-mail: cfelipe98@gmail.com [Departamento de Fisicoquimica de Materiales, ICUAP, Benemerita Universidad Autonoma de Puebla, Puebla, 72000 (Mexico); Departamento de Biociencias e Ingenieria, CIIEMAD, Instituto Politecnico Nacional, Mexico D.F., 07340 (Mexico); Lima, Enrique [Instituto de Investigaciones en Materiales, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Circuito Exterior, Ciudad Universitaria, Mexico D.F., 04510 (Mexico); Lara, Victor [Departamento de Quimica, Universidad Autonoma Metropolitana, Iztapalapa, Mexico D.F., 09340 (Mexico); Angeles-Chavez, Carlos [Programa de Ingenieria Molecular, Instituto Mexicano del Petroleo, Mexico D.F., 07730 (Mexico); Hernandez, Miguel A. [Departamento de Investigacion en Zeolitas, ICUAP, Benemerita Universidad Autonoma de Puebla, Puebla, 72000 (Mexico)

    2010-03-15

    Hot filament chemical vapour deposition (HFCVD) technique was applied to deposit a porous tungsten oxide film on glass wafers. The tungsten filament was used as a source in a vacuum atmosphere. The porous film was characterized by scanning electron microscopy, energy-dispersive X-ray spectroscopy, X-ray thermodiffraction, nitrogen sorption and small-angle X-ray scattering. From these characterization techniques it was found that porous film presents a clusters-like morphology of WO{sub 3-x} particles. The particles are arranged on substrate in a way that free spaces are originated, as a 3D network of pores. By increasing temperature, the BET specific surface area of the porous film changes from 38.67 to 34.5 m{sup 2} g{sup -1} most likely due to the particles have a tendency to stick together to form aggregates, particularly at high temperature. A fractal geometry approach permits to elucidate the interconnection between the particles and a simple model of the porous structure is proposed.

  19. Strain induced anomalous red shift in mesoscopic iron oxide prepared by a novel technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    T N Narayanan; D Sakthi Kumar; Yasuhiko Yoshida; M R Anantharaman

    2008-10-01

    Nano magnetic oxides are promising candidates for high density magnetic storage and other applications. Nonspherical mesoscopic iron oxide particles are also candidate materials for studying the shape, size and strain induced modifications of various physical properties viz. optical, magnetic and structural. Spherical and nonspherical iron oxides having an aspect ratio, ∼2, are synthesized by employing starch and ethylene glycol and starch and water, respectively by a novel technique. Their optical, structural, thermal and magnetic properties are evaluated. A red shift of 0.24 eV is observed in the case of nonspherical particles when compared to spherical ones. The red shift is attributed to strain induced changes in internal pressure inside the elongated iron oxide particles. Pressure induced effects are due to the increased overlap of wave functions. Magnetic measurements reveal that particles are superparamagnetic. The marked increase in coercivity in the case of elongated particles is a clear evidence for shape induced anisotropy. The decreased specific saturation magnetization of the samples is explained on the basis of weight percentage of starch, a nonmagnetic component and is verified by TGA and FTIR studies. This technique can be modified for tailoring the aspect ratio and these particles are promising candidates for drug delivery and contrast enhancement agents in magnetic resonance imaging.

  20. Preparation of sustained-release coated particles by novel microencapsulation method using three-fluid nozzle spray drying technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kondo, Keita; Niwa, Toshiyuki; Danjo, Kazumi

    2014-01-23

    We prepared sustained-release microcapsules using a three-fluid nozzle (3N) spray drying technique. The 3N has a unique, three-layered concentric structure composed of inner and outer liquid nozzles, and an outermost gas nozzle. Composite particles were prepared by spraying a drug suspension and an ethylcellulose solution via the inner and outer nozzles, respectively, and mixed at the nozzle tip (3N-PostMix). 3N-PostMix particles exhibited a corrugated surface and similar contact angles as ethylcellulose bulk, thus suggesting encapsulation with ethylcellulose, resulting in the achievement of sustained release. To investigate the microencapsulation process via this approach and its usability, methods through which the suspension and solution were sprayed separately via two of the four-fluid nozzle (4N) (4N-PostMix) and a mixture of the suspension and solution was sprayed via 3N (3N-PreMix) were used as references. It was found that 3N can obtain smaller particles than 4N. The results for contact angle and drug release corresponded, thus suggesting that 3N-PostMix particles are more effectively coated by ethylcellulose, and can achieve higher-level controlled release than 4N-PostMix particles, while 3N-PreMix particles are not encapsulated with pure ethylcellulose, leading to rapid release. This study demonstrated that the 3N spray drying technique is useful as a novel microencapsulation method.

  1. Studies of Nano-structured Se77Sb23- x Ge x Thin Films Prepared by Physical Vapor Condensation Technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Alvi, M. A.

    2017-02-01

    Bulk Se77Sb23- x Ge x material with x = 4 and 12 was prepared by employing a melt quench technique. Its amorphous as well as glassy nature was confirmed by x-ray diffraction analysis and nonisothermal differential scanning calorimetry measurements. The physical vapor condensation technique was applied to prepare nanostructured thin films of Se77Sb23- x Ge x material. The surface morphology of the films was examined using field-emission scanning electron microscopy, revealing average particle size between 20 nm and 50 nm. Systematic investigation of optical absorption data indicated that the optical transition was indirect in nature. The dark conductivity (dc conductivity) of nano-structured Se77Sb23- x Ge x thin films was also investigated at temperatures from 313 K to 463 K, revealing that it tended to increase with increasing temperature. Analyses of our experimental data also indicate that the conduction is due to thermally supported tunneling of charge carriers in confined states close to the band edges. The calculated values of activation energy agree well with the optical bandgap.

  2. Mask process matching using a model based data preparation solution

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dillon, Brian; Saib, Mohamed; Figueiro, Thiago; Petroni, Paolo; Progler, Chris; Schiavone, Patrick

    2015-10-01

    Process matching is the ability to precisely reproduce the signature of a given fabrication process while using a different one. A process signature is typically described as systematic CD variation driven by feature geometry as a function of feature size, local density or distance to neighboring structures. The interest of performing process matching is usually to address differences in the mask fabrication process without altering the signature of the mask, which is already validated by OPC models and already used in production. The need for such process matching typically arises from the expansion of the production capacity within the same or different mask fabrication facilities, from the introduction of new, perhaps more advanced, equipment to deliver same process of record masks and/or from the re-alignment of processes which have altered over time. For state-of-the-art logic and memory mask processes, such matching requirements can be well below 2nm and are expected to reduce below 1nm in near future. In this paper, a data preparation solution for process matching is presented and discussed. Instead of adapting the physical process itself, a calibrated model is used to modify the data to be exposed by the source process in order to induce the results to match the one obtained while running the target process. This strategy consists in using the differences among measurements from the source and target processes, in the calibration of a single differential model. In this approach, no information other than the metrology results is required from either process. Experimental results were obtained by matching two different processes at Photronics. The standard deviation between both processes was of 2.4nm. After applying the process matching technique, the average absolute difference between the processes was reduced to 1.0nm with a standard deviation of 1.3nm. The methods used to achieve the result will be described along with implementation considerations, to

  3. Comparing Four Touch-Based Interaction Techniques for an Image-Based Audience Response System

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Jorritsma, Wiard; Prins, Jonatan T.; van Ooijen, Peter M. A.

    2015-01-01

    This study aimed to determine the most appropriate touch-based interaction technique for I2Vote, an image-based audience response system for radiology education in which users need to accurately mark a target on a medical image. Four plausible techniques were identified: land-on, take-off, zoom-poin

  4. User Identification Detector Based on Power of R Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Chun-jiang; YU Quan; LIU Yuan-an

    2005-01-01

    To avoid the inaccurate estimation of the active user's number and the corresponding performance degradation, a novel POR-based User Identification Detector (UID) is proposed for the Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) systems. The new detector adopts the Power of R (POR) technique and the Multiple Signal Classification (MUSIC) method, which does not require the estimation of active users' number, and obtains lower false alarm probability than the subspace-based UID in the multipath channels. However, from our analysis, increasing the order m does not improve the performance. Therefore, when m is one, the performance of the new detector is maximal.

  5. NEW VERSATILE CAMERA CALIBRATION TECHNIQUE BASED ON LINEAR RECTIFICATION

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Pan Feng; Wang Xuanyin

    2004-01-01

    A new versatile camera calibration technique for machine vision using off-the-shelf cameras is described. Aimed at the large distortion of the off-the-shelf cameras, a new camera distortion rectification technology based on line-rectification is proposed. A full-camera-distortion model is introduced and a linear algorithm is provided to obtain the solution. After the camera rectification intrinsic and extrinsic parameters are obtained based on the relationship between the homograph and absolute conic. This technology needs neither a high-accuracy three-dimensional calibration block, nor a complicated translation or rotation platform. Both simulations and experiments show that this method is effective and robust.

  6. Clarithromycin dissolution enhancement by preparation of aqueous nanosuspensions using sonoprecipitation technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Esfandi, Es ׳hagh; Ramezani, Vahid; Vatanara, Alireza; Rouholamini Najafabadi, Abdolhossein; Hadipour Moghaddam, Seyyed Pouya

    2014-01-01

    Clarithromycin (CLM) is a member of macrolide family with broad spectrum antibiotic activity. It is practically insoluble in water and its poor solubility is pH dependent. In this study, series of nanosuspensions containing CLM and stabilizer such as HPMC, NaCMC, polysorbate 80, poloxamer 188 and polyvinyl alcohol in various ratios were prepared using sonoprecipitation method. Briefly, CLM was dissolved in acid solution and the pH of solution was raised under sonication and the effects of different stabilizers on particle size of nanoparticles were evaluated. Characterization of nanoparticles in terms of size, polydispersity index, zeta potential, differential scanning calorimetery and dissolution studies was performed. Antimicrobial activity of CLM nanosuspension was compared with coarse powder by using an agar well diffusion method. The results showed that HPMC was more efficient in size reduction of particles and presence of HPMC E5 with ratio of 3:5 to CLM in formulation led to develop the stable nanosuspension with particle size of 340 nm. The obtained nanosuspension successfully showed enhanced dissolution rate and antimicrobial activity.

  7. A Different Web-Based Geocoding Service Using Fuzzy Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pahlavani, P.; Abbaspour, R. A.; Zare Zadiny, A.

    2015-12-01

    Geocoding - the process of finding position based on descriptive data such as address or postal code - is considered as one of the most commonly used spatial analyses. Many online map providers such as Google Maps, Bing Maps and Yahoo Maps present geocoding as one of their basic capabilities. Despite the diversity of geocoding services, users usually face some limitations when they use available online geocoding services. In existing geocoding services, proximity and nearness concept is not modelled appropriately as well as these services search address only by address matching based on descriptive data. In addition there are also some limitations in display searching results. Resolving these limitations can enhance efficiency of the existing geocoding services. This paper proposes the idea of integrating fuzzy technique with geocoding process to resolve these limitations. In order to implement the proposed method, a web-based system is designed. In proposed method, nearness to places is defined by fuzzy membership functions and multiple fuzzy distance maps are created. Then these fuzzy distance maps are integrated using fuzzy overlay technique for obtain the results. Proposed methods provides different capabilities for users such as ability to search multi-part addresses, searching places based on their location, non-point representation of results as well as displaying search results based on their priority.

  8. A DIFFERENT WEB-BASED GEOCODING SERVICE USING FUZZY TECHNIQUES

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    P. Pahlavani

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available Geocoding – the process of finding position based on descriptive data such as address or postal code - is considered as one of the most commonly used spatial analyses. Many online map providers such as Google Maps, Bing Maps and Yahoo Maps present geocoding as one of their basic capabilities. Despite the diversity of geocoding services, users usually face some limitations when they use available online geocoding services. In existing geocoding services, proximity and nearness concept is not modelled appropriately as well as these services search address only by address matching based on descriptive data. In addition there are also some limitations in display searching results. Resolving these limitations can enhance efficiency of the existing geocoding services. This paper proposes the idea of integrating fuzzy technique with geocoding process to resolve these limitations. In order to implement the proposed method, a web-based system is designed. In proposed method, nearness to places is defined by fuzzy membership functions and multiple fuzzy distance maps are created. Then these fuzzy distance maps are integrated using fuzzy overlay technique for obtain the results. Proposed methods provides different capabilities for users such as ability to search multi-part addresses, searching places based on their location, non-point representation of results as well as displaying search results based on their priority.

  9. Nasal base narrowing: the alar flap advancement technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ismail, Ahmed Soliman

    2011-01-01

    To evaluate the role of creating an alar-based advancement flap in narrowing the nasal base and correcting excessive alar flare. Case series with chart review. This is a retrospective record review study. The study included 35 cases presenting with a wide nasal base and excessive alar flaring. The surgical procedure combined the alar base reduction with alar flare excision by creating a single laterally based alar flap. Any caudal septal deformities and any nasal tip modification procedures were corrected before the nasal base narrowing. The mean follow-up period was 23 months. The mean alar flap narrowing was 6.3 mm, whereas the mean width of sill narrowing was 2.9 mm. This single laterally based advancement alar flap resulted in a more conservative external resection, thus avoiding alar wedge overresection or blunting of the alar-facial crease. No cases of postoperative bleeding, infection, or keloid were encountered, and the external alar wedge excision healed with no apparent scar that was hidden in the depth of the alar-facial crease. The risk of notching of the alar rim at the sill incision is reduced by adopting a 2-layer closure of the vestibular floor. The alar base advancement flap is an effective technique in narrowing both the nasal base and excessive alar flare. It adopts a single skin excision to correct the 2 deformities while commonly feared complications were avoided.

  10. Performance Based Novel Techniques for Semantic Web Mining

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mahendra Thakur

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available The explosive growth in the size and use of the World Wide Web continuously creates new great challenges and needs. The need for predicting the users preferences in order to expedite and improve the browsing though a site can be achieved through personalizing of the websites. Most of the research efforts in web personalization correspond to the evolution of extensive research in web usage mining, i.e. the exploitation of the navigational patterns of the web site visitors. When a personalization system relies solely on usage-based results, however, valuable information conceptually related to what is finally recommended may be missed. Moreover, the structural properties of the web site are often disregarded. In this paper, we propose novel techniques that use the content semantics and the structural properties of a web site in order to improve the effectiveness of web personalization. In the first part of our work we present standing for Semantic Web Personalization, a personalization system that integrates usage data with content semantics, expressed in ontology terms, in order to compute semantically enhanced navigational patterns and effectively generate useful recommendations. To the best of our knowledge, our proposed technique is the only semantic web personalization system that may be used by non-semantic web sites. In the second part of our work, we present a novel approach for enhancing the quality of recommendations based on the underlying structure of a web site. We introduce UPR (Usage-based PageRank, a PageRank-style algorithm that relies on the recorded usage data and link analysis techniques. Overall, we demonstrate that our proposed hybrid personalization framework results in more objective and representative predictions than existing techniques.

  11. GIS Based Stereoscopic Visualization Technique for Weather Radar Data

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lim, S.; Jang, B. J.; Lee, K. H.; Lee, C.; Kim, W.

    2014-12-01

    As rainfall characteristic is more quixotic and localized, it is important to provide a prompt and accurate warning for public. To monitor localized heavy rainfall, a reliable disaster monitoring system with advanced remote observation technology and high-precision display system is needed. To advance even more accurate weather monitoring using weather radar, there have been growing concerns regarding the real-time changes of mapping radar observations on geographical coordinate systems along with the visualization and display methods of radar data based on spatial interpolation techniques and geographical information system (GIS). Currently, the method of simultaneously displaying GIS and radar data is widely used to synchronize the radar and ground systems accurately, and the method of displaying radar data in the 2D GIS coordinate system has been extensively used as the display method for providing weather information from weather radar. This paper proposes a realistic 3D weather radar data display technique with higher spatiotemporal resolution, which is based on the integration of 3D image processing and GIS interaction. This method is focused on stereoscopic visualization, while conventional radar image display works are based on flat or two-dimensional interpretation. Furthermore, using the proposed technique, the atmospheric change at each moment can be observed three-dimensionally at various geological locations simultaneously. Simulation results indicate that 3D display of weather radar data can be performed in real time. One merit of the proposed technique is that it can provide intuitive understanding of the influence of beam blockage by topography. Through an exact matching each 3D modeled radar beam with 3D GIS map, we can find out the terrain masked areas and accordingly it facilitates the precipitation correction from QPE underestimation caused by ground clutter filtering. It can also be expected that more accurate short-term forecasting will be

  12. Preparation of aligned porous chitin nanowhisker foams by directional freeze-casting technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhou, Yiming; Fu, Shiyu; Pu, Yunqiao; Pan, Shaobo; Ragauskas, Arthur J

    2014-11-04

    Structured biofoams with aligned porous structures were fabricated from nanosized chitin by employing a directional freeze-casting technique. The effects of the freezing conditions and slurry formulation on nanochitin foam morphology were investigated. The morphology of obtained foams was characterized using scanning electron microscopy (SEM). It was found that the pore structure of the obtained foams was a likewise of the ice crystals formed during the directional freezing. The results indicate that directional freeze-casting protocol can significantly influence the morphological features and microstructures of the obtained biofoams which could have numerous applications, including engineered carriers, scaffolds, filters and specifically as a template for potential multi-layered composites after infusion with a second phase.

  13. Preparation of carbon nanotubes by ethanol catalytic combustion technique using nickel salt as catalyst precursor

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI Fei; ZOU Xiao-ping; CHENG Jin; ZHANG Hong-dan; REN Peng-fei

    2006-01-01

    A simple growth technique of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) by combustion of ethanol was developed. In the experiment,copper plate was employed as substrate,nickel nitrate (Ni(NO3)2) and nickel chloride (NiCl2) as catalyst precursor,and ethanol as carbon source. The cleaned copper substrate was dipped into catalyst precursor solution for mounting catalyst precursor particles. The dip-coated substrate was then placed into ethanol flame for about 10 min after drying. The black wool-like production grown on copper plate was obtained. This route is called an ethanol catalytic combustion(ECC) process. The black powders were characterized by means of scanning electron microscopy(SEM),transmission electron microscopy(TEM),energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer(EDS) and Raman spectroscopy. The results show that the techique is much simpler and more economical to meet the future broader applications.

  14. Spectroscopic studies of UV irradiated erythrosine B thin films prepared by spin coating technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zeyada, H M; El-Mallah, H M; Atwee, T; El-Damhogi, D G

    2017-05-15

    The spectroscopic studies of erythrosine B thin films manufactured by the spin coating technique have been presented. The spectra of infrared absorption allow characterization of vibrational modes for erythrosine B in powder form, pristine and UV irradiated thin films. The absorption spectra recorded in UV-vis-NIR for pristine films of erythrosine B display two main bands. UV irradiation on erythrosine B films decreased absorbance over the spectra. Indirect allowed transition with optical energy gap of 2.57eV is observed in pristine films. UV irradiation introduced structural defects and decreased optical band gap. Some of the optical absorption parameters and their relation to UV irradiation times, namely molar extinction coefficient (ε), electronic dipole strength (q(2)), and oscillator strength (f), of the principal optical transitions have also been evaluated.

  15. Rapid thermal annealing effects on tin oxide nanowires prepared by vapor-liquid-solid technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kar, Ayan; Yang, Jianyong; Dutta, Mitra; Stroscio, Michael A; Kumari, Jyoti; Meyyappan, M

    2009-02-11

    Tin oxide nanowires have been grown on p-type silicon substrates using a gold-catalyst-assisted vapor-liquid-solid growth process. The nanowires were annealed in the presence of oxygen at 700 degrees C for different time intervals. The changes in material properties of the nanowires after annealing were investigated using various characterization techniques. Annealing improves the crystal quality of the nanowires as seen from Raman spectroscopy analysis. Photoluminescence (PL) data indicates a decrease in the oxygen vacancies and defects after annealing, affecting the luminescence from the nanowires. In addition, x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) was used to obtain the changes in the tin and oxygen atomic concentrations before and after annealing, from which the stoichiometry was calculated.

  16. Zinc oxide films prepared by sol-gel spin coating technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kamaruddin, Sharul Ashikin; Chan, Kah-Yoong; Yow, Ho-Kwang [Multimedia University, Faculty of Engineering, Cyberjaya, Selangor (Malaysia); Zainizan Sahdan, Mohd; Saim, Hashim [Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia, Faculty of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Batu Pahat, Johor (Malaysia); Knipp, Dietmar [Jacobs University Bremen, School of Engineering and Science, Bremen (Germany)

    2011-07-15

    Zinc oxide (ZnO) thin films and micro- and nanostructures are very promising candidates for novel applications in emerging thin-film transistors, solar cells, sensors and optoelectronic devices. In this paper, a low-cost sol-gel spin coating technique was used to fabricate ZnO films on glass substrates. The sol-gel fabrication process of the ZnO films is described. The influence of precursor concentration on the material properties of the ZnO films was investigated. Atomic force microscopy and X-ray diffractometry were employed to examine the structural properties of the ZnO films. The optical properties of the ZnO films were characterized with ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy. The experimental results reveal that the precursor concentration in the sol-gel spin coating process exerts a strong influence on the properties of the ZnO films. The effects of the precursor concentration are discussed. (orig.)

  17. Preparation and characterization of molybdenum powders with copper coating by the electroless plating technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Guangjun; WANG Dezhi

    2008-01-01

    Molybdenum powders with a diameter of approximately 3 μm were coated with copper using the electroless plating technique in the pH 12.5-13 and temperature range of 55-75℃.The optimization of the electroless copper bath was evaluated through the combination of process parameters like pH and temperature.The optimized values of pH and temperature were found to be 12.5 and 60℃,respectively,which attributes to the bright maroon color of the coating with an increase in weight of 46%.The uncoated and coated powders were subjected to microstructural studies using scanning electron microscope (SEM) and the phases were analyzed using X-ray diffraction (XRD).An attempt was made to understand the growth mechanism of the coating.The diffusion-shrinkage autocatalytic model was suggested for copper growth on the molybdenum surface.

  18. Effect of indium doping on zinc oxide films prepared by chemical spray pyrolysis technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Girjesh Singh; S B Shrivastava; Deepti Jain; Swati Pandya; T Shripathi; V Ganesan

    2010-10-01

    We report the conducting and transparent In doped ZnO films fabricated by a homemade chemical spray pyrolysis system (CSPT). The effect of In concentration on the structural, morphological, electrical and optical properties have been studied. These films are found to show (0 0 2) preferential growth at low indium concentrations. An increase in In concentration causes a decrease in crystalline quality of films as confirmed by X-ray diffraction technique which leads to the introduction of defects in ZnO. Indium doping also significantly increased the electron concentrations, making the films heavily type. However, the crystallinity and surface roughness of the films decreases with increase in indium doping content likely as a result of the formation of smaller grain size, which is clearly displayed in AFM images. Typical optical transmittance values in the order of (80%) were obtained for all films. The lowest resistivity value of 0.045 -m was obtained for film with 5% indium doping.

  19. Laser image denoising technique based on multi-fractal theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Du, Lin; Sun, Huayan; Tian, Weiqing; Wang, Shuai

    2014-02-01

    The noise of laser images is complex, which includes additive noise and multiplicative noise. Considering the features of laser images, the basic processing capacity and defects of the common algorithm, this paper introduces the fractal theory into the research of laser image denoising. The research of laser image denoising is implemented mainly through the analysis of the singularity exponent of each pixel in fractal space and the feature of multi-fractal spectrum. According to the quantitative and qualitative evaluation of the processed image, the laser image processing technique based on fractal theory not only effectively removes the complicated noise of the laser images obtained by range-gated laser active imaging system, but can also maintains the detail information when implementing the image denoising processing. For different laser images, multi-fractal denoising technique can increase SNR of the laser image at least 1~2dB compared with other denoising techniques, which basically meet the needs of the laser image denoising technique.

  20. Regression based peak load forecasting using a transformation technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Haida, Takeshi; Muto, Shoichi (Tokyo Electric Power Co. (Japan). Computer and Communication Research Center)

    1994-11-01

    This paper presents a regression based daily peak load forecasting method with a transformation technique. In order to forecast the load precisely through a year, the authors should consider seasonal load change, annual load growth and the latest daily load change. To deal with these characteristics in the load forecasting, a transformation technique is presented. This technique consists of a transformation function with translation and reflection methods. The transformation function is estimated with the previous year's data points, in order that the function converts the data points into a set of new data points with preserving the shape of temperature-load relationships in the previous year. Then, the function is slightly translated so that the transformed data points will fit the shape of temperature-load relationships in the year. Finally, multivariate regression analysis with the latest daily loads and weather observations estimates the forecasting model. Large forecasting errors caused by the weather-load nonlinear characteristic in the transitional seasons such as spring and fall are reduced. Performance of the technique which is verified with simulations on actual load data of Tokyo Electric Power Company is also described.

  1. Photovoltaic properties of undoped ZnO thin films prepared by the spray pyrolysis technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ikhmayies, S.J. [Applied Science Private Univ., Amman (Jordan). Dept. of Physics; Abu El-Haija, N.M.; Ahmad-Bitar, R.N. [Jordan Univ., Amman (Jordan). Dept. of Physics

    2009-07-01

    Zinc oxide (ZnO) can be used as a window material, transparent electrode and active layer in different types of solar cells, UV emitters, and UV sensors. In addition to being low cost, ZnO is more abundant than indium tin oxide. ZnO is non toxic and has a high chemical stability in reduction environments. When ZnO films are made without any intentional doping, they exhibit n-type conductivity. ZnO thin films can be prepared by reactive sputtering, laser ablation, chemical-vapour deposition, laser molecular-beam epitaxy, thermal evaporation, sol-gel, atomic layer deposition and spray pyrolysis, with the latter being simple, inexpensive and adaptable to large area depositions. In this work ZnCl{sub 2} was used as a source of Zn where it was dissolved in distilled water. The structural, electrical and optical properties of the films were investigated due to their important characteristic for solar cell applications. Polycrystalline ZnO thin films were deposited on glass substrate by spray pyrolysis using a home-made spraying system at substrate temperature of 450 degrees C. The films were characterized by recording and analyzing their I-V plots, their transmittance, X-ray diffraction and SEM micrographs. There resistivity was found to be about 200 ohms per cm and their bandgap energy about 3.27 eV. X-ray diffraction patterns revealed that the films have a hexagonal wurtzite structure and are highly ordered with a preferential orientation (002). SEM images revealed that the substrates are continuously covered and the surface of the film is uniform. 16 refs., 4 figs.

  2. Hydrocarbon oxidation over catalysts prepared by the molecular layer deposition technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Koltsov, S.I.; Smirnov, V.M.; Postnov, V.N.; Postnova, A.M.; Aleskovskii, V.B.

    1980-01-01

    By depositing consecutive uniform monolayers of phosphorus pentoxide and vanadium pentoxide on a large-surface-area (240 sq m/g) silica gel, active and selective catalysts for hydrocarbon oxidation were obtained. Thus, in piperylene oxidation by air at 330/sup 0/-430/sup 0/C and 2000-18,000/hr space velocity, a productive capacity of 220 g/l./hr with 41 mole % each maleic anhydride yield and selectivity was achieved over a SiO/sub 2/-P/sub 2/O/sub 5//P/sub 2/O/sub 5//V/sub 2/O/sub 5/ catalyst (120 sq cm/g surface area), compared with 80 g/l./hr for a P/sub 2/O/sub 5/-V/sub 2/O/sub 5/ catalyst prepared by impregnation. In benzene oxidation, maleic anhydride yields of 52 and 60% and selectivities of 63 and 79% were achieved over SiO/sub 2/-P/sub 2/O/sub 5//V/sub 2/O/sub 5/ and SiO/sub 2/-P/sub 2/O/sub 5//P/sub 2/O/sub 5//P/sub 2/O/sub 5//V/sub 2/O/sub 5/ catalysts, respectively, compared with a 6% yield and very low selectivity over the impregnated P/sub 2/O/sub 5/-V/sub 2/O/sub 5/ catalyst. The molecular-layer catalysts retained their total activity for 100 hr on stream and permitted to reduce the oxidation temperature by 50/sup 0/-70/sup 0/C.

  3. Comparison of specimen adequacy and smear quality in oral smears prepared by manual liquid-based cytology and conventional methods

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Surabhi Shukla

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Background: Liquid-based cytology (LBC, recommended in the mass screening of potentially malignant cervical and oral lesions, suffers from high cost owing to the use of expensive automated devices and materials. Considering the need for cost-effective LBC techniques, we evaluated the efficacy of an inexpensive manual LBC (MLBC technique against conventional cytological technique in terms of specimen adequacy and smear quality of oral smears. Materials and Methods: Cytological samples were collected from 21 patients using a cytobrush device. After preparation of a conventional smear, the brush containing the remaining sample was immersed in the preservative vial. The preserved material was processed by an MLBC technique and subsequently, direct smears were made from the prepared cell button. Both conventional and MLBC smears were stained by routine Papanicolaou technique and evaluated by an independent observer for the thickness of the smear, cellular distribution, resolution/clarity of cells, cellular staining characteristics and the presence of unsatisfactory background/artifacts. Each parameter was graded as satisfactory; or satisfactory, but limited; or unsatisfactory. Chi-square test was used to compare the values obtained (significance set at P ≤ 0.05. Results: MLBC technique produced a significant number of satisfactory smears with regard to cell distribution, clarity/resolution, staining characteristics and background/artifacts compared to conventional methods. Conclusions: MLBC is a cost-effective cytological technique that may produce oral smears with excellent cytomorphology and longer storage life.

  4. Comparison of specimen adequacy and smear quality in oral smears prepared by manual liquid-based cytology and conventional methods.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shukla, Surabhi; Einstein, A; Shukla, Abhilasha; Mishra, Deepika

    2015-01-01

    Liquid-based cytology (LBC), recommended in the mass screening of potentially malignant cervical and oral lesions, suffers from high cost owing to the use of expensive automated devices and materials. Considering the need for cost-effective LBC techniques, we evaluated the efficacy of an inexpensive manual LBC (MLBC) technique against conventional cytological technique in terms of specimen adequacy and smear quality of oral smears. Cytological samples were collected from 21 patients using a cytobrush device. After preparation of a conventional smear, the brush containing the remaining sample was immersed in the preservative vial. The preserved material was processed by an MLBC technique and subsequently, direct smears were made from the prepared cell button. Both conventional and MLBC smears were stained by routine Papanicolaou technique and evaluated by an independent observer for the thickness of the smear, cellular distribution, resolution/clarity of cells, cellular staining characteristics and the presence of unsatisfactory background/artifacts. Each parameter was graded as satisfactory; or satisfactory, but limited; or unsatisfactory. Chi-square test was used to compare the values obtained (significance set at P ≤ 0.05). MLBC technique produced a significant number of satisfactory smears with regard to cell distribution, clarity/resolution, staining characteristics and background/artifacts compared to conventional methods. MLBC is a cost-effective cytological technique that may produce oral smears with excellent cytomorphology and longer storage life.

  5. Comparison of specimen adequacy and smear quality in oral smears prepared by manual liquid-based cytology and conventional methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shukla, Surabhi; Einstein, A; Shukla, Abhilasha; Mishra, Deepika

    2015-01-01

    Background: Liquid-based cytology (LBC), recommended in the mass screening of potentially malignant cervical and oral lesions, suffers from high cost owing to the use of expensive automated devices and materials. Considering the need for cost-effective LBC techniques, we evaluated the efficacy of an inexpensive manual LBC (MLBC) technique against conventional cytological technique in terms of specimen adequacy and smear quality of oral smears. Materials and Methods: Cytological samples were collected from 21 patients using a cytobrush device. After preparation of a conventional smear, the brush containing the remaining sample was immersed in the preservative vial. The preserved material was processed by an MLBC technique and subsequently, direct smears were made from the prepared cell button. Both conventional and MLBC smears were stained by routine Papanicolaou technique and evaluated by an independent observer for the thickness of the smear, cellular distribution, resolution/clarity of cells, cellular staining characteristics and the presence of unsatisfactory background/artifacts. Each parameter was graded as satisfactory; or satisfactory, but limited; or unsatisfactory. Chi-square test was used to compare the values obtained (significance set at P ≤ 0.05). Results: MLBC technique produced a significant number of satisfactory smears with regard to cell distribution, clarity/resolution, staining characteristics and background/artifacts compared to conventional methods. Conclusions: MLBC is a cost-effective cytological technique that may produce oral smears with excellent cytomorphology and longer storage life. PMID:26980958

  6. Noninvasive in vivo glucose sensing using an iris based technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Webb, Anthony J.; Cameron, Brent D.

    2011-03-01

    Physiological glucose monitoring is important aspect in the treatment of individuals afflicted with diabetes mellitus. Although invasive techniques for glucose monitoring are widely available, it would be very beneficial to make such measurements in a noninvasive manner. In this study, a New Zealand White (NZW) rabbit animal model was utilized to evaluate a developed iris-based imaging technique for the in vivo measurement of physiological glucose concentration. The animals were anesthetized with isoflurane and an insulin/dextrose protocol was used to control blood glucose concentration. To further help restrict eye movement, a developed ocular fixation device was used. During the experimental time frame, near infrared illuminated iris images were acquired along with corresponding discrete blood glucose measurements taken with a handheld glucometer. Calibration was performed using an image based Partial Least Squares (PLS) technique. Independent validation was also performed to assess model performance along with Clarke Error Grid Analysis (CEGA). Initial validation results were promising and show that a high percentage of the predicted glucose concentrations are within 20% of the reference values.

  7. IMAGE SEGMENTATION BASED ON MARKOV RANDOM FIELD AND WATERSHED TECHNIQUES

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    纳瑟; 刘重庆

    2002-01-01

    This paper presented a method that incorporates Markov Random Field(MRF), watershed segmentation and merging techniques for performing image segmentation and edge detection tasks. MRF is used to obtain an initial estimate of x regions in the image under process where in MRF model, gray level x, at pixel location i, in an image X, depends on the gray levels of neighboring pixels. The process needs an initial segmented result. An initial segmentation is got based on K-means clustering technique and the minimum distance, then the region process in modeled by MRF to obtain an image contains different intensity regions. Starting from this we calculate the gradient values of that image and then employ a watershed technique. When using MRF method it obtains an image that has different intensity regions and has all the edge and region information, then it improves the segmentation result by superimpose closed and an accurate boundary of each region using watershed algorithm. After all pixels of the segmented regions have been processed, a map of primitive region with edges is generated. Finally, a merge process based on averaged mean values is employed. The final segmentation and edge detection result is one closed boundary per actual region in the image.

  8. Impact of ignition temperature on particle size and magnetic properties of CoFe2O4 nanoparticles prepared by self-propagated MILD combustion technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kaliyamoorthy, Venkatesan; Rajan Babu, D.; Saminathan, Madeswaran

    2016-11-01

    We prepared nanocrystalline CoFe2O4 by changing its ignition temperatures, using moderate and intense low-oxygen dilution (MILD) combustion technique. The effect of ignition temperature on the particle size and its magnetic behavior was investigated by HR-TEM and VSM respectively. We observed a vast change in the structural behavior and the magnetic properties of the prepared samples. X-ray diffraction studies revealed that the resultant samples had single phase with different grain sizes from 23±5 nm to 16±5 nm, which was understood by observing the growth of the grains through heat released from the combustion reaction. FE-SEM analysis showed high porosity with heterogeneous distribution of the pore size based on the adiabatic temperature and EPMA analysis, which confirmed the elemental compositions of the prepared samples. The saturation magnetization values measured at room temperature, employing vibrating sample magnetometer (VSM) decreased gradually from 50 to 34 emu/g when the ignition temperature was increased from 243 °C to 400 °C. Some of Fe ions on the B sites moved periodically to the A sites because of quenching treatment. The presence of Fe2+ ions in the existing ferrite structure ruled the magnetic behavior of the sample, as confirmed by the Mössbauer analysis.

  9. Efficient Identification Using a Prime-Feature-Based Technique

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hussain, Dil Muhammad Akbar; Haq, Shaiq A.; Valente, Andrea

    2011-01-01

    Identification of authorized train drivers through biometrics is a growing area of interest in locomotive radio remote control systems. The existing technique of password authentication is not very reliable and potentially unauthorized personnel may also operate the system on behalf of the operator....... Fingerprint identification system, implemented on PC/104 based real-time systems, can accurately identify the operator. Traditionally, the uniqueness of a fingerprint is determined by the overall pattern of ridges and valleys as well as the local ridge anomalies e.g., a ridge bifurcation or a ridge ending...... in this paper. The technique involves identifying the most prominent feature of the fingerprint and searching only for that feature in the database to expedite the search process. The proposed architect provides efficient matching process and indexing feature for identification is unique....

  10. An Improved Face Recognition Technique Based on Modular LPCA Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mathu S.S. Kumar

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Problem statement: A face identification algorithm based on modular localized variation by Eigen Subspace technique, also called modular localized principal component analysis, is presented in this study. Approach: The face imagery was partitioned into smaller sub-divisions from a predefined neighborhood and they were ultimately fused to acquire many sets of features. Since a few of the normal facial features of an individual do not differ even when the pose and illumination may differ, the proposed method manages these variations. Results: The proposed feature selection module has significantly, enhanced the identification precision using standard face databases when compared to conservative and modular PCA techniques. Conclusion: The proposed algorithm, when related with conservative PCA algorithm and modular PCA, has enhanced recognition accuracy for face imagery with illumination, expression and pose variations.

  11. Novel synchrotron based techniques for characterization of energy materials

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Poulsen, H.F.; Nielsen, S.F.; Olsen, U.L.; Schmidt, S. (Risoe DTU, Materials Research Dept., Roskilde (Denmark)); Wright, J. (European Synchrotron Radiation Facility, Grenoble Cedex (France))

    2008-10-15

    Two synchrotron techniques are reviewed, both based on the use of high energy x-rays, and both applicable to in situ studies of bulk materials. Firstly, 3DXRD microscopy, which enables 3D characterization of the position, morphology, phase, elastic strain and crystallographic orientation of the individual embedded grains in polycrystalline specimens. In favourable cases, hundreds of grains can be studied simultaneously during processing. Secondly, plastic strain tomography: a unique method for determining the plastic strain field within materials during processing the potential applications of these techniques for basic and applied studies of four types of energy materials are discussed: polymer composites for wind turbines, solid oxide fuel cells, hydrogen storage materials and superconducting tapes. Furthermore, progress on new detectors aiming at improving the spatial and temporal resolution of such measurements is described. (au)

  12. New modulation-based watermarking technique for video

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lemma, Aweke; van der Veen, Michiel; Celik, Mehmet

    2006-02-01

    Successful watermarking algorithms have already been developed for various applications ranging from meta-data tagging to forensic tracking. Nevertheless, it is commendable to develop alternative watermarking techniques that provide a broader basis for meeting emerging services, usage models and security threats. To this end, we propose a new multiplicative watermarking technique for video, which is based on the principles of our successful MASK audio watermark. Audio-MASK has embedded the watermark by modulating the short-time envelope of the audio signal and performed detection using a simple envelope detector followed by a SPOMF (symmetrical phase-only matched filter). Video-MASK takes a similar approach and modulates the image luminance envelope. In addition, it incorporates a simple model to account for the luminance sensitivity of the HVS (human visual system). Preliminary tests show algorithms transparency and robustness to lossy compression.

  13. A VIKOR Technique with Applications Based on DEMATEL and ANP

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ou Yang, Yu-Ping; Shieh, How-Ming; Tzeng, Gwo-Hshiung

    In multiple criteria decision making (MCDM) methods, the compromise ranking method (named VIKOR) was introduced as one applicable technique to implement within MCDM. It was developed for multicriteria optimization of complex systems. However, few papers discuss conflicting (competing) criteria with dependence and feedback in the compromise solution method. Therefore, this study proposes and provides applications for a novel model using the VIKOR technique based on DEMATEL and the ANP to solve the problem of conflicting criteria with dependence and feedback. In addition, this research also uses DEMATEL to normalize the unweighted supermatrix of the ANP to suit the real world. An example is also presented to illustrate the proposed method with applications thereof. The results show the proposed method is suitable and effective in real-world applications.

  14. New Intellectual Economized Technique on Electricity Based on DSP

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Chang-ming LI; Tao JI; Ying SUN

    2010-01-01

    In order to resolve the problem of the unbalanced threephase and unstable voltage,intellectual economized technique on electricity based on electromagnetic regulation and control is proposed in this paper.We choose the TMS320LF2407A as the control chip and stepper motor as the executing agency.The equipment controls the movable contact reaching to the assigned position on the magnetic coil quickly and accurately,and outputs the sine-wave voltage steadily along with the network voltage variation though the fuzzy Porpornonal Integral Derivative(PID)control algorithm of integral separation and incremental mode with setting dead area.The principle of work and the key technique on the electromagnetic regulation and control are introduced in detail in this paper.The experiment result gives a proof for all the algorithm mentioned in this paper.

  15. Preparation of Imprinted PVB/β-CD Nanofiber by Electrospinning Technique and Its Selective Binding Abilities for Naringin%Preparation of Imprinted PVB/β-CD Nanofiber by Electrospinning Technique and Its Selective Binding Abilities for Naringin

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    马秀玲; 陈震; 陈晓; 陈日耀; 郑曦

    2011-01-01

    A novel molecularly imprinted composite nanofiber was prepared by a simple electrospinning technique, in which polyvinylbutyral (PVB) was chosen as matrix, fl-cyclodextrin (β-CD) was used as a functional monomer and naringin (NG) as template molecules. After cross-linked by hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDI), the composite nanofiber exhibited a high specific binding capacity. The morphological structure of the nanofibers was studied by means of infrared spectrum (IR), X-ray diffraction (XRD), and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The β-CD molecules were mostly homogeneously distributed within the PVB nanofiber without forming phase separated crystalline aggregates. Compared with traditional imprinted β-CD polymer, the binding experiments demonstrated that the molecularly imprinted composite nanofiber shows the specific binding sites and the selective binding ability for NG. The molecularly imprinted nanofiber could be used at least six times without any loss in binding capacity.

  16. Diamond Field Emission Source using Transfer Mold Technique Prepared by Diamond Powder Seeding

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tezuka, Sachiaki; Matsuba, Yohei; Takahashi, Kohro

    Diamond thin films fabricated by MPCVD (microwave plasma chemical vapor deposition) are available for use as a field emitter material, because of its high mechanical quality, thermal conductivity, chemical stability, environmental tolerance, and NEA (negative electron affinity). Diode and triode emitter arrays using P-doped polycrystalline diamond were manufactured on a SiO2/Si(100) substrate with reverse pyramids formed by the transfer mold technique. As the diamond nucleation process, spin-coat seeding with pure diamond powder dispersed in isoamyl acetate has been introduced in place of the bias method. SEM (scanning electron microscopy) images and Raman spectroscopy indicate that the crystal quality of the diamond thin film fabricated by spin-coat seeding is superior to that fabricated by the bias method. The diamond crystal completely grew on top of the diode emitter by the US (ultrasonic) treatment in a diamond powder solution before spin-coat seeding. The tip radius was smaller than 50 nm. The beginning voltage of the emission of the diode emitter is 3 V after the DC glow discharge treatment in H2, which is lower than that of an emitter array fabricated by the bias method, 40 V. On the other hand, the emission of the diamond triode emitter starts at a gate voltage of only 0.5 V, and the emission current of 50∼60 mA is obtained at a gate voltage of 2 V.

  17. Characterization and Magnetic Properties of Nickel Ferrite Nanoparticles Prepared by Ball Milling Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    G.Nabiyouni; M.Jafari Fesharaki; M.Mozafari; J.Amighian

    2010-01-01

    @@ Nickel ferrite nanoparicles with various grain sizes are synthesized using annealing treatment followed by ball milling of its bulk component materials.Commercially available nickel and iron oxide powders are first mixed,and then annealed at 1100℃ in an oxygen environment furnace and for 3h.The samples are then milled for different times in an SPEX mill.X-ray diffraction pattern indicates that in this stage the sample is single phase.The average grain size is estimated by scanning electron microscopy(SEM)and x-ray diffraction techniques.Magnetic behavior of the sample at room temperature is studied using a superconducting quantum interference device(SQUID).The Curie temperature of the powders is measured by an LCR meter unit.The x-ray diffraction patterns clearly indicate that increasing the milling time leads to a decrease in the grain size and consequently leads to a decrease in the saturation magnetization as well as the Curie temperatures.This result is attributed to the spin-glass-like surface layer on the nanocrystalline nickel ferrite with a ferrimagnetically aligned core.

  18. Nanocasting technique to prepare lotus-leaf-like superhydrophobic electroactive polyimide as advanced anticorrosive coatings.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chang, Kung-Chin; Lu, Hsin-I; Peng, Chih-Wei; Lai, Mei-Chun; Hsu, Sheng-Chieh; Hsu, Min-Hsiang; Tsai, Yuan-Kai; Chang, Chi-Hao; Hung, Wei-I; Wei, Yen; Yeh, Jui-Ming

    2013-02-01

    Nanocasting technique was used to obtain a biomimetic superhydrophobic electroactive polyimide (SEPI) surface structure from a natural Xanthosoma sagittifolium leaf. An electroactive polyimide (EPI) was first synthesized through thermal imidization. An impression of the superhydrophobic Xanthosoma sagittifolium leaf was then nanocasted onto the surface of the EPI so that the resulting EPI was superhydrophobic and would prevent corrosion. Polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) was then used as a negative template to transfer the impression of the superhydrophobic surface of the biomimetic EPI onto a cold-rolled steel (CRS) electrode. The superhydrophobic electroactive material could be used as advanced coatings that protect metals against corrosion. The morphology of the surface of the as-synthesized SEPI coating was investigated using scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The surface showed numerous micromastoids, each decorated with many nanowrinkles. The water contact angle (CA) for the SEPI coating was 155°, which was significantly larger than that for the EPI coating (i.e., CA = 87°). The significant increase in the contact angle indicated that the biomimetic morphology effectively repelled water. Potentiodynamic and electrochemical impedance spectroscopic measurements indicated that the SEPI coating offered better protection against corrosion than the EPI coating did.

  19. Development of cobalt ferrite powder preparation employing the sol-gel technique and its structural characterisation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Olabi A.G.

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available This work focuses on the development of a method to make nano cobalt ferrite powder using a solgel process. A particular emphasis is devoted to the understanding of the role of the chemical parameters involved in the solgel technique, and of the heat treatment on the structures and morphologies of the materials obtained. Several samples of cobalt ferrite powder were obtained by varying the initial parameters of the process in addition to the heat treatment temperature. Xray diffraction and scanning electron microscopy were used to identify the structure and morphology of samples demonstrating the influence of the initial parameters. DTA/TGA was carried out on one sample to identify important reaction temperatures during the heat treatment. The average particle size, as estimated for one sample by the full width at half maximum (FWHM of the strongest Xray diffraction (XRD peak, was found to be about 45 nm. It has been found that the chelating agent and the crosslinker have a critical influence on the resultant structure, the particle size and the particle size distribution.

  20. Preparation of a newly microbial polymer using ionizing radiation technique and its conductivity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    KIm, Hwa Jung; Song, Aram; Kim, Dong Ho; Park, Hae Jun [Advanced Radiation Technology Institute, Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute, Jeongup (Korea, Republic of)

    2016-11-15

    Extracellular polymeric substance (EPS) is produced by microorganisms for a variety of purpose in response to environmental stresses. The EPS are heterogeneous mixture composed dominantly of polysaccharides and proteins, with nucleic acid and lipid as minor constituents. Application of a bacterial EPS is in mostly bioremediation in environment and it applied to pharmaceutical industries including indwelling medical devices. Furthermore, the EPS studies have mostly been performed in the only level of bacterial culture system. In this study, we have first investigated the structural modification of EPS using ionizing radiation technique. The extracted EPS solution from bacterial culture step was exposed to gamma-irradiation at room temperature. Especially, the EPS was given irradiation at various ranges of 0, 2, 10 and 30 kGy from {sup 60}Co gamma-ray source. The structural property and surface morphology were characterized by using Fourier-transform infrared (FTIR) and field emission-scanning electron microscopy (FE-SEM). Also, the conductivity of EPS was determined by using the Van der PauW method, and the polymeric substances turned out to have semi-conductivity (about 5.38*10{sup -7})

  1. Preparation and properties of ZnO thin films deposited by sol-gel technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LAN Wei; PENG Xingping; LIU Xueqin; HE Zhiwei; WANG Yinyue

    2007-01-01

    Zinc oxide (ZnO) thin films were deposited on (100) Si substrates by sol-gel technique.Zinc acetate was used as the precursor material.The effect of different anneal-ing atmospheres and annealing temperatures on composition, structural and optical properties of ZnO thin films was inves-tigated by using Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction,atomic force microscopy and photolumi-nescence (PL),respectively.At an annealing temperature of 400℃ in N2 for 2 h,dried gel films were propitious to undergo structural relaxation and grow ZnO grains.ZnO thin film annealed at 400℃ in N2 for 2 h exhibited the optimal structure and PL property,and the grain size and the lattice constants of the film were calculated (41.6 nm,a = 3.253 A and c=5.210A).Moreover,a green emission around 495 nm was observed in the PL spectra owing to the oxygen vacancies located at the surface of ZnO grains.With increas- ing annealing temperature,both the amount of the grown ZnO and the specific surface area of the grains decrease,which jointly weaken the green emission.

  2. Effect of substrate temperature on ZnS films prepared by thermal evaporation technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vishwakarma, Rahul

    2015-06-01

    The nanocrystalline ZnS semiconducting thin films of 500 nm thickness have been deposited on glass substrate at different substrate temperatures ( T s) by thermal evaporation technique. The structural property of deposited thin films has been measured by X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, and Energy dispersive analysis of X-ray. The electrical and optical properties of thin films have been determined by D.C. two point probe and ultra-violet visible spectroscopy measurements. The X-ray diffraction patterns show that thin films have cubic structure. The electrical resistivity of thin films has decreased from 0.36 × 106 to 0.15 × 106 Ω cm as substrate temperature increases from 300 to 400 K. It shows that films have semiconducting in nature. The grain size and electrical conductivity of the thin films have increased as the deposition temperature increased while dislocation density, activation energy, and band gap decreased. The minimum band gap 3.43 eV has been found.

  3. Novel PLA/Chitosan Composite Materials Prepared by SCF-CO2 Technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI LH; ZHANG R; ZHOU CR

    2005-01-01

    Because of the incomparable merits (nontoxicity, non-remainder,fast transfer mass) of supercritical carbon dioxide fluid technique(SC-CO2), it was used to developed a series of novel biodegradable tissue engineering scaffold materials in this research. The novel PLA/chitosan composite materials could be molded to different shapes, and the porosity of the materials were over 200 μm and connected. Chondrocyte cultivation, subcutaneous and intramuscular implantation were mainly discussed this paper. The results showed that the cells could well adhere,grow and multiplicate on the surface of the materials, which indicated good biocompatibility of the composite materials. The plantation test revealed that the PLA materials had already dismissed 2 month late in the body, while the composite materials could still keep certain strength and shape, and the most important things is the response of the tissue toward the implanted PLA/chitosan composite materials was mild and had far less inflammation than PLA materials. 8 to 16 weeks later, fiber membrane was stable; degradation of the materials was seen clear and tissue had already spread into it.

  4. Photocatalytic activity of cobalt-doped zinc oxide thin film prepared using the spray coating technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sutanto, Heri; Wibowo, Singgih; Hadiyanto; Arifin, Mohammad; Hidayanto, Eko

    2017-07-01

    We report on the synthesis, characterization and photocatalytic activity of ZnO: Co thin films coated onto amorphous glass substrates by sol-gel spray coating technique. Structural and optical properties of the films were evaluated using x-ray diffractometer (XRD) and uv-vis spectrophotometer (UV-Vis), respectively. XRD patterns showed that the samples exhibited hexagonal wurtzite structure. The addition of cobalt reduced the (0 0 2) peak. This doping also reduces transparency and optical band gap. The band gap (E g) markedly decreased from 3.20 eV to 3.00 eV for undoped ZnO and ZnO: Co with 10 mol% of doping concentration, respectively. Our thin films exhibited good structural, optical and photo cataytic properties. In this study, ZnO with 4 mol% of Co was observed to have the highest photocatalytic activity with methylene blue (MB) degradation of about 76.31% for 2 h under UV irradiation.

  5. Feature-based multiresolution techniques for product design

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LEE Sang Hun; LEE Kunwoo

    2006-01-01

    3D computer-aided design (CAD) systems based on feature-based solid modelling technique have been widely spread and used for product design. However, when part models associated with features are used in various downstream applications,simplified models in various levels of detail (LODs) are frequently more desirable than the full details of the parts. In particular,the need for feature-based multiresolution representation of a solid model representing an object at multiple LODs in the feature unit is increasing for engineering tasks. One challenge is to generate valid models at various LODs after an arbitrary rearrangement of features using a certain LOD criterion, because composite Boolean operations consisting of union and subtraction are not commutative. The other challenges are to devise proper topological framework for multiresolution representation, to suggest more reasonable LOD criteria, and to extend applications. This paper surveys the recent research on these issues.

  6. Biosensor-based microRNA detection: techniques, design, performance, and challenges.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Johnson, Blake N; Mutharasan, Raj

    2014-04-07

    The current state of biosensor-based techniques for amplification-free microRNA (miRNA) detection is critically reviewed. Comparison with non-sensor and amplification-based molecular techniques (MTs), such as polymerase-based methods, is made in terms of transduction mechanism, associated protocol, and sensitivity. Challenges associated with miRNA hybridization thermodynamics which affect assay selectivity and amplification bias are briefly discussed. Electrochemical, electromechanical, and optical classes of miRNA biosensors are reviewed in terms of transduction mechanism, limit of detection (LOD), time-to-results (TTR), multiplexing potential, and measurement robustness. Current trends suggest that biosensor-based techniques (BTs) for miRNA assay will complement MTs due to the advantages of amplification-free detection, LOD being femtomolar (fM)-attomolar (aM), short TTR, multiplexing capability, and minimal sample preparation requirement. Areas of future importance in miRNA BT development are presented which include focus on achieving high measurement confidence and multiplexing capabilities.

  7. Effect of root canal filling techniques on the bond strength of epoxy resin-based sealers.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rached-Júnior, Fuad Jacob Abi; Souza, Angélica Moreira; Macedo, Luciana Martins Domingues; Raucci-Neto, Walter; Baratto-Filho, Flares; Silva, Bruno Marques; Silva-Sousa, Yara Teresinha Corrêa

    2016-01-01

    The aim of this study was to evaluate the effects of different root canal filling techniques on the bond strength of epoxy resin-based sealers. Sixty single-rooted canines were prepared using ProTaper (F5) and divided into the following groups based on the root filling technique: Lateral Compaction (LC), Single Cone (SC), and Tagger Hybrid Technique (THT). The following subgroups (n = 10) were also created based on sealer material used: AH Plus and Sealer 26. Two-millimeter-thick slices were cut from all the root thirds and subjected to push-out test. Data (MPa) was analyzed using ANOVA and Tukey's test (α = 0.05). The push-out values were significantly affected by the sealer, filling technique, and root third (p < 0.05). AH Plus (1.37 ± 1.04) exhibited higher values than Sealer 26 (0.92 ± 0.51), while LC (1.80 ± 0.98) showed greater bond strength than THT (1.16 ± 0.50) and SC (0.92 ± 0.25). The cervical (1.45 ± 1.14) third exhibited higher bond strength, followed by the middle (1.20 ± 0.72) and apical (0.78 ± 0.33) thirds. AH Plus/LC (2.26 ± 1.15) exhibited the highest bond strength values, followed by AH Plus/THT (1.32 ± 0.61), Sealer 26/LC (1.34 ± 0.42), and Sealer 26/THT (1.00 ± 0.27). The lowest values were obtained with AH Plus/SC and Sealer 26/SC. Thus, it can be concluded that the filling technique affects the bond strength of sealers. LC was associated with higher bond strength between the material and intra-radicular dentine than THT and SC techniques.

  8. A Novel FCC Catalyst Based on a Porous Composite Material Synthesized via an In Situ Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shu-Qin Zheng

    2015-11-01

    Full Text Available To overcome diffusion limitations and improve transport in microporous zeolite, the materials with a wide-pore structure have been developed. In this paper, composite microspheres with hierarchical porous structure were synthesized by an in situ technique using sepiolite, kaolin and pseudoboehmite as raw material. A novel fluid catalytic cracking (FCC catalyst for maximizing light oil yield was prepared based on the composite materials. The catalyst was characterized by XRD, FT-IR, SEM, nitrogen adsorption-desorption techniques and tested in a bench FCC unit. The results indicated that the catalyst had more meso- and macropores and more acid sites than the reference catalyst, and thus can increase light oil yield by 1.31 %, while exhibiting better gasoline and coke selectivity.

  9. Preparation and characterization of fast dissolving flurbiprofen and esomeprazole solid dispersion using spray drying technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pradhan, Roshan; Tran, Tuan Hiep; Kim, Sung Yub; Woo, Kyu Bong; Choi, Yong Joo; Choi, Han-Gon; Yong, Chul Soon; Kim, Jong Oh

    2016-04-11

    We aimed to develop an immediate-release flurbiprofen (FLU) and esomeprazole (ESO) combination formulation with enhanced gastric aqueous solubility and dissolution rate. Aqueous solubility can be enhanced by formulating solid dispersions (SDs) with a polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP)-K30 hydrophilic carrier, using spray-drying technique. Aqueous and gastric pH dissolution can be achieved by macro-environmental pH modulation using sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) and magnesium hydroxide (Mg(OH)2) as the alkaline buffer. FLU/ESO-loaded SDs (FLU/ESO-SDs) significantly improved aqueous solubility of both drugs, compared to each drug powder. Dissolution studies in gastric pH and water were compared with the microenvironmental pH modulated formulations. The optimized FLU/ESO-SD powder formulation consisted of FLU/ESO/PVP-K30/sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) in a weight ratio 1:0.22:1.5:0.3, filled in the inner capsule. The outer capsule consisted of NaHCO3 and Mg(OH)2, which created the macro-environmental pH modulation. Increased aqueous and gastric pH dissolution of FLU and ESO from the SD was attributed to the alkaline buffer effects and most importantly, to drug transformation from crystalline to amorphous SD powder, clearly revealed by scanning electron microscopy, differential scanning calorimetry, and powder X-ray diffraction studies. Thus, the combined FLU and ESO SD powder can be effectively delivered as an immediate-release formulation using the macro-environmental pH modulation concept.

  10. Prospective memory rehabilitation based on visual imagery techniques.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Potvin, Marie-Julie; Rouleau, Isabelle; Sénéchal, Geneviève; Giguère, Jean-François

    2011-12-01

    Despite the frequency of prospective memory (PM) problems in the traumatic brain injury (TBI) population, there are only a few rehabilitation programmes that have been specifically designed to address this issue, other than those using external compensatory strategies. In the present study, a PM rehabilitation programme based on visual imagery techniques expected to strengthen the cue-action association was developed. Ten moderate to severe chronic TBI patients learned to create a mental image representing the association between a prospective cue and an intended action within progressively more complex and naturalistic PM tasks. We hypothesised that compared to TBI patients (n = 20) who received a short session of education (control condition), TBI patients in the rehabilitation group would exhibit a greater improvement on the event-based than on the time-based condition of a PM ecological task. Results revealed however that this programme was similarly beneficial for both conditions. TBI patients in the rehabilitation group and their relatives also reported less everyday PM failures following the programme, which suggests generalisation. The PM improvement appears to be specific since results on cognitive control tasks remained similar. Therefore, visual imagery techniques appear to improve PM functioning by strengthening the memory trace of the intentions and inducing an automatic recall of the intentions.

  11. Antimisting kerosene: Base fuel effects, blending and quality control techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yavrouian, A. H.; Ernest, J.; Sarohia, V.

    1984-01-01

    The problems associated with blending of the AMK additive with Jet A, and the base fuel effects on AMK properties are addressed. The results from the evaluation of some of the quality control techniques for AMK are presented. The principal conclusions of this investigation are: significant compositional differences for base fuel (Jet A) within the ASTM specification DI655; higher aromatic content of the base fuel was found to be beneficial for the polymer dissolution at ambient (20 C) temperature; using static mixer technology, the antimisting additive (FM-9) is in-line blended with Jet A, producing AMK which has adequate fire-protection properties 15 to 20 minutes after blending; degradability of freshly blended and equilibrated AMK indicated that maximum degradability is reached after adequate fire protection is obtained; the results of AMK degradability as measured by filter ratio, confirmed previous RAE data that power requirements to decade freshly blended AMK are significantly higher than equilibrated AMK; blending of the additive by using FM-9 concentrate in Jet A produces equilibrated AMK almost instantly; nephelometry offers a simple continuous monitoring capability and is used as a real time quality control device for AMK; and trajectory (jet thurst) and pressure drop tests are useful laboratory techniques for evaluating AMK quality.

  12. Superelasticity of Cu-Ni-Al shape-memory fibers prepared by melt extraction technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dong-yue Li; Shu-ling Zhang; Wei-bing Liao; Gui-hong Geng; Yong Zhang

    2016-01-01

    In the paper, a melt extraction method was used to fabricate Cu–4Ni–14Al (wt%) fiber materials with diameters between 50 and 200 μm. The fibers exhibited superelasticity and temperature-induced martensitic transformation. The microstructures and superelasticity behavior of the fibers were studied via scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and a dynamic mechanical analyzer (DMA), respectively. Ap-propriate heat treatment further improves the plasticity of Cu-based alloys. The serration behavior observed during the loading process is due to the multiple martensite phase transformation.

  13. Superelasticity of Cu-Ni-Al shape-memory fibers prepared by melt extraction technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Dong-yue; Zhang, Shu-ling; Liao, Wei-bing; Geng, Gui-hong; Zhang, Yong

    2016-08-01

    In the paper, a melt extraction method was used to fabricate Cu-4Ni-14Al (wt%) fiber materials with diameters between 50 and 200 μm. The fibers exhibited superelasticity and temperature-induced martensitic transformation. The microstructures and superelasticity behavior of the fibers were studied via scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and a dynamic mechanical analyzer (DMA), respectively. Appropriate heat treatment further improves the plasticity of Cu-based alloys. The serration behavior observed during the loading process is due to the multiple martensite phase transformation.

  14. Transformer-based design techniques for oscillators and frequency dividers

    CERN Document Server

    Luong, Howard Cam

    2016-01-01

    This book provides in-depth coverage of transformer-based design techniques that enable CMOS oscillators and frequency dividers to achieve state-of-the-art performance.  Design, optimization, and measured performance of oscillators and frequency dividers for different applications are discussed in detail, focusing on not only ultra-low supply voltage but also ultra-wide frequency tuning range and locking range.  This book will be an invaluable reference for anyone working or interested in CMOS radio-frequency or mm-Wave integrated circuits and systems.

  15. Modal Analysis Based on the Random Decrement Technique

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Asmussen, J. C.; Brincker, Rune

    1998-01-01

    This article describes the work carried out within the project: Modal Analysis Based on the Random Decrement Technique - Application to Civil Engineering Structures. The project is part of the research programme: Dynamics of Structures sponsored by the Danish Technical Research Counsil. The planned...... contents and the requirement for the project prior to its start are described together with thee results obtained during the 3 year period of the project. The project was mainly carried out as a Ph.D project by the first author from September 1994 to August 1997 in cooperation with associate professor Rune...

  16. Optimization of {beta}-carotene loaded solid lipid nanoparticles preparation using a high shear homogenization technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Triplett, Michael D., E-mail: triplettm@battelle.or [Battelle Memorial Institute, Health and Life Sciences Global Business (United States); Rathman, James F. [The Ohio State University, Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering (United States)

    2009-04-15

    Using statistical experimental design methodologies, the solid lipid nanoparticle design space was found to be more robust than previously shown in literature. Formulation and high shear homogenization process effects on solid lipid nanoparticle size distribution, stability, drug loading, and drug release have been investigated. Experimentation indicated stearic acid as the optimal lipid, sodium taurocholate as the optimal cosurfactant, an optimum lecithin to sodium taurocholate ratio of 3:1, and an inverse relationship between mixing time and speed and nanoparticle size and polydispersity. Having defined the base solid lipid nanoparticle system, {beta}-carotene was incorporated into stearic acid nanoparticles to investigate the effects of introducing a drug into the base solid lipid nanoparticle system. The presence of {beta}-carotene produced a significant effect on the optimal formulation and process conditions, but the design space was found to be robust enough to accommodate the drug. {beta}-Carotene entrapment efficiency averaged 40%. {beta}-Carotene was retained in the nanoparticles for 1 month. As demonstrated herein, solid lipid nanoparticle technology can be sufficiently robust from a design standpoint to become commercially viable.

  17. Office-based tracheoesophageal puncture: updates in techniques and outcomes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bergeron, Jennifer L; Jamal, Nausheen; Erman, Andrew; Chhetri, Dinesh K

    2014-01-01

    Tracheoesophageal puncture (TEP) is an effective rehabilitation method for postlaryngectomy speech and has already been described as a procedure that is safely performed in the office. We review our long-term experience with office-based TEP over the past 7 years in the largest cohort published to date. A retrospective chart review was performed of all patients who underwent TEP by a single surgeon from 2005 through 2012, including office-based and operating room procedures. Indications for the chosen technique (office versus operating room) and surgical outcomes were evaluated. Fifty-nine patients underwent 72 TEP procedures, with 55 performed in the outpatient setting and 17 performed in the operating room, all without complication. The indications for performing TEPs in the operating room included 2 primary TEPs, 14 due to concomitant procedures requiring general anesthesia, and 1 due to failed attempt at office-based TEP. Nineteen patients with prior rotational or free flap reconstruction successfully underwent office-based TEP. TEP in an office-based setting with immediate voice prosthesis placement continues to be a safe method of voice rehabilitation for postlaryngectomy patients, including those who have previously undergone free flap or rotational flap reconstruction. Office-based TEP is now our primary approach for postlaryngectomy voice rehabilitation. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  18. Preparation and characterization of polystyrene based Nickel molybdate composite membrane electrical–electrochemical properties

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Urfi Ishrat

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available The functional properties of the polystyrene based Nickel Molybdate composite membrane prepared by applying 70 MPa pressure are described. The fabricated membrane was characterized by using Fourier Transform Infrared, X-ray diffraction, particle size analyzer and Scanning electron microscopy technique and has been investigated for its functional, diffusive, electrochemical and electrical properties. The impedance data of membrane having capacitive and resistive components are plotted, which show the sequence of semicircles representing an electrical phenomenon due to grain material, grain boundary and interfacial phenomenon. The diffusion of electrolytes was determined by the TMS method revealing dependence of membrane potential on the charge on the membrane matrix, charge and size of permeating ions. The membrane determined the activity of cations with good accuracy in the higher concentration range and shows a great selectivity for K+. Other electrochemical properties like transport number have been discussed its selectivity.

  19. Ground-based activities in preparation of SELENE ISS experiment on self-rewetting fluids

    Science.gov (United States)

    Savino, R.; Abe, Y.; Castagnolo, D.; Celata, G. P.; Kabov, O.; Kawaji, M.; Sato, M.; Tanaka, K.; Thome, J. R.; Van Vaerenbergh, S.

    2011-12-01

    SELENE (SELf rewetting fluids for thermal ENErgy management) is a microgravity experiment proposed to the European Space Agency (ESA) in response to the Announcement of Opportunities for Physical Sciences. Main objectives of the microgravity research onboard ISS include the quantitative investigation of heat transfer performances of "self-rewetting fluids" and "nano self-rewetting fluids" in model heat pipes and validation of adequate theoretical and numerical modelling able to predict their behaviour in microgravity conditions. This article summarizes the results of ground-based research activities in preparation of the microgravity experiments. They include: 1) thermophysical properties measurements; 2) study of thermo-soluto-capillary effects in micro-channels; 3) numerical modelling; 4) thermal and concentration distribution measurements with optical (e.g. interferometric) and intrusive techniques; 5) surface tension-driven effects and thermal performances test on different capillary structures and heat pipes; 6) breadboards development and support to definition of scientific requirements.

  20. Preparation and characterization agar-based nanocomposite film reinforced by nanocrystalline cellulose.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Atef, Maryam; Rezaei, Masoud; Behrooz, Rabi

    2014-09-01

    Nanocrystalline cellulose (NCC) was prepared from microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) with particle size of 24.7 μm using sulfuric acid hydrolysis technique. The obtained NCC revealed size of 0-100 nm, which the major part of them was about 30 nm. Then different contents (2.5, 5 and 10 wt%) of these NCC incorporated in agar film solution and the morphology, structure, and properties of the nanocomposite films were characterized by scanning electron microscope (SEM), X-ray diffraction (XRD), Fourier transforms infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy, differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), mechanical, physical and optical testing. Results showed that the water vapor permeability (WVP) and water solubility (WS) of the agar-based nanocomposite films significantly (P0.05). In addition, swelling percentage, transparency and light transmission of the films were decreased by incorporating NCC into polymer matrix.

  1. Structural level characterization of base oils using advanced analytical techniques

    KAUST Repository

    Hourani, Nadim

    2015-05-21

    Base oils, blended for finished lubricant formulations, are classified by the American Petroleum Institute into five groups, viz., groups I-V. Groups I-III consist of petroleum based hydrocarbons whereas groups IV and V are made of synthetic polymers. In the present study, five base oil samples belonging to groups I and III were extensively characterized using high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC×GC), and Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance mass spectrometry (FT-ICR MS) equipped with atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) and atmospheric pressure photoionization (APPI) sources. First, the capabilities and limitations of each analytical technique were evaluated, and then the availed information was combined to reveal compositional details on the base oil samples studied. HPLC showed the overwhelming presence of saturated over aromatic compounds in all five base oils. A similar trend was further corroborated using GC×GC, which yielded semiquantitative information on the compound classes present in the samples and provided further details on the carbon number distributions within these classes. In addition to chromatography methods, FT-ICR MS supplemented the compositional information on the base oil samples by resolving the aromatics compounds into alkyl- and naphtheno-subtituted families. APCI proved more effective for the ionization of the highly saturated base oil components compared to APPI. Furthermore, for the detailed information on hydrocarbon molecules FT-ICR MS revealed the presence of saturated and aromatic sulfur species in all base oil samples. The results presented herein offer a unique perspective into the detailed molecular structure of base oils typically used to formulate lubricants. © 2015 American Chemical Society.

  2. X-ray absorption spectroscopy of Mn doped ZnO thin films prepared by rf sputtering technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yadav, Ashok Kumar; Jha, S. N.; Bhattacharyya, D., E-mail: dibyendu@barc.gov.in [Atomic & Molecular Physics Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai – 400 085 (India); Haque, Sk Maidul [Atomic & Molecular Physics Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, VIZAG Centre, Visakhapatnam-530012 (India); Shukla, Dinesh; Choudhary, Ram Janay [UGC DAE Consortium for Scientific Research, Indore-452001 (India)

    2015-11-15

    A set of r.f. sputter deposited ZnO thin films prepared with different Mn doping concentrations have been characterised by Extended X-ray Absorption Fine Structure (EXAFS) and X-ray Absorption Near Edge Spectroscopy (XANES) measurements at Zn, Mn and O K edges and at Mn L{sub 2,3} edges apart from long range structural characterisation by Grazing Incident X-ray Diffraction (GIXRD) technique. Magnetic measurements show room temperature ferromagnetism in samples with lower Mn doping which is however, gets destroyed at higher Mn doping concentration. The results of the magnetic measurements have been explained using the local structure information obtained from EXAFS and XANES measurements.

  3. A novel technique for preparing dental CAD/CAM composite resin blocks using the filler press and monomer infiltration method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Okada, Koichi; Kameya, Takehiro; Ishino, Hiroshige; Hayakawa, Tohru

    2014-01-01

    The authors have developed a new technique for preparing dental CAD/CAM composite resin blocks (CRBs): the filler press and monomer infiltration (FPMI) method. In this method, surface-treated filler is molded into a green body in which the filler particles are compressed to form an agglomeration. The green body is then infiltrated with a monomer mixture before being polymerized. It is possible to produce CRBs using this method through which densely packed nanofiller is uniformly dispersed. The greater the pressure of the filler molding, the more filler in the CRB, resulting at high pressure in a very dense CRB. A CRB obtained by applying 170 MPa of pressure contained up to 70 wt% of nano-silica filler and had a flexural strength of 200 MPa, as well. It is anticipated that CRBs obtained using the FPMI method will be useful as a dental CAD/CAM material for the fabrication of permanent crown restorations.

  4. Effect of particle size on microstructure and strength of porous spinel ceramics prepared by pore-forming in situ technique

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Wen Yan; Nan Li; Yuanyuan Li; Guangping Liu; Bingqiang Han; Juliang Xu

    2011-08-01

    The porous spinel ceramics were prepared from magnesite and bauxite by the pore-forming in situ technique. The characterization of porous spinel ceramics was determined by X-ray diffractometer (XRD), scanning electron microscopy(SEM), mercury porosimetry measurement etc and the effects of particle size on microstructure and strength were investigated. It was found that particle size affects strongly on the microstructure and strength. With decreasing particle size, the pore size distribution occurs from multi-peak mode to bi-peak mode, and lastly to mono-peak mode; the porosity decreases but strength increases. The most apposite mode is the specimens from the grinded powder with a particle size of 6.53 m, which has a high apparent porosity (40%), a high compressive strength (75.6MPa), a small average pore size (2.53 m) and a homogeneous pore size distribution.

  5. A Comparative Analysis of Exemplar Based and Wavelet Based Inpainting Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Vaibhav V Nalawade

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Image inpainting is the process of filling in of missing region so as to preserve its overall continuity. Image inpainting is manipulation and modification of an image in a form that is not easily detected. Digital image inpainting is relatively new area of research, but numerous and different approaches to tackle the inpainting problem have been proposed since the concept was first introduced. This paper compares two separate techniques viz, Exemplar based inpainting technique and Wavelet based inpainting technique, each portraying a different set of characteristics. The algorithms analyzed under exemplar technique are large object removal by exemplar based inpainting technique (Criminisi’s and modified exemplar (Cheng. The algorithm analyzed under wavelet is Chen’s visual image inpainting method. A number of examples on real and synthetic images are demonstrated to compare the results of different algorithms using both qualitative and quantitative parameters.

  6. Effect of kaolin particle size and loading on the characteristics of kaolin ceramic support prepared via phase inversion technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Siti Khadijah Hubadillah

    2016-06-01

    Full Text Available In this study, low cost ceramic supports were prepared from kaolin via phase inversion technique with two kaolin particle sizes, which are 0.04–0.6 μm (denoted as type A and 10–15 μm (denoted as type B, at different kaolin contents ranging from 14 to 39 wt.%, sintered at 1200 °C. The effect of kaolin particle sizes as well as kaolin contents on membrane structure, pore size distribution, porosity, mechanical strength, surface roughness and gas permeation of the support were investigated. The support was prepared using kaolin type A induced asymmetric structure by combining macroporous voids and sponge-like structure in the support with pore size of 0.38 μm and 1.05 μm, respectively, and exhibited ideal porosity (27.7%, great mechanical strength (98.9 MPa and excellent gas permeation. Preliminary study shows that the kaolin ceramic support in this work is potential to gas separation application at lower cost.

  7. Electrical and Thermal Behavior of Copper-Epoxy Nanocomposites Prepared via Aqueous to Organic Phase Transfer Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    N. H. Mohd Hirmizi

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available The preparation, electrical, and thermal behaviors of copper-epoxy nanocomposites are described. Cetyltrimethylammonium bromide- (CTAB- stabilized copper (Cu particles were synthesized via phase transfer technique. Isopropanol (IPA, sodium borohydride (NaBH4, and toluene solution of diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A (DGEBA were used as transferring, reducing agent, and the organic phase, respectively. The UV-Vis absorbance spectra of all the sols prepared indicate that the presence of Cu particles with the particles transfer efficiency is ≥97%. The amount, size, and size distribution of particles in the organosol were dependent on the content of organic solute in the organosol. The composites were obtained upon drying the organosols and these were then subjected to further studies on the curing, thermal, and electrical characteristic. The presence of Cu fillers does not significantly affect the completeness of the composite curing process and only slightly reduce the thermal stability of the composites that is >300°C. The highest conductivity value of the composites obtained is 3.06×10-2 S cm-1.

  8. Antisolvent crystallisation is a potential technique to prepare engineered lactose with promising aerosolisation properties: effect of saturation degree.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kaialy, Waseem; Nokhodchi, Ali

    2012-11-01

    Engineered lactose particles were prepared by anti-solvent crystallisation technique using lactose solutions with different saturation degrees. In comparison to commercial lactose, engineered lactose particles exhibited less elongated and more irregular shape (large aggregates composed of smaller sub-units), rougher surface texture, higher specific surface area, and different anomer form. Engineered lactose powders demonstrated smaller bulk density, smaller tap density, and higher porosity than commercial lactose powder. Dry powder inhaler (DPI) formulations containing engineered lactose and salbutamol sulphate as a model drug demonstrated improved drug content homogeneity and higher amounts of drug delivered to lower airway regions. Higher fine particle fraction of drug was obtained in the case of lactose powders with higher porosity, higher specific surface area and higher fine particle content (lactose solution used during crystallisation the smaller the specific surface area, the higher the amorphous lactose content, and the higher the β-lactose content of engineered lactose particles. Also, lactose powders obtained from lactose solution with higher degree of saturation showed higher bulk and tap densities and smaller porosity. Engineered lactose powders crystallized from lower saturation degree (20% and 30% w/v) deposited higher amounts of drug on lower airway regions. In conclusion, this study demonstrated that it is possible to prepare engineered lactose particles with favourable properties (e.g. higher fine particle fraction and better drug content homogeneity) for DPI formulations by using lactose solutions with lower degree of saturation during crystallisation process. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. PVA/CM-chitosan/honey hydrogels prepared by using the combined technique of irradiation followed by freeze-thawing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Afshari, M. J.; Sheikh, N.; Afarideh, H.

    2015-08-01

    Hydrogels with three components, poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA), carboxymethylate chitosan (CM-chitosan) and honey have been prepared by using radiation method and radiation followed by freeze-thawing cycles technique (combinational method). The solid concentration of the polymer solution is 15 wt% and the ratios of PVA/CM-chitosan/honey are 10/1.5/3.5, 10/2/3, 10/3/2, and 10/3.5/1.5. The applied irradiation doses are 25, 30 and 40 kGy. Various tests have been done to evaluate the hydrogel properties to produce materials to be used as wound dressing. The results show that combinational method improves the mechanical strength of hydrogels while it has no significant effect on the water evaporation rate of gels. The combinational method decreases the swelling of hydrogels significantly, albeit this parameter is still acceptable for wound dressing. Microbiological analyses show that the hydrogel prepared by both methods can protect the wound from Escherichia coli bacterial infection. The wound healing test shows the good performance of the gels in mice.

  10. University-Based Teacher Preparation and Middle Grades Teacher Effectiveness

    Science.gov (United States)

    Preston, Courtney

    2017-01-01

    For over two decades, there have been calls to assess the relationship of the features of teacher preparation programs to teacher effectiveness, to provide guidance for program improvement. At the middle grades level, theory suggests that coursework in educational psychology is particularly important for teacher effectiveness. Using 4 years of…

  11. University-Based Teacher Preparation and Middle Grades Teacher Effectiveness

    Science.gov (United States)

    Preston, Courtney

    2017-01-01

    For over two decades, there have been calls to assess the relationship of the features of teacher preparation programs to teacher effectiveness, to provide guidance for program improvement. At the middle grades level, theory suggests that coursework in educational psychology is particularly important for teacher effectiveness. Using 4 years of…

  12. Preparation of Crystallized Carbon Nitride Based on Microwave Plasma CVD

    National Research Council Canada - National Science Library

    Masatoshi INOUE; Yukihiro SAKAMOTO; Matsufumi TAKAYA

    2010-01-01

    ... on. To obtain this material, generally CH4 is used as a carbon source. Therefore, to make clear the effects of the reaction gas on the preparation of carbon nitride, we tried to use C2H4 as a carbon source instead of CH4...

  13. Considering the Future of University-Based Teacher Preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fraser, James W.

    2014-01-01

    In this commentary, James W. Fraser, a noted historian of education, cites examples from several teacher education programs at more than 30 universities partnering with the Woodrow Wilson Teaching Fellowships in various ways. Additionally, Fraser reviews decades of challenges to traditional teacher preparation, looks at some current reforms, and…

  14. ONLINE GRINDING WHEEL WEAR COMPENSATION BY IMAGE BASED MEASURING TECHNIQUES

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WAN Daping; HU Dejin; WU Qi; ZHANG Yonghong

    2006-01-01

    Automatic compensation of grinding wheel wear in dry grinding is accomplished by an image based online measurement method. A kind of PC-based charge-coupled device image recognition system is schemed out, which detects the topography changes of the grinding wheel surface. Profile data, which corresponds to the wear and the topography, is measured by using a digital image processing method. The grinding wheel wear is evaluated by analyzing the position deviation of the grinding wheel edge. The online wear compensation is achieved according to the measure results. The precise detection and automatic compensation system is integrated into an open structure CNC curve grinding machine. A practical application is carried out to fulfil the precision curve grinding. The experimental results confirm the benefits of the proposed techniques, and the online detection accuracy is less than 5 μm. The grinding machine provides higher precision according to the in-process grinding wheel error compensation.

  15. On combining Laplacian and optimization-based mesh smoothing techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Freitag, L.A.

    1997-07-01

    Local mesh smoothing algorithms have been shown to be effective in repairing distorted elements in automatically generated meshes. The simplest such algorithm is Laplacian smoothing, which moves grid points to the geometric center of incident vertices. Unfortunately, this method operates heuristically and can create invalid meshes or elements of worse quality than those contained in the original mesh. In contrast, optimization-based methods are designed to maximize some measure of mesh quality and are very effective at eliminating extremal angles in the mesh. These improvements come at a higher computational cost, however. In this article the author proposes three smoothing techniques that combine a smart variant of Laplacian smoothing with an optimization-based approach. Several numerical experiments are performed that compare the mesh quality and computational cost for each of the methods in two and three dimensions. The author finds that the combined approaches are very cost effective and yield high-quality meshes.

  16. Hash Based Least Significant Bit Technique For Video Steganography

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Prof. Dr. P. R. Deshmukh ,

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The Hash Based Least Significant Bit Technique For Video Steganography deals with hiding secret message or information within a video.Steganography is nothing but the covered writing it includes process that conceals information within other data and also conceals the fact that a secret message is being sent.Steganography is the art of secret communication or the science of invisible communication. In this paper a Hash based least significant bit technique for video steganography has been proposed whose main goal is to embed a secret information in a particular video file and then extract it using a stego key or password. In this Least Significant Bit insertion method is used for steganography so as to embed data in cover video with change in the lower bit.This LSB insertion is not visible.Data hidding is the process of embedding information in a video without changing its perceptual quality. The proposed method involve with two terms that are Peak Signal to Noise Ratio (PSNR and the Mean Square Error (MSE .This two terms measured between the original video files and steganographic video files from all video frames where a distortion is measured using PSNR. A hash function is used to select the particular position for insertion of bits of secret message in LSB bits.

  17. Multilayer systems of alternating chalcogenide As Se and polymer thin films prepared using thermal evaporation and spin-coating techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kohoutek, T.; Wagner, T.; Orava, J.; Krbal, M.; Ilavsky, J.; Vesely, D.; Frumar, M.

    2007-05-01

    We describe preparation and characterization of multilayer planar systems based on alternating chalcogenide As Se and polymer polyamide-imide (PAI) or polyvinyl-butyral (PVB) thin films. We deposited films of thermally evaporated As33Se67 chalcogenide glass periodically alternating with PAI or PVB films. Fifteen layers of As Se+PAI system and 17 layers of As Se+PVB system were deposited. The film thicknesses were approximately 100 nm for all of the film types. Polymer film thicknesses were calculated from profilometric measurements performed by an atomic force microscopy. Optical properties of prepared multilayers and also As Se, PAI and PVB single layers were established using UV vis NIR and ellipsometric spectroscopies. Both, As Se+PAI and As Se+PVB multilayer systems, exhibited the reflection (stop) bands centered near 830 nm. The bandwidth of reflection band of As Se+PAI multilayer was 90 nm while bandwidth of As Se+PVB system increased to 150 nm because PVB films had about 0.2 lower refractive index. A new possibility for the application of chalcogenide thin films appeared as high refractive index materials suitable for fabrication of optical elements (reflectors) for near-infrared region. Changing the films composition and thickness, multilayer systems with tailored position of stop band could be designed and prepared.

  18. Design Technique for the High-Boiling Propellant Storage and Preparation Facility at the Cosmodrome «Vostochny»

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    O. E. Denisov

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The offered project of storage facility allows us to simplify and unitise the ground-based infrastructure objects. The storage facility implements a full preparatory cycle of the propellant components (PC in all parameters. Another problem the developers of complexes of groundbased equipment face now is bulk receipt of PC from manufacturer. The tanks of launch complexes cannot accept such volumes of propellant. It proves that there is a need to create a storage facility. The facility solves problems concerning the components receipt, temperature preparation, moisture content (drying, gas content, and supply to consumers. For preparation the perspective technologies with low power consumption are used.Receiving the propellant from the dispensing platform is carried out via filters of rough cleaning. Transfer from transport tankage goes using a pump. The received product passes through a gas separator to clean technological gas impurity.To prepare propellant temperature, a technology of cryogenic bubbling by boiling nitrogen is chosen. To improve efficiency of cryogenic bubbling it is advised to use the specialized capacities. Railway dimensions, admissible for the trainload goods across the railroads of Siberia and the Far East, define their sizes.As a drying technology and a gas content preparation the preliminary propellant filtration using vertical electro-separators is chosen to save a space. The chamber vertical electroseparators allow 2 — 3 times increase of dehydration capacity.The article presents calculations to prove that using the chosen cooling and drying technologies is efficient.Prepared PC can be supplied:• to transport-fueling containers (TFC with the subsequent transportation to the launch complexes either by the railway or by road;• to mobile fuelling tanks, which feed rocket-carrier tanks on arrival at the blast-off;• to transport capacities for transportation to the object outside the cosmodrome (spaceport;• directly

  19. A Case-Based Curriculum Approach to Special Education Teacher Preparation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Anderson, Peggy L.; Baker, Barbara K.

    1999-01-01

    Describes how Metropolitan State College of Denver, a large undergraduate institution, developed and implemented a case-based special-education curriculum approach to special-education teacher preparation. Of 20 students prepared using the case-based method, 19 have successfully passed the State of Colorado mandated teacher competency test.…

  20. Technique and economy to prepare biofuelled district heating plants for power production; Teknik och ekonomi foer att foerbereda nya biobraensleeldade vaermeverk foer elproduktion

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Steinwall, Pontus; Nystroem, Johan; Nystroem, Olle; Svensson, Sven-Aake [Sycon Energikonsult AB, Malmoe (Sweden)

    1999-10-01

    This report deals with the technique and the economic possibilities to prepare biofuelled district heating plants for power production. In the study three types of plants are examined: (1) 10 MW Heat Boiler with uncooled grate; (2) 50 MW Heat BFB-boiler; (3) 100 MW Heat CFB-boiler. (1) 10 MW boiler with uncooled grate: For this plant we don't recommend any specific preparation to be made with regard to the boiler equipment. Instead the layout of the plant should take into account that a future conversion may involve a complete change of the hot water boiler to a steam boiler and installation of a turbine. This means that the hot water boiler should be placed near a wall and that space should be reserved for a new steam boiler with economiser. A specific preparation that can be recommended is however to invest in a flue gas fan with capacity to overcome the increased pressure loss of the economiser being an integrated part of the new boiler. (2) 50 MW BFB-boiler: If it is believed or the plan is that the plant will be converted to power production within five years, the BFB-boiler should be based on a steam boiler equipped with a superheater from start of the project. If it is likely that conversion will be done later, the plant should still be based on a steam boiler but in this case without the superheater being installed. During the time to conversion the boiler is equipped and operated such that the heat is dissipated as hot water. The reason not to produce steam from start is that a district heating plant working with steam consumes more electricity than one working with hot water. The boiler should be prepared in terms of design and space for installation of the superheater. The extra cost for the preparation is approximately six per cent of the total cost for the whole plant. (3) 100 MW CFB-boiler: The biggest plant with a heat output of 100 MW is here recommend to be prepared for power production if there are plans to do so, without bearing to the time

  1. Improved technique for preparation of deacetylated chitin%脱乙酰甲壳质制备工艺的改进

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    凌沛学; 荣晓花; 张天民; 员象敏

    2007-01-01

    简单,反应条件更温和,且所得脱乙酰甲壳质质量明显提高.%BACKGROUND: The application of deacetylated chitin (chitosan, DC) prepared by traditional technique was limited because of its lower degree of deacetylation, impurity and relative lower molecular mass.OBJECTIVE: To improve the traditional technique for extraction and preparation of DC from the rustae f oratosquila oratoria.DESIGN: Contrasting observation.SETTING: Shandong Institute of Biopharmaceutics.MATERIALS: The experiment was carried out in the Shandong Key Laboratory for iopharmaceutics, Shandong Institute of Biopharmaceutics from February 2003 to January 2004. Experimental nstrument: Mettler AE240 electronic analytical balance and ZK-40AB electrothermal vacuum drying oven were rovided by Mettler-Toledo Instruments Co., Ltd. And ShangHai Shuli Instruments Co.,Ltd., respectively. Xperimental materials: oratosquila oratoria was purchased from Jinan aquatic products market.METHODS: ①C as traditionally prepared from chitin by decoloring with strong oxidant and deacetylating with concentrated alkaline liquor under high temperature. Chitin was extracted from crustae of shrimp and crab fter decalcification with diluted acid and deproteinization with diluted base. ②The improved preparation echnique: The crustae of oratosquila oratoria was decalcificated and decolorized with diluted acid, and as deproteinized and decolorized with diluted base at room temperature, and then the chitin was obtained fter the second decalcification and decolorization with diluted acid. The crude DC was obtained from hitin after deacetylation and decolorization with concentrated ase at 55-65 ℃. The crude DC was issolved n diluted acid and filtered. The filtrate was collected, precipitated with dilute base. After filtering, he sediments were retained, washed with water and dried. Then pure DC was obtained.MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: he comparison between improved technique and traditional technique; Color

  2. Preparation and dielectric properties of compositionally graded (Ba,Sr)TiO3 thin film by sol-gel technique

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHANG Tian-jin; WANG Jun; ZHANG Bai-shun; WANG Jin-zhao; WAN Neng; HU Lan

    2006-01-01

    Compositional graded BaxSr1-xTiO3 (x=0.6,0.7,0.8,0.9,1.0) (BST) thin films (less than 400 nm) were fabricated on Si and Pt/Ti/SiO2/Si substrates by sol-gel technique. A special heating treatment was employed to form the uniform composition gradients at 700 ℃. The microstructures of the films were studied by means of X-ray diffraction,atomic force microscope and field emission scanning electron microscopy. The results show that the films have uniform and crack-free surface morphology with perovskite structure phase. The small signal dielectric constant (εr) and dielectric loss (tanδ) are found to be 335 and 0.045 at room temperature and 200 kHz. The dielectric properties change significantly with applied dc bias,and the graded thin film show high tunability of 42.3% at an applied field of 250 kV/cm. All the results indicate that the graded BST thin films prepared by sol-gel technique have a promising candidate for microelectronic device.

  3. Highly flexible, transparent and self-cleanable superhydrophobic films prepared by a facile and scalable nanopyramid formation technique

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kong, Jeong-Ho; Kim, Tae-Hyun; Kim, Ji Hoon; Park, Jong-Kweon; Lee, Deug-Woo; Kim, Soo-Hyung; Kim, Jong-Man

    2014-01-01

    A facile and scalable technique to fabricate optically transparent, mechanically flexible and self-cleanable superhydrophobic films for practical solar cell applications is proposed. The superhydrophobic films were fabricated simply by transferring a transparent porous alumina layer, which was prepared using an anodic aluminium oxidation (AAO) technique, onto a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a UV-curable polymer adhesive layer, followed by the subsequent formation of alumina nano pyramids (NPs) through the time-controlled chemical etching of the transferred porous alumina membrane (PAM). It was found experimentally that the proposed functional films can ensure the superhydrophobicity in the Cassie-Baxter wetting mode with superior water-repellent properties through a series of experimental observations including static contact angle (SCA), contact angle hysteresis (CAH), sliding behaviour on the tilted film, and dynamic behaviour of the liquid droplet impacting on the film. In addition to the superior surface wetting properties, an optical transmittance of ~79% at a light wavelength of 550 nm was achieved. Furthermore, there was no significant degradation in both the surface wetting properties and morphology even after 1500-cycles of repetitive bending tests, which indicates that the proposed superhydrophobic film is mechanically robust. Finally, the practicability of the proposed self-cleanable film was proven quantitatively by observing the changes in the power conversion efficiency (PCE) of a photovoltaic device covering the film before and after the cleaning process.

  4. Structural and optical properties of Zn1−xNixTe thin films prepared by electron beam evaporation technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Arshad Mahmood

    2015-02-01

    Full Text Available Zn1−xNixTe thin films with different composition (x=0.0, 0.05, 0.10, 0.15 and 0.20 were deposited on glass substrate by electron beam evaporation technique followed by its characterization using advanced structural and optical analysis techniques. Structural properties of the prepared thin films were studied by X-ray diffraction (XRD. The XRD patterns revealed that the binary compounds transformed into a ternary compound with cubic structure having preferred orientation along the c-direction with (111 planes. Composition analysis of the films was determined by energy dispersive analysis of X-rays (EDAX and found to be in agreement with the precursor composition. Optical properties such as extinction coefficient (k and band gap energy of these films were examined by using a spectroscopic ellipsometer. It was found that the extinction coefficient (k increased with the addition of Ni content in the alloy. In comparison, the band gap energy was also determined by using transmission spectra and found to be agreed with that of the ellipsometric results. These analyses confirm that the band gap energy decreases with the increase of Ni content in the alloy.

  5. Magnetic properties of nanosized Gd doped Ni–Mn–Cr ferrites prepared using the sol–gel autocombustion technique

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Samoila, P., E-mail: samoila.petrisor@icmpp.ro [“Petru Poni” Institute of Macromolecular Chemistry, Iasi 700487 (Romania); Sacarescu, L. [“Petru Poni” Institute of Macromolecular Chemistry, Iasi 700487 (Romania); Borhan, A.I. [Faculty of Chemistry, Al.I. Cuza University, Iasi 700506 (Romania); Timpu, D. [“Petru Poni” Institute of Macromolecular Chemistry, Iasi 700487 (Romania); Grigoras, M.; Lupu, N. [National Institute of R and D for Technical Physics, Iasi 700050 (Romania); Zaltariov, M.; Harabagiu, V. [“Petru Poni” Institute of Macromolecular Chemistry, Iasi 700487 (Romania)

    2015-03-15

    Ni{sub 0.8}Mn{sub 0.2}Cr{sub 0.5}Fe{sub 1.5-x}Gd{sub x}O{sub 4} (where x=0, 0.02, 0.04, 0.06, 0.08) spinel ferrites were synthesized by a sol–gel autocombustion technique using citric acid as fuel. Effect of Gd doping on structural and magnetic properties of Ni–Mn–Cr ferrites is reported. The phase composition of the prepared samples was analyzed by X-ray diffraction and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, and the magnetic measurements were realized using a vibrating sample magnetometer. XRD and FT-IR analysis reveal pure spinel phase in all the samples, without traces of secondary phases. The grain sizes were estimated from the TEM micrographs and were found to decrease with the doping ions concentration from 43 to 10 nm. It was revealed from the hysteresis loop of the materials that magnetization and coercivity followed decreasing trend with substitution of Fe{sup 3+} magnetic ions by Gd{sup 3+} ions. Also, introducing Gd ions into the spinel lattice led to the decrease in Curie temperature. - Highlights: • Gd doped Ni–Mn–Cr ferrites were obtained using the sol–gel autocombustion technique. • XRD and IR analysis reveals the pure spinel structure. • Average grain size decrease with Gd-content. • Saturation magnetization, coercivity and Curie temperature decrease with Gd doping.

  6. Characterizations of Cuprous Oxide Thin Films Prepared by Sol-Gel Spin Coating Technique with Different Additives for the Photoelectrochemical Solar Cell

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    D. S. C. Halin

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Cuprous oxide (Cu2O thin films were deposited onto indium tin oxide (ITO coated glass substrate by sol-gel spin coating technique using different additives, namely, polyethylene glycol and ethylene glycol. It was found that the organic additives added had a significant influence on the formation of Cu2O films and lead to different microstructures and optical properties. The films were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD, field emission scanning electron microscopy (FESEM, and ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy (UV-Vis. Based on the FESEM micrographs, the grain size of film prepared using polyethylene glycol additive has smaller grains of about 83 nm with irregular shapes. The highest optical absorbance film was obtained by the addition of polyethylene glycol. The Cu2O thin films were used as a working electrode in the application of photoelectrochemical solar cell (PESC.

  7. Enhanced photovoltaic performance of a dye-sensitized solar cell using graphene-TiO2 photoanode prepared by a novel in situ simultaneous reduction-hydrolysis technique.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Liang; Zhou, Yong; Tu, Wenguang; Li, Zhengdao; Bao, Chunxiong; Dai, Hui; Yu, Tao; Liu, Jianguo; Zou, Zhigang

    2013-04-21

    Enhanced photovoltaic performance of a DSSC using graphene-TiO2 photoelectrodes prepared by our recent in situ simultaneous reduction-hydrolysis technique (Adv. Funct. Mater., 2012, DOI: 10.1002/adfm.201202349, in press) was achieved. The DSSCs based on the G-TiO2 nanocomposites improved their overall energy conversion efficiency to 7.1%. The results prove that the promoting effect of graphene is strongly dependent on its content; namely, the efficiency of DSSCs increases and then decreases with increasing graphene content in TiO2-graphene composites. Excessive graphene in the nanocomposite leads to a decrease of the light harvest of dye molecules and thus a negative effect on the power conversion efficiency of DSSCs.

  8. An interactive tutorial-based training technique for vertebral morphometry.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gardner, J C; von Ingersleben, G; Heyano, S L; Chesnut, C H

    2001-01-01

    The purpose of this work was to develop a computer-based procedure for training technologists in vertebral morphometry. The utility of the resulting interactive, tutorial based training method was evaluated in this study. The training program was composed of four steps: (1) review of an online tutorial, (2) review of analyzed spine images, (3) practice in fiducial point placement and (4) testing. During testing, vertebral heights were measured from digital, lateral spine images containing osteoporotic fractures. Inter-observer measurement precision was compared between research technicians, and between technologists and radiologist. The technologists participating in this study had no prior experience in vertebral morphometry. Following completion of the online training program, good inter-observer measurement precision was seen between technologists, showing mean coefficients of variation of 2.33% for anterior, 2.87% for central and 2.65% for posterior vertebral heights. Comparisons between the technicians and radiologist ranged from 2.19% to 3.18%. Slightly better precision values were seen with height measurements compared with height ratios, and with unfractured compared with fractured vertebral bodies. The findings of this study indicate that self-directed, tutorial-based training for spine image analyses is effective, resulting in good inter-observer measurement precision. The interactive tutorial-based approach provides standardized training methods and assures consistency of instructional technique over time.

  9. Enhancing the effectiveness of IST through risk-based techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Floyd, S.D.

    1996-12-01

    Current IST requirements were developed mainly through deterministic-based methods. While this approach has resulted in an adequate level of safety and reliability for pumps and valves, insights from probabilistic safety assessments suggest a better safety focus can be achieved at lower costs. That is, some high safety impact pumps and valves are currently not tested under the IST program and should be added, while low safety impact valves could be tested at significantly greater intervals than allowed by the current IST program. The nuclear utility industry, through the Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI), has developed a draft guideline for applying risk-based techniques to focus testing on those pumps and valves with a high safety impact while reducing test frequencies on low safety impact pumps and valves. The guideline is being validated through an industry pilot application program that is being reviewed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. NEI and the ASME maintain a dialogue on the two groups` activities related to risk-based IST. The presenter will provide an overview of the NEI guideline, discuss the methodological approach for applying risk-based technology to IST and provide the status of the industry pilot plant effort.

  10. PREPARATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF POLYMER-BASED SPHERICAL ACTIVATED CARBONS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhao-lian Zhu; Ai-min Li; Ming-fang Xia; Jin-nan Wan; Quan-xing Zhang

    2008-01-01

    A series of spherical activated carbons(SACs)with different pore structures were prepared from chloromethylated polydivinylbenzene by ZnCl2 activation.The effects of activation temperature and retention time on the yield and textural properties of the resulting SACs were studied.All the SACs are generated with high yield of above 65% and exhibit relatively high mesopore fraction(me%) of 35.7%-43.6% compared with conventional activated carbons.The sample zlc28 prepared at 800℃ for 2 h has the largest BET surface area of 891m2g-1 and pore volume of 0.489 cm3g-1,SEM and XRD analyses of zlc28 verify the presence of developed porous structure composed of disordered micrographite stacking with large amounts of interspaces in the order of nanometers.

  11. Preparation of Zirconia Based Packing Material and Its Evaluation

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2001-01-01

    A new reversed-phase packing (C18-PBD-ZrO2) was prepared by depositing and cross-linking 1-octadecene (ODE or C18) and polybutadiene (PBD) onto the surface of porous zirconia microspheres (5~10 mm in diameter) which were synthesized by a sol-gel process. These novel column packings possess high mechanical and chemical stability,wider usable pH range and can be used to separate basic compounds with no observable peak tailing.

  12. Preparation of Glass Ceramic Based on Granulated Slag and Cullet

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2001-01-01

    The glass-ceramic was prepared on the basis of materials of granulated slag containing high-calcium oxide and cullet.The content of granulated slag ranges from 50%-60%wt in the glass compositions. The samples were analyzed by DTA, SEM and XRD.The results show that the main crystal phase of the glass-ceramic is β-CaSiO3,Which is in scattering fiber or column form.The applying properties have also been measured.

  13. Single photon emission based on coherent state preparation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ester, P.; Lackmann, L.; Michaelis de Vasconcellos, S.; Hübner, M. C.; Zrenner, A.; Bichler, M.

    2007-09-01

    The authors report here on deterministic single photon emission after coherent optical state preparation in the p-shell of a single InGaAs /GaAs quantum dot. In the approach, they use p-shell Rabi flopping followed by relaxation to the s-shell ground state with subsequent spontaneous single photon emission. Pulsed photon correlation experiments show complete suppression of the correlation peak at zero time delay and hence demonstrate clean single photon emission.

  14. Preparation and Characterization of Amino Acids-Based Trimethoprim Salts

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Afzal R. Mohammed

    2012-02-01

    Full Text Available Trimethoprim (TMP is a dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR inhibitor which prevents the conversion of dihydrofolic acid into tetrahydrofolic acid, resulting in the depletion of the latter and leading to bacterial death. Oral bioavailability of TMP is hindered by both its low solubility and low permeability. This study aims to prepare novel salts of TMP using anionic amino acids; aspartic and glutamic acid as counter ions in order to improve solubility and dissolution. TMP salts were prepared by lyophilisation and characterized using FT-IR spectroscopy, proton nuclear magnetic resonance (1HNMR, Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC and Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA. Both the amino acids formed salts with TMP in a 1:1 molar ratio and showed a 280 fold improvement in solubility. Investigation of the microbiological activity of the prepared salts against TMP sensitive Escherichia coli showed that the new salts not only retained antibacterial activity but also exhibited higher zone of inhibition which was attributed to improved physicochemical characters such as higher solubility and dissolution. The results are an important finding that could potentially impact on faster onset of antibacterial activity and reduced therapeutic dose when administered to patients. Studies are underway investigating the effect of ion-pairing TMP with amino acids on the permeability profile of the drug.

  15. Preparation, thermo-optic property and simulation of optical switch based on azo benzothiazole polymer

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cao, Zhijuan; Qiu, Fengxian; Wang, Qing; Cao, Guorong; Guan, Yijun; Zhuang, Lin; Xu, Xiaolong; Wang, Jie; Chen, Qian; Yang, Dongya

    2013-04-01

    An azo chromophore molecule 4-[(benzothiazole-2-yl)diazenyl]phenyl-1,3-diamine (BTPD) was prepared with 2-amino benzothiazole and m-phenylenediamine by diazo-coupling reaction. Then, the chromophore molecule BTPD was polymerized with NJ-210 and isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) to obtain novel azo benzothiazole polymer (BTPU). The structures of BTPD and BTPU were characterized using the Fourier transform infrared, UV-visible spectroscopy, DSC and TGA. The physical properties of the obtained BTPU were investigated. The refractive index ( n) of BTPU was demonstrated at different temperature and wavelength (532, 650 and 850 nm) using attenuated total reflection technique. The transmission loss and dispersion characteristic of BTPU film were investigated using the CCD digital imaging devices and Sellmeyer equation. A Y-branch and 2 × 2 Mach-Zehnder interferometer (MZI) polymeric thermo-optic switches based on the thermo-optic effect of prepared BTPU were proposed and the performance of switches was simulated. The results indicated that the power consumption of the Y-branch thermo-optic switch could be only 0.6 mW. The Y-branch and MZI switching rising and falling times obtained were 8.0 and 1.8 ms.

  16. PDMS microchannel fabrication technique based on microwire-molding

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    JIA YueFei; JIANG JiaHuan; MA XiaoDong; LI Yuan; HUANG HeMing; CAI KunBao; CAI ShaoXi; WU YunPeng

    2008-01-01

    Micro-flow channel is basic functional component of microfluidic chip, and every step-forward of its construction technique has been receiving concern all over the world. This article presents a notcomplicated but flexible method for fabrication of micro-flow channels. This method mainly utilizes the conventional molding capability of polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) and widespread commercial microwires as templates. We have fabricated out some conventional types of microchannels with different topological shapes, as examples for the demonstration of this flexible fabrication route which was not dependent on the stringent demands of photolithographical or microelectromechanical system (MEMS)techniques. The smooth surface, high-intensity, and high flexibility of the wires made it possible to create many types of topological structures of the two-dimensional or three-dimensional microchannel or channel array. The geometric shape of the cross-section of thus forming microchannel in PDMS was the negative of that of embedded-in microwire, in high-fidelity if suitable measures were taken. Moreover, such a microchannel fabrication process can easily integrate the conductivity and low resistivity of the metal wire to create micro-flow devices that are suitable for the electromagnetic control of liquid or the temperature regulation in the microchannel. Furthermore some preliminary optical analysis was provided for the observation of thus forming rounded microchannel. Based on this molding strategy,we even made some prototypes for functional microflow application, such as microsolenoids chip and temperature control gadgets. And an experiment of forming a droplet in the cross channel further confirmed the feasibility and applicability of this flexible microchannel forming technique.

  17. NVC Based Model for Selecting Effective Requirement Elicitation Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Md. Rizwan Beg

    2012-10-01

    Full Text Available Requirement Engineering process starts from gathering of requirements i.e.; requirements elicitation. Requirementselicitation (RE is the base building block for a software project and has very high impact onsubsequent design and builds phases as well. Accurately capturing system requirements is the major factorin the failure of most of software projects. Due to the criticality and impact of this phase, it is very importantto perform the requirements elicitation in no less than a perfect manner. One of the most difficult jobsfor elicitor is to select appropriate technique for eliciting the requirement. Interviewing and Interactingstakeholder during Elicitation process is a communication intensive activity involves Verbal and Nonverbalcommunication (NVC. Elicitor should give emphasis to Non-verbal communication along with verbalcommunication so that requirements recorded more efficiently and effectively. In this paper we proposea model in which stakeholders are classified by observing non-verbal communication and use it as a basefor elicitation technique selection. We also propose an efficient plan for requirements elicitation which intendsto overcome on the constraints, faced by elicitor.

  18. Filling-Based Techniques Applied to Object Projection Feature Estimation

    CERN Document Server

    Quesada, Luis

    2012-01-01

    3D motion tracking is a critical task in many computer vision applications. Unsupervised markerless 3D motion tracking systems determine the most relevant object in the screen and then track it by continuously estimating its projection features (center and area) from the edge image and a point inside the relevant object projection (namely, inner point), until the tracking fails. Existing object projection feature estimation techniques are based on ray-casting from the inner point. These techniques present three main drawbacks: when the inner point is surrounded by edges, rays may not reach other relevant areas; as a consequence of that issue, the estimated features may greatly vary depending on the position of the inner point relative to the object projection; and finally, increasing the number of rays being casted and the ray-casting iterations (which would make the results more accurate and stable) increases the processing time to the point the tracking cannot be performed on the fly. In this paper, we anal...

  19. Model-checking techniques based on cumulative residuals.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lin, D Y; Wei, L J; Ying, Z

    2002-03-01

    Residuals have long been used for graphical and numerical examinations of the adequacy of regression models. Conventional residual analysis based on the plots of raw residuals or their smoothed curves is highly subjective, whereas most numerical goodness-of-fit tests provide little information about the nature of model misspecification. In this paper, we develop objective and informative model-checking techniques by taking the cumulative sums of residuals over certain coordinates (e.g., covariates or fitted values) or by considering some related aggregates of residuals, such as moving sums and moving averages. For a variety of statistical models and data structures, including generalized linear models with independent or dependent observations, the distributions of these stochastic processes tinder the assumed model can be approximated by the distributions of certain zero-mean Gaussian processes whose realizations can be easily generated by computer simulation. Each observed process can then be compared, both graphically and numerically, with a number of realizations from the Gaussian process. Such comparisons enable one to assess objectively whether a trend seen in a residual plot reflects model misspecification or natural variation. The proposed techniques are particularly useful in checking the functional form of a covariate and the link function. Illustrations with several medical studies are provided.

  20. Investigations on landmine detection by neutron-based techniques.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Csikai, J; Dóczi, R; Király, B

    2004-07-01

    Principles and techniques of some neutron-based methods used to identify the antipersonnel landmines (APMs) are discussed. New results have been achieved in the field of neutron reflection, transmission, scattering and reaction techniques. Some conclusions are as follows: The neutron hand-held detector is suitable for the observation of anomaly caused by a DLM2-like sample in different soils with a scanning speed of 1m(2)/1.5 min; the reflection cross section of thermal neutrons rendered the determination of equivalent thickness of different soil components possible; a simple method was developed for the determination of the thermal neutron flux perturbation factor needed for multi-elemental analysis of bulky samples; unfolded spectra of elastically backscattered neutrons using broad-spectrum sources render the identification of APMs possible; the knowledge of leakage spectra of different source neutrons is indispensable for the determination of the differential and integrated reaction rates and through it the dimension of the interrogated volume; the precise determination of the C/O atom fraction requires the investigations on the angular distribution of the 6.13MeV gamma-ray emitted in the (16)O(n,n'gamma) reaction. These results, in addition to the identification of landmines, render the improvement of the non-intrusive neutron methods possible.